europe trip itinerary 14 days

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

The Opinionated Travelogue of a Photo Maniac

• Middle East
• North America
• South America
• Pacific Islands
• FOOD & WINE
• TRAVEL GUIDES
• TRAVEL RESOURCES
• Rants & Raves
• Travel Blogger Interviews
• Contact Form
• Privacy Policy
• Featured Elsewhere

2 Weeks in Europe – 10 Excellent Trip Itineraries

Last Modified: January 31, 2024 //  by  Anda //   106 Comments

If you are planning a 2 weeks trip to Europe and need some itinerary ideas for your vacation you have come to the right place. As someone born and raised in Europe, I can give you some good advice when it comes to my home continent.

14 days may sound like a long trip, but not on this incredibly diverse continent. With so many attractions, sights to see and cultures to experience, your 2 weeks vacation in Europe will go by in the blink of an eye! 

Table of Contents

How to Plan a Perfect Europe Trip Itinerary

• london, paris, and amsterdam, • lisbon, madrid, barcelona , • rome, florence, and venice ,  • prague, vienna, and budapest.

•  • Berlin, Dresden and Wroclaw     
• • Zurich, Lucerne, Lugano and Milan      
• • Oslo, Stockholm, Copenhagen      
•  • Riga, Tallin, and Vilnius      
• • Athens, Istanbul, Bucharest        
•  • Ljubljana, Split, Dubrivnik, Kotor     

How to Plan a 2 Weeks Trip to Europe

• Tips for Spending 2 Weeks in Europe 

A Final Note

If this is your first time in Europe, you probably have quite a few places on your Europe bucket list . Without knowing anything about you or your interests, I can only give you basic, generic advice.

Below is a list of 10 suggested itineraries for for a 2-week trip to Europe. The itineraries are grouped according to the different European regions. However, you can choose any combination from the cities listed here, according to your tastes and interests.

Best Western Europe Trip 2-Week Itinerary

These three cities have more than enough to keep you engaged for 2 weeks. You can easily spend the entire two weeks in Paris , if you were to visit all its amazing churches and museums.

London, Amsterdam and Paris are among the Europe’s greatest cities and enjoy a perennial popularity, despite the many problems they have been facing lately. I think they are worth seeing at least once, even though they are always crowded.  

You have excellent direct flights, trains, or bus connections between all three. There are overnight trains between Lisbon and Madrid that run daily, departing at 11:34 p.m. and arriving in Madrid at 8:40 a.m. Also, there are direct flights, trains, or busses from Madrid to Barcelona.   

All these Iberian cities are packed with culture, culinary delights and incredible landscapes. They are easy to reach from most major airports from around the world.

Although you could easily spend two weeks in Spain alone, visiting other historical places like Toledo , or Cordoba for instance, I suggest including Portugal in your European itinerary as well. Lisbon , its capital city, is not only very romantic and cultured, but also quite inexpensive. 

Book  this private walking tour of the highlights of Lisbon and enjoy the history of this city.

These are three of Italy’s most captivating and rewarding cities. If you like archeology, you’ll love Rome ! Florence and Venice are also very charming cities, although quite different from Rome. If you prefer to spend your time in one single country, this combination is one the best itineraries for a 2 weeks trip to Europe.  

Italy has a wealth of archeological sites, most of which are concentrated in relatively compact areas. These three cities also have excellent train, bus, and plain connections (buy your ticket on omio.com ).

Sicily is another great place in Europe where you can easily spend 2 weeks. There are so many archeological sites and  beautiful towns in Sicily to add to your list! I promise that you won’t get bored if you choose to spend your entire European vacation on this island. 

Palermo alone can easily justify a 10-day Italy itinerary . You have good bus connections between cities, but Sicily is best explored by car . You can choose visit the nearby Malta if you go to Sicily.

Central Europe 2 Weeks Trip Itinerary

Central Europe is becoming increasingly popular. 30 years ago, cities like Prague , Budapest , Dresden, or Wroclaw were largely unknown to the world traveler. But after the fall of communism, Central Europe experienced a strong cultural and tourist revival.

These three capitals have it all: beautiful architecture, fascinating history, packed concert calendars, and delicious food. For those who want to tour Central Europe, this trip itinerary is perfect.

Traveling by rail is the best way to go between these three, as distances are relatively short. You can buy tickets at the station right before the train is scheduled to depart.      

READ NEXT : Budapest Travel Tips and Practical Information for First Time Visitors

 • Berlin, Dresden and Wroclaw      

Combining the cosmopolitan  Berlin with the  phoenix-city  of Dresden and the picturesque Wroclaw, will give you a great understanding of what makes this part of Europe so fascinating. You have direct trains between all these cities.

• Zurich, Lucerne, Lugano and Milan        

You can never go wrong with Switzerland and the northern part of Italy! Cities like Lucerne, Zurich, Lugano and Milan have stunning scenery, art museums, old cathedrals, historic palaces, and more charm than you can imagine.  However they are not very big, so 2-3 days in each one would most likely be enough.  

The best way to move between these cities is by rail. Switzerland is famous for its top of the line panoramic trains , so you can choose to travel from Lucerne to Lugano aboard the  Gotthard Panorama Express.  You can also take the same route on a non-panoramic train  if you want to avoid paying the mandatory reservation fee.

READ NEXT : 10 Days in Switzerland Itinerary by Scenic Trains

Northern Europe 2 Weeks Itinerary

• oslo, stockholm, copenhagen        .

These three cities are definitely in a league of their own. Although they can’t compete with Rome’s historic sites or with the charm of Paris, Copenhagen , Oslo and Stockholm have stunning architecture, world-class museums, and some of the best shopping and dining in Europe.

If you plan to spend your 2 weeks vacation in Northern Europe during the summer months, this trip itinerary is your best bet. While the rest of Europe is be boiling hot, Northern Europe enjoys much cooler temperatures and longer days in summer.

READ NEXT : 10 Fantastic Things to Do in Stockholm in a Week

  • Riga , Tallin, and Vilnius       

I can’t mention Northern Europe without including a tour of the Baltic capitals. The Baltic States of Latvia, Estonia, and Lithuania weren’t even on the map when I was growing up. But like many other European countries that lived in the shadow of the Soviet Union till the 90s, they have enjoyed a true renaissance in the past years.

If you want to travel somewhere your friends haven’t even heard of, you should visit the Baltic capitals. Plus these are among the cheapest countries to visit in Europe .

South-Eastern Europe – 2 Weeks Trip Itineraries

The Balkan Peninsula is the most culturally diverse in Europe. This region has also an extremely varied topography. Bordered by the Adriatic and Ionian Sea to the west, Aegean Sea to the south, the Sea of Marmara to the southeast and the Black Sea to the east, the Balkan countries are stunningly beautiful.

There are so many great destinations in South-Eastern Europe, that it’s difficult to decide which ones to include into your trip itinerary. Here are two suggestions:

• Athens, Istanbul, Bucharest          

If you plan to build your itinerary around these three cities, you could spend 3 days in Athens , 7 days in Istanbul and 2-3 days in Bucharest . Or you can choose spend your entire 2 weeks trip to Europe by visiting just one country. We did that last year and took a road trip in the Peloponnese. It was an unexpected success, it was pleasant and we had a great time there. Peloponnese is one of the less explored parts of Greece, but is so beautiful that you won’t believe. It has plenty of beach town, some of which are nicer and more sophisticated that the Ritzi Greek island, like the beach tow of Nafplio .

Countries like Greece , Turkey, or Romania have plenty of amazing sites to keep you entertained and engaged for 14 days. 

The best way to travel between these 3 countries is by plane. Between Istanbul and Athens you an use Pegasus Airlines (a budget airline) and between Istanbul and Bucharest you can use Turkish Airlines.

 • Ljubljana , Split , Dubrivnik, Kotor      

These four cities will take you through 3 of the most beautiful countries in the Balkans: Slovenia, Croatia and Montenegro . The best way to travel between these cities would be by car or by bus, as there are no train connections between Split and Dubrovnik.

For those who want to rent a car to drive through the Balkans, I recommend this 14 days Balkans road trip itinerary . If you have a car, you can extend your itinerary to some other points of interest in this region.

Planning a trip to Europe? Read next: 12 Tips for Traveling to Europe Like a Pro

Being born and raised in Europe I always get asked these two questions:  when is the best time go to Europe and what is the best itinerary for a first time visit to Europe. My answer it’s always the same: it depends what you want to do in Europe and how much time you can spend there.

If this is your first time in Europe and all you have is 14 days, there are a few things to consider before deciding what to add to your list:      

 • Keep your travel plans simple      

Most first time visitors to Europe are determined to see as much as possible on that first trip. Keep in mind that Europe is a big and diverse continent. There is a lot to see everywhere you go. Fitting all your bucket-listed locations in a 2 weeks trip to Europe is nearly impossible.      

 • Start with the most popular cities   

Your first trip to Europe is not the best time to go off the beaten path. I recommend sticking to the big cities, even though they are more crowded. Major European cities have it all: top notch museums, beautiful architecture, great restaurants and a vibrant nightlife.

Besides, they are big transportations hubs and are cheaper for flying in and out of Europe.

• Choose to visit places that are close to each other   

The closest major European cities are at least two hours apart, whether you travel by car, by train, or by plane. Transit between cities takes at least half a day, if you consider the time you need to check out of one hotel and check into your next one. Therefore, you won’t be able to do much sightseeing on the day you travel.        

 • Plan to spend at least 3-4 days in each city you visit   

While it’s possible to cover more than half a dozen countries in your 14 days in Europe, just running between destinations doesn’t mean you actually visited them! If you want to see at least the major sights, you should plan to spend a minimum of 3-4 days in each city you visit.

• Book an open-jaw ticket     

If you plan on touring a specific region or doing a multi-destination trip, you can often save a lot of time and money with booking one.

Once you’re further along in your planning process, you can use our  Travel Resources page for the best deals in airfare, accommodations and local guided tours.

• Rent a car only if you are planning to travel outside the big cities, where parking is expensive and difficult to find. Nonetheless, sometimes renting a car will save you a lot of time and is obviously more comfortable. We usually use Discovercars when we travel in Europe.

Tips for Spending 2 Weeks in Europe  

• book accommodations in the city center      .

Hotel rates are higher in the city center, but it’s worth paying the extra dollars if you can afford it. You’ll save time and money on transportation.     

• Use Hotel Alternatives

AirBnB or VRBO   for lodging instead of booking hotel rooms, especially if you travel in a bigger group. They are a much better deal and have beautiful apartments all around the world. For the same price you would pay for an average hotel, you could rent an entire apartment.    

• Don’t exchange money in the airport   

Airports, train stations, or tourist areas have the worst exchange rates. But if you look for an exchange office outside these areas, your hard earned money can go a way longer way. If no exchange booths are around, use the ATM machines throughout the city.    

   • Consider using public transportation

Driving a car Europe is an expensive and inconvenient complication. None of these European cities were built with cars in mind, so the roads are crowded and full of restrictions. Rather than worrying  about parking fees, one way streets, and pedestrian zones, consider using public transportation during your 2 weeks in Europe.     

 • Travel by train, or use budget airlines  

Train travel through Europe is one of the best ways to see the continent. The rail network is extremely developed and train service is very reliable. For longer distances, flying one of the many European airlines is also a great option.

There are over a dozen budget airlines in Europe that fly anywhere on the continent for unbelievably low prices. They charge extra for seats and luggage, but even so you can fly for as low as €30-40/one way.    

   • Dress comfortably

Dressing comfortably when you travel to Europe is very important, but avoid looking like a tourist. Not sure how to blend in with the locals? Read my guide about how to dress like a European .  

Buy the best shoes you can afford. I can stress enough the importance of wearing comfortable shoes while traveling in Europe. Many of the old European cities are still paved with cobble stones which are very rough on your soles.

   • Travel off season  

Everyone wants to travel when the weather is stable, but summers can be brutal in Europe: big crowds, expensive accommodations and airfare, busy trains and public transportation and very hot.

The best time to visit Europe is in fall or in spring, when temperatures are milder and there are less crowds. December is also a very popular time of year to visit Europe, when most European cities dress up for the holidays .

• Get acquainted with the European lifestyle

Most travelers to Europe expect to encounter cultural differences, yet when confronted with them they are always caught off guard. I wrote a very detailed post about what will surprise you as a first time visitor to Europe. These are very useful tips that you will need before traveling to Europe.

READ NEXT : 15 Cheapest Countries to Visit in Europe

This guide is a good resource if you intend to visit Europe independently. However, if you prefer an organized tour there are plenty of great tours of Europe to choose from.

Hope the itineraries above gave you some idea on how to travel Europe in 2 weeks. And if you like a place you saw, make a plan to return and explore it more in depth. Two weeks in Europe will not be enough to see this magical continent.

Did you enjoy this post? Please pin it to help other travelers to Europe:

RELATED POSTS:

• 10 Most Beautiful European Cities to Visit in Your Lifetime
• Prague vs Budapest: Which City Is Better?
• Travel Tips For Europe (Don’t Get Caught by Surprise)
• What to Buy in Paris – 15 French Souvenirs Everyone Will Love

Anda is an award winning travel writer, avid globetrotter and passionate photographer. She is the voice behind "Travel Notes & Beyond," a collection of stories and travel impressions from her wanderings around the world. When she is not busy writing, traveling, or editing photographs, you can find her hiking in the foothills behind her house together with her husband and their dog.

Reader Interactions

Vipin Singh

January 13, 2024 at 6:56 am

Greetings from Singapore Anda. I am an avid traveler but have only done Asia so far. I am planning my first Europe trip in this upcoming June, mid month. I have circled down to 4 cities that iam keen on going to. But now, after reading much online, i figured that it will be more ideal to include just 3 cities in my itinerary. I had London, Paris, Rome, Spain (Madrid/Barcelo) in mind initially. I am looking for advice to reduce one city if needed for this trip. I have 13 days to spend (including arrival date to London in the morning before 7am. And excluding departure date) Appreciate your reply.

January 16, 2024 at 2:24 pm

Since this is your first trip to Europe, I’d go to London, Paris and Rome. I’m sure you won’t regret it.

Chetan Sahu

October 7, 2023 at 5:59 am

Planning my dream 2-week European adventure, and this guide is a goldmine of itinerary ideas! From the iconic cities to hidden gems, it’s packed with invaluable tips for an unforgettable trip. So, which European journey will I embark on? The possibilities are endless!

Chandra Bdr Gurung

July 6, 2023 at 11:43 pm

Excellent advice for those who are first-time visitors. This blog really impressed me. Europe has some really interesting sites to visit.

Ana Delos Santos

April 28, 2023 at 10:55 am

Hi, this is really helpful for 1st time Travelers in Europe. Just want to also ask you, for a 2 week Europe Trip, what do you advise to those traveling with Kids that wanted to visit countries in Europe with an Entry and Exit point from the Philippines? Thanks for the possible response. God bless you.

April 28, 2023 at 11:58 am

I am not aware that coming from the Philippines (with or without kids) may pose any problem for entering any country in Europe. However, if you want further more detailed information you should check the respective country’s entry requirements. Sorry I can’t be of more help.

basil swamy

March 22, 2023 at 11:36 am

Looking for Europe tour starting from India, for honeymoon would like to explore Europe. Places need to cover Norway Amsterdam Brussels Paris Switzerland Pissa Florence Rome Venice

Travel dates will be 9Jun to 29Jun It should be not very expensive , reasonable place to stay either good apartment or good Hotel You can suggest if some needs to be cut short or some other place. Do not want any museum or historical place to cover. It should be main and popular area only.

March 22, 2023 at 7:16 pm

I’m sorry, but I am not a travel agent, Basil. You can use my post for reference in order build your own itinerary.

July 13, 2022 at 2:52 pm

Great guide – but overwhelming!! My wife and I are taking our first trip to Europe next year – a long kid- and COVID- delayed 20th/25th/30th anniversary! – and want to make the most of our 3 weeks. But you just listed 31 must-see cities, and suggested 3-4 days per city!! 🙂

My wife wants to “see the highlights” – if we never can come back, what should we make sure we see? I think we’d probably be best served by a managed tour, but maybe I can cobble together something with even hand-holding? 🙂 Advice would be *so* appreciated!

July 13, 2022 at 6:16 pm

Hi Rick, Thanks for reading my guide. I have indeed 31 must-see cities in Europe, but those are 10 independent itineraries and each one of them is for two weeks. If you want to spend 3 weeks in Europe you definitely won’t be able to include all those places in your itinerary. I can give you a few suggestions for a 3-week itinerary, but planning the trip in detail will require a lot of effort from your part.

You’ll need to research each destination and decide what you’d like to see once you get there, book hotels, check timetables for trains and busses, or maybe rent a car in some places, etc. Since I don’t know anything about your travel style, I can’t tell you whether to attempt this trip on your own, or book a guided tour. Many people prefer to be care-free when they travel and just sit back and enjoy. We like to travel independently and do our own planning, but I can assure you it’s not easy. One other option would be to book local guided tours in each country, but travel independently between countries.This way you’ll have more control over what countries you may want to visit.

In regards to the “highlights” of Europe, there are so many! But regardless of what you choose, you shouldn’t include more than 4 countries in 3 weeks because you’ll have to account for the days you loose when moving from one place to another. Here are my suggestions. My first choice for Europe would be Italy, France and Spain. They are rich in culture and architecture and have gorgeous scenery. My second choice is Portugal, Switzerland and Croatia. Not as culturally rich as Italy, or France, but surely breathtakingly beautiful. If you are looking for less expensive destinations, Central and Eastern European countries are more budget friendly (Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania).

I hope this helps. I have lots of European destination on my blog in case you want to do some further reading. And remember: no matter what country you choose, you’ll love Europe!

July 6, 2021 at 11:40 am

Hi there Anda!

Me and my are planning eloping and then honeymooning to Europe. Neither of us have been and I have family in the Sicily area. I originally wanted to go to Hawaii as I am an avid beach lover and have been to many in search of the most beautiful beach. My finance enjoys the beach, but is definitely more of a historian. So, I would like to encompass a little of both. We plan on late September or sometime in October….14 days. What are your thoughts? Do you think we should use a travel agent? Thanks so much!

July 6, 2021 at 1:24 pm

Hi Carrie, September-October is a great time of year for visiting Italy and I think Sicily is a wonderful choice if you like beaches. It has plenty of historic sites, so it’s the best of both worlds: history and beaches. I have a lot of information about Sicily on this blog, so for further reading you can go under Destinations > Europe > Italy > Sicily and read more. I also have a very informative post about driving in Sicily, should you decide to rent a car for your trip.

I don’t believe you need a travel agent to design your itinerary or make reservations for you. At the bottom of my home page there are some links that you can use to check out prices. I also have a Resource Page if you need more information on car rental and lodging. And if you need more itinerary ideas, read this post: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/10-days-in-italy-itinerary/ . It includes 4 itinerary ideas for Italy to choose from. Please let me know if you need any further assistance.

March 1, 2021 at 10:40 am

This is very informative. My husband and I have been to several countries in Europe, but not our son. He wants to go to Germany, and I think with more than 2 weeks travel time that we will have, a visit to several cities in Central Europe will make sense to us. My friend in Zurich will be happy to take us around.

March 1, 2021 at 7:38 pm

Hope you’ll get to visit Germany, Umiko. I have relatives in Münich and go to Germany quite often.

January 27, 2021 at 3:03 am

Hi Anda, I have to say, this is a great itinerary for first time travelers. I’ve been living in Europe for almost 2 years now but I still have not seen most of the places in this list and I would consider myself a “first time traveler” to most of these destinations. It gave me tons of ideas though once we finally get to travel again and I love your pctures.

January 28, 2021 at 2:05 pm

Thanks, Marielle.

I love Croatia

January 9, 2021 at 6:09 am

Absolutely stunning! Thank you on a detailed impressive guide!

January 9, 2021 at 10:51 am

Thanks, Karlo.

October 22, 2020 at 8:00 am

Hi Anda! Thank you for all of your articles and tips! I’m trying to soak everything in while planning for a 2-week trip next August 2021. I know you said August is the worst time to go to Europe but I am to be a part of a bridal entourage early that month and have no leeway in that regard – hoping to make the best of it! What are your suggestions for 3 first time Europe travelers to make the MOST of our time but with about three days locked in at London for the ceremony? I was thinking of coming a week before the festivities and staying a week after, putting the wedding in the middle of the two weeks – if that makes sense. Please help! Thank you so much, Christine

October 22, 2020 at 4:59 pm

Hi Christine, A wedding in London sounds like a great reason to visit Europe. The good news is that London is not so hot in August as other cities in Europe. Here are my recommendations for you:

1. I would get the wedding out of the way and then go on with my travel plans. Or leave it for the end of the trip, but not place it in the middle.

2. I would avoid big, crowded cities (like Paris or Rome) where the asphalt radiates even more heat in summer. Keep in mind that many of the buildings in Europe don’t have air conditioning, so there is very little relief from the heat.

3. Rather than big cities, I would visit places that have a breeze, or have access to the Mediterranean, or the Adriatic Sea. My personal favorites for summer are the French Riviera (Nice, Monaco, Cannes), Italy (the Amalfi Coast, or Sicily), Croatia’s Dalmatian Coast (Dubrovnik, Split, Pula, etc.) Italy, France and Croatia seem like good options for you since they are also close to England.

4. Other great countries to visit in August are: Austria, Switzerland and Germany. For instance, you could spend 1-2 days in Vienna, then go to Salzburg and use it as a base for wonderful day trips in the Alps. Or stay 2 days in Zurich and do a Switzerland itinerary. You can also do a combination of countries, but I wouldn’t visit more than two considering that you already have London on your list.

Hope this helps. Please let me know if you have any further questions. I’m sure your trip is going to be great!

October 18, 2020 at 11:25 am

Hi: A friend and I would like to visit somewhere in Europe for 2 or so weeks, and stay in a smaller village and “live” like a local. Yet, also be close enough to other places or countries to take day trips via public transportation. Any suggestions?

October 19, 2020 at 4:47 pm

Your friend could stay for instance in one of the many villages on the French Riviera (like Ezé Village) which are close to Nice,and visit the the entire coast in two weeks. Or perhaps stay in one of the villages in Tuscany, which are close to Florence, and many other fascinating places in Italy.

RAJEEV JAIN

October 6, 2020 at 10:14 pm

Me & my wife wants to cover Europe in 20-30 days. Just for your information I had travelled to Italy & covered Rome, Florence, Venice & Milan. I want to cover other countries & beautiful cities of Europe. Can you suggest best time & an itinerary to visit except July/August when the weather is pleasant & one can travel in budget.

October 7, 2020 at 4:23 pm

Hi Rajeev, late September to early October is a great time to travel to Europe. So is spring, late April to early June. As for an itinerary, you can cover a lot of territory in a month in Europe. I would suggest visiting some of the countries in the Balkans (Croatia, Montenegro, Slovenia).I have a complete itinerary for the Balkans on my blog, if you are interested. Also, you could visit the Baltic countries (Estonia, Lithuania, Latvia) and Sweden. Eastern European countries like Hungary and Romania are also good choice for a fall visit. Hope this helps.

Mitos Soria

February 13, 2020 at 6:19 am

Hello, me my friend will be traveling to Europe in August 2020 ( I know not a good time to go there) for the first time. We have 2 weeks to go to cities we prefer. And that is Italy and Paris. We are in for outlet shopping, visit museum and architectures. Can you recommend us a place to go to met our preferences? And if we would add one more country what would that be? By the way we are flying from Manila. Thank you very much.

February 13, 2020 at 11:09 am

Hi Mitos, even though August it’s kind of hot in Europe, I’m sure you’ll have a lot of fun. Especially if you plan to go shopping, hahaha! Paris and Rome are great places to shop and so is Milan and London. I also like shopping in Vienna, where they have a big pedestrian area (the Graben) lined up with stores. All these cities have magnificent architecture, old churches and palaces that you can visit. Prices are a little higher in Europe than they are in Asia or the US, but I love shopping there just the same. They have so much trendier clothing stores than we do. My favorite one is Massimo Dutti, you should check it out.

SHYAMSUNDER GAIKWAD

February 2, 2020 at 3:29 pm

Hi Anda, Me and my wife plan to travel to Europe for about 10 to 14 days(depends) from the first week of August’2020 (After my sons final semester Exams). Flight ticket are yet to be booked. This would be our first trip to Europe. We plan to cover Europe in six visits, this would be our first. Both of have past our half century mark and have taken a sabbatical. Could you please suggest us an Itinerary? Is August a good time to travel

February 2, 2020 at 3:30 pm

Hi Shyamsunder, August is one of the worst times to go to Europe: it’s hot, it’s expensive and it’s crowded. I know you may be bound to your son’s vacation time, so if August is the only time you have available, I would suggest going to Northern Europe. You can visit Sweden, Norway, and the Baltic countries (Lithuania, Estonia and Latvia). Either that, or choose to spend your entire vacation in southern Italy, in places close to the sea (Capri, Positano, Cinque Terre, or Sicily).

January 27, 2020 at 1:23 pm

Thanks for your insight and prompt response. Travel planning can be overwhelming and your site has been extremely helpful. The more I dig into options and different itiniraries my gut keeps saying to stick with Italy and you helped confirm this even more! Another thought was to combine a 7n cruise but again my gut (and hubby) prefers a land based trip. So sticking with Italy it seems just 3 cities maybe better (based on your suggestion) with day trips mixed in…Venice, Rome & Florence. Initial plan was for Cique Terre which maybe too much. The idea of Lake Cumo is a really good one! Now need to explore those logistics!

Anda Galffy

January 27, 2020 at 1:28 pm

Glad I could be of help, Sandra. Just one last note: keep in mind that Rome is a big city, rich in history and archeological sites. You will need at least 4-5 days to explore it properly. Have a wonderful trip.

January 27, 2020 at 1:22 pm

Hi Anda, Just found your site and love the information. We are late in planning our 20th anniversary trip to Italy in May. We have 16 days so 14 nights exculuding travel. This is our first time to Europe (other than Greece) in a very long time. Initial thoughts are fly into Venice 2n, Florence, 4n, Cinque Terre 4n, Rome 4n – Now second guessing about all Italy (which I know is all good) but maybe adding Amsterdam or another city and subtracting days from Italy. Any thoughts input appreciated!

Hi Sandra, first of all congratulations on your 20th anniversary! Italy is a great choice to mark this important event in your life and I’m sure this will be a trip to remember. My personal opinion is that Italy has so much to offer that it’s not a good idea to add Amsterdam to the mix. The two-week European itineraries I recommend in my post are for people who want to get a feel of Europe and explore some of the big cities. I think you’ll be better off spending all your time in Italy and exploring as much as you can there. Instead of Amsterdam, you could go to Lake Como, for instance. It’s a very romantic destination for an anniversary.

January 18, 2020 at 10:37 pm

Anda So glad I found your site. I’m in the beginning stages of planning a trip for late 2020 (Christmas time) for my husband and myself. I think you’ve helped me decide on Italy. Christmas is the only time he has vacation so we’re locked in to that time of year. We’d both like to see Pompeii, so I was thinking Naples to Rome and ending up in Venice. We have 2 weeks, so I think we could take our time and stop if we’d like to see something along the way. What do you think about going to Italy this time of year? Are trains reliable in winter? Thanks for any help you can give me. Karen

January 19, 2020 at 12:01 am

Hi karen, Italy is actually a great choice for winter, particularly in December when you’ll have the Christmas markets everywhere. Prices may be still pretty high because of the Holidays, but there will definitely be less crowds. You may expect colder weather in Northern Italy (Rome and Venice), but the Amalfi Coast (Pompeii and Naples) will be beautiful. I don’t think you’ll have any issues with the trains. It doesn’t snow often in northern Italy and even if does, the weather doesn’t impact public transportation. I think you’ll enjoy Italy tremendously! It’s a great place to visit. You may want to check this post as well if you are traveling to Rome: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/best-areas-to-stay-in-rome/

cybele ryan

January 23, 2020 at 3:35 pm

Anda what wonderful information. My husband and I planning a trip to Europe in mid May for two weeks. Thinking about flying into Switzerland or Austria, dipping down into Italy then on to Slovenia and Croatia. We are told Slovenia is very similar to Italy. We could stay in Slovenia and train over to Venice for the day, avoiding crowds ect. Any ideas? take the train, rent a car?Thank you! Cybele

January 23, 2020 at 5:52 pm

Train is probably better for the day trip. Besides, in Venice you won’t have any need for the car.

December 31, 2019 at 4:44 am

Hullo Anda, your article literally saved my life. I have read it twice and sucked in as much of your advice so thank you. I am black and I was wondering if you have any specific advice for a black travelers in Europe. What is the general reception for black africans in Europe? I may be overthinking it, but I am worried that it may be negative. Your honest thoughts will be appreciated. thanks.

December 31, 2019 at 3:39 pm

I’m truly happy that my article was of help to you. I don’t think you have any reason to worry about traveling to Europe as a black person. As far as I know, Europeans are quite open and welcoming to any race and nationality. I think you’ll have a wonderful time there.

December 28, 2019 at 6:04 am

Thankyou for the suggestions. We are planning to visit Europe from US for two weeks from April 24 to May 9 . Our itenrary idea is to arrive in Paris > Milan > Venice > Cinque terra> Florence > Rome . While at florence we planned to visit Pisa for half day Will this be aggressive or Do-able? Can you please suggest on how many days each city require to explore? Thanks in Advance

December 28, 2019 at 9:15 am

Hi Satya, What you are listing here looks like a very busy itinerary. All these cities are loaded with attractions. Besides, you need time for transportation between the different destinations and time to check in and out from the hotels. Rome and Paris require at least 3 days each. Milan you can probably do in a day, but for Florence, Venice and Cinque Terre you’ll also need a minimum of two days. My suggestion would be to leave Paris for another time and concentrate on Italy.

December 28, 2019 at 7:44 pm

Thank you Anda

December 26, 2019 at 10:30 am

Hi Anda, Thankyou for the detailed itenenaries. We are planning for Europe trip during last week of April for two weeks. Our plan is to arrive in Paris and depart back from Rome. So planning for Paris> Fly to Milan> Venice> Cinque terra > Florence> Rome . Is this agressive or Doable? Do you recommend driving from Milan to Rome for this trip? Can you help me with how many days we will needing to explore these places? Appriciete your help on this.

December 18, 2019 at 12:59 pm

Hi Anda, I am planning a trip with my wife and 2 kids (3 & 9) to visit Europe in Mid-June. we are planning to spend 14 days and planning to land in Paris then train to Zurich > Interlaken (might add Zermatt if time permits) > Venice > Florence > Rome. Does this sound doable in 14 days? Any tips and recommendations? Should we get the Euro Rail Pass or buying individual trip will be better and cheaper option? Thanks.

December 18, 2019 at 7:27 pm

Hi Ali, your plan sounds great for two young adults who can move fast. However, with two kids in tow and using public transportation (not having your own car) this sounds like a very busy itinerary. You need a minimum of 3 days in the big cities like Rome and Paris. As for Zurich, Venice and Florence, you could probably spend only 2 days in each city. But even if you do that, you’ll be left with only two days, which is not enough time if you want to squeeze in Zermatt and Interlaken. I understand you are planning to use Rome as your departure city, but exploring it with a 3-year old will be very difficult. Rome is huge and truly overwhelming, even for adults. I would suggest spending more time in Switzerland instead, which is a friendlier place for small children. You can buy a pass for the scenic trains and go from Zurich to Lucerne, Interlaken, Zermatt, St.Moritz, Engadin and maybe cross over to Lake Como in Italy. The Glacier Express is a fantastic train and goes from Zermatt to St. Moritz. Your kids are going to love the train rides. I wrote a few posts about our train trip through Switzerland, in case you need more information.

November 14, 2019 at 4:16 pm

Hi, my husband and I have plan 13 days trip 11 nights for travel to Barcelona, Switzerland, Munich and Amsterdam. The 1st arrival destination has decided is Barcelona as we want to catch the football match. 2nd destination we not sure want to start from Amsterdam, Munich and end in Switzerland or vice versa. Is it possible to squeeze Milan or Paris in between by the way?

November 14, 2019 at 5:09 pm

You can easily squeeze one day in Milan on your itinerary, Agnes. I wrote a post about how to spend a day in Milan, in case you are interested you can check it here: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/one-day-on-the-streets-of-milan/ . From Barcelona you can go to Milan, then to Switzerland, Munich and Amsterdam. Not sure exactly what means of transportation you intend to use in Europe, but it makes sense to do it this way rather than jump from Spain all the way to the Netherlands. In regards to Paris, I would leave it for another trip. There is too much to see there to be able to squeeze it into this itinerary. You’ll need at least 3 days for it, while Milan can be done in one day.

November 5, 2019 at 6:20 pm

Hi Anda.. Greetings from Malaysia.!! Great advice for first time traveller to europe. Me and my friends planning to come over to europe in may next year. We are having some difficulties choosing places to visit as europe is super big and all the places look so beautiful. We will be landing in amsterdam. I would love to go paris,london n also swiss. And we have only two weeks to cover and we have no idea where to start. Super confussed. First time in europe.! Thank you.

November 5, 2019 at 9:30 pm

Hi Reva. Since you land in Amsterdam you could probably do Amsterdam, Paris and London. You need to spend at least 3 days in each of these cities in order to see at least the main points of interest. You probably have time to see one city in Switzerland as well. I would recommend Lucerne, since it’s a smaller one and can be done in about two days. Hope this helps.

September 14, 2019 at 4:10 am

Great suggestions! Planning a trip next June ( I know, I know), your suggestions are great.

September 14, 2019 at 2:10 pm

I’m glad if you found my suggestions useful. Thanks, Jackie.

April 21, 2019 at 6:25 am

Anda, thank you for the very informative article. Loved going through it and your detailed responses to the questions below. I and my wife are planning to travel in August(2nd and 3rd week). We have zeroed in on France(only Paris) and Italy. I know the temperature will be on the higher side, but I guess should be a breeze considering we are from India 🙂 (or are we way off the mark?) What according to you are good destinations to include in the itinerary in Italy, beyond Rome, Venice, and Florence)?

April 21, 2019 at 9:31 am

Hi VB, since your trip to Europe in in full summer, I would suggest a couple of destinations closer to the water. In Italy you can add Cinque Terre and maybe Lake Como. Both of them absolutely spectacular. In France, just about an hour away by plane you can go to he French Riviera. The coast is much cooler and absolutely spectacular. You have places like Nice, Monaco, Cann, Antibes, plus the many perched villages along the coast that are absolutely a dream to visit. Hope this helps.

April 9, 2019 at 8:56 am

I was trying to plan a 20th anniversary trip for myself and my wife in July, 2020. I was planning on just doing a Western trip visiting London, Paris, Brussels, Amsterdam, and Berlin but now I’m worried it’s going to be too hot. We already live in Charleston, South Carolina (US) which is miserably hot in the summer so we always try to find cooler places to go.

I was thinking of this route because there are now direct flights from CHS to London and I get employee discounts at Hilton properties (about $50 USD/night). There are hotels all within 1.5 miles of the train station in each of those cities so this would be most economical.

I would rather visit Northern Europe because of the cooler weather and because my family immigrated from Sweden. However,, there are no Hilton properties in any of the Scandavian cities except Stockholm.

I’m just wondering if you think it is worth it to spend a lot more to visit Northern Europe or just battle the heat and crowds to visit Western Europe.

April 9, 2019 at 10:15 am

Hi Michael, Europe is very hot and humid in summer, as you already know. I would rather spend a little more and go to countries like Norway, Sweden or the Baltic countries (Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania). I believe there is a Hilton in Riga as well, if I am not wrong). However, you may want to look into Airbnb as an alternative if you can’t find a Hilton. Most of the time they are way cheaper than a hotel and you get much more for your money.

April 7, 2019 at 11:25 am

This is a great guide! I’ve been searching everywhere for ideas on how to go about a European trip. I’ve never been so I wasn’t sure where to start. Is it possible to do a trip with London, Paris, Amsterdam, Rome, Florence, and Venice? What would be the beat way to do that?

April 7, 2019 at 8:54 pm

Squeezing 7 cities of this size into a 2 weeks trip seems too much to me. I would recommend keeping it at 4, at the most. You will spend too much time on the road and too little time visiting the sites. Florence and Amsterdam could be done in about 4 days, if you just want to rush by, but the other cities requires way more time for proper visiting. I would not advise you to add more than at the most 5 cities to your itinerary, unless you have more than just 2 weeks.

April 6, 2019 at 3:28 pm

Hello Anda,

This article is very informative and useful as I am planning a graduation gift for my girlfriend this summer. She’s a mechanical engineer and loves architecture, but has never been to Europe. I do plan on 2 weeks, give or take a few days. Do to the traveling being in June (not the best time), where would you recommend going? Regarding weather, locations, travel season, etc. I’ve only been to France but was there for wine industry. I’m fine with traveling by train or by car as I have done both. Please let me know if you have any questions or concerns. Thank you for your time!

April 7, 2019 at 9:01 pm

Hi Nick, I’m glad you found my post useful and informative. Summers in Europe may be very hot, so I would recommend you go to Northern Europe, where the weather is much cooler. And if your girlfriend loves architecture, she will have a blast visiting cities like Stockholm and Riga. I would recommend the Baltic countries and Sweden. You don’t need to drive there. You can fly between the cities for very little money.

March 31, 2019 at 7:45 am

Hi, Anda. I’m taking my daughter to Europe in May. Got a great R/T flight into (and out of) Barcelona. We will be there 2 weeks, and I’d like to add 3 other cities. She really wants to go to Florence (but not Rome??‍♀️). We plan to book a rail pass and Air BnBs. Any recs for our 3 must-see cities. She’s 20 and has never been to Europe.

April 1, 2019 at 1:00 pm

Hi Stacy, Barcelona is a very exciting destination for young people. I’m sure your daughter will love it. You’ll have to decide how many countries you want to include in your two weeks trip. You have quite a few choices in Spain, if you decide to stay only there. You can spend 3 days in Barcelona, then go towards the west and Visit Madrid (3 days), Toledo (a day trip from Madrid), Granada and Sevilla. From there you can fly back to Barcelona. Or you can spend a few days in Barcelona, then go to Paris, Milan and Florence. The second option includes 3 countries, but it will give your daughter a taste of some of the most impressive cities in Europe. Hope this helps.

February 26, 2019 at 9:36 am

I will be visiting Europe for two weeks in may and would like to know what do you suggest we could see as we will arrive in Rome and depart from Paris.

February 26, 2019 at 4:56 pm

Hi Rhea, May is one of the best times to visit Europe. The weather is just perfect and the tourist season is not in full swing yet. Since I don’t know you and your interests, I would make some suggestions based on my own taste and experience. Both Rome and Paris are very big cities and you might want to allow yourself at least 3 days in each one of them. They are packed with attractions, ranging from historic sites and landmarks, to museums, art galleries, parks and restaurants. In Rome you might want to concentrate on the historic center (including the Vatican) and allow yourself a little time to simply wander the streets and admire the beautiful architecture. I wrote a post about the best areas to stay in Rome that will give you an idea about what attractions are in the different parts of the city ( https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/best-areas-to-stay-in-rome/ ). While you are in Italy, you might also want to include Florence and Milan in your itinerary. Florence is not very big and it quite easy to explore (great for art galleries and museums). You could spend 2 days in Florence and one day in Milan ( https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/?s=one+day+in+milan ). From Milan you could go to Switzerland and maybe take a scenic train trip through Zermatt, Interlaken, Lucerne).Or you may go directly to France and visit Marseille, Lyon and then Paris. If this is your first time in Europe I would suggest keeping it simple. Probably just Italy and France would be enough. For Paris, you might want to refer to this post that will give you an idea about what you can see in 3 days: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/?s=3+days+in+paris . I hope this helps and I hope you’ll come back with some great memories from your trip to Europe.

January 31, 2019 at 9:46 pm

Hi Anda Me and my husband are planning a trip to Europe for 2 weeks in early May 2019. As of now we are planning to visit Prague, Vienna, Budapest & Greece. Could you please suggest if its doable also if its the good time to visit these places.

P.S : We will be visiting Europe for the first time and we are more inclined towards scenic and natural beauty , could you please suggest more affordable options.

Many Thanks ! Parul

January 31, 2019 at 10:20 pm

Hi Parul, Europe is beautiful at any time of year, but particularly in spring. Vienna, Budapest and Prague are very close to each other so can move easily from one to the next (either by train or by car). Trains are very affordable in Europe, especially if you buy a pass. I suggest spending 3 days in each one of these cities to at least get a taste of what they have to offer. You could leave Greece for last, as you will need to take a plane to get there. In regards to affordability, Europe in generally expensive. However, you will find Budapest (and Greece) more affordable overall. For lodging I use Airbnb or VRBO (Vacation Rentals By Owner), as I get more for my money. Hope this helps.

Vaibhav Jain

February 2, 2019 at 10:21 am

Hey, thanks for this informative and detailed info about getting around in Europe.. every word made sense to me.. I just want a small suggestion from you.. I am solo traveller and will be starting my itinerary as “Prague (2n)-Copenhagen (4N)-Budapest (2N)- Barcelona (3N)- Amsterdam (2N)” in total of about 13 N starting from 13 th March 2019.. My question is : I want to add another city between my trip from Copenhagen to Budapest as I think 4 Nights will be too boring in there.. so can you please suggest which place to add in for 1 N ??? I am getting some real good deals for Brussels, Berlin, Milan… for Ryan Sir & Easy jet from Copenhagen.. please enlighten me for this as I am super confused ??? Thanks in anticipation ….

February 2, 2019 at 3:18 pm

Your itinerary seems pretty busy for 13 days. All these cities you selected make wonderful destinations in themselves. You could easily spend 13 days in each one of them and still have plenty to see and do. My suggestion would be to spend 3 nights in Prague or in Budapest, rather than trying to squeeze in another city into the itinerary. Europe is packed with attractions and if you were to spend any less than 3 days in a big city you’ll be rushing too much. However, if you want by all means to include another city, you can try Milan. You can just concentrate on visiting the Duomo and the area around it and that would be enough for one day. Hope this helps.

October 1, 2018 at 10:41 am

My family has a two week planned trip to Europe and I am having difficulty picking a third location to visit in addition to London & Paris. I am glad I came across your website which is full of good ideas. I could use some help picking a third city and places to stay. One of my challenges for the trip is traveling around Christmas which I understand the trains close.

Some of the other questions I have are: How long is it recommended to be at an airport before a flight between cities like London & Amsterdam? Is taking a train recommended even though it takes twice as long.

Where are the best areas to stay in London, Paris, Amsterdam and Ghent? We would like to rent an apartment in each city.

We arrive at 6:15am on 12/21 in Gatwick and leave on 1/3 in the evening out of Heathrow. What might be the best itinirary taking into account Christmas and New Years?

Thanks, Michael

October 3, 2018 at 10:24 am

Hi Michael, I’m afraid I can’t make any specific recommendation in any of these cities. We usually stay in Airbnb apartments when we don’t stay with friends or relatives in Europe.

Rob+Ann @TravelLatte(.net)

July 27, 2018 at 4:36 pm

You are so right, Anda – Two weeks in Europe will fly by! We love your itinerary ideas though. Two weeks is such a short time for so many great places to see and enjoy, but these really help make the most of the time. Can’t wait to get back and explore more!

Jennifer Melroy

July 27, 2018 at 2:38 pm

I love exploring northern Europe. The cities have a charm that the rest of the continent lacks. I can’t explain it, but they do. I always feel like they are more welcoming as a city. Plus Stolkhom has the best museums to visit.

Suruchi Mittal

July 24, 2018 at 10:36 am

That is a complete exhaustive guide on Europe. I liked the way how you have divided the itinerary and it is going to be super helpful while we plan up our trip. The 2 weeks really seems like a less time now, for Europe.

Cynthia | Adventuring Woman

July 23, 2018 at 5:12 am

You’ve covered all the important things! I agree that Paris, Amsterdam and London should be #1. I really want to do Vienna, Prague and Budapest. Also the Balkan itineraries. So true that it’s best to spend time really experiencing a place, rather than running around between them.

July 22, 2018 at 12:27 am

These are good itineraries for those who want a quick glimpse of certain areas of Europe. Im not sure on the Nordic ones, I think I need a bank loan for that one. 😀 I found after exploring much of Europe, to see better history, buildings, parks, scenery etc, is to get away from the cities and find the true heart of each country. However, first timers, these are good plans BUT make sure you come back for some more European fun 🙂

July 22, 2018 at 10:58 am

One visit to Europe is never enough, Dabik.

July 21, 2018 at 11:55 pm

Although I agree with you to start with the more popular cities in your first ever trip to Europe and to make sure that all the cities you’re visiting are geographically close to each other (and you’ve grouped them out perfectly), I also think that visiting only the bigger cities in countries like Switzerland, Austria, Greece don’t give you a real flavour of what the country is about. For example- going to Athens and not Santorini would be something I’d not recommend at all! Or going to Zurich and Lucerne but not Interlaken. Having said that, if one wants to focus only on the bigger cities and not venture to the smaller towns and villages, then these itineraries make perfect sense!

July 22, 2018 at 11:00 am

Of course, Medha. Visiting only the bigger cities will barely touch the tip of the iceberg, so to speak. These itineraries are intended for first time visitors to Europe and it is implied the subsequent visits would be necessary to really get the feel of many of these countries.

Christina Pfeiffer

July 21, 2018 at 11:09 pm

Your itineraries certainly highlight the diversity of Europe. There are so many different countries to visit it’s hard to choose! One of the things I love about Europe is that no matter where you go, there’s history, culture and cobblestone streets to discover. Hmm, I think I’m due for another trip to Europe soon!

July 21, 2018 at 11:35 pm

That is so true, Christina. I love everything about Europe!

July 21, 2018 at 9:35 pm

I am a big fan of itineraries! I have created several I want to follow. Sometimes, an itinerary does not work for one particular year but then it is feasible later. From your list, I want to do Northern Europe and the Berlin-Dresden-Wroclaw. I am with you on staying 3-4 days on a city. I do not like to rush places.

July 21, 2018 at 10:19 pm

Planning is part of the fun when you travel, isn’t it?

July 21, 2018 at 9:13 pm

I love your recommendations! I’d love to go and visit Europe one day and this guide will come in very handy. Indeed 2 weeks is such a short time to see the entire continent, but good to know that you can still see as much as long you plan well (especially considering the geographical location and transportation availability).

July 21, 2018 at 10:18 pm

I didn’t realize you haven’t been in Europe, Marvi. Hope you’ll get there soon. You’ll love Europe, I promise!

Jill Chapman

July 21, 2018 at 7:40 pm

I haven’t been to Europe for five years so I am very excited to be heading there this fall. Great tips – we’ve already used a few – booked hotels in the city center or air bnb’s and are traveling off-season a bit but I hope to utilize more when I’m there.

July 21, 2018 at 8:05 pm

I hope you are going to have a great trip, Jill.

July 21, 2018 at 5:31 am

Great idea’s, even for a European. We need to discover more things close to home.

July 21, 2018 at 8:06 pm

Well, if you live in Europe you probably have visited all these places, Wendy.

Lyn aka The Travelling Lindfields

July 21, 2018 at 4:09 am

What a useful post. I think those of us who travel frequently forget that there is a lot of basic stuff we just take for granted.

July 21, 2018 at 10:00 pm

So true, Lyn.

July 21, 2018 at 12:45 am

I have spent quite a bit of time in Europe but I still have so much to see. I would love to do your Balkans roadtrip, I haven’t been to that area yet.

July 21, 2018 at 10:01 pm

The Balkans make one of the best European itineraries, Anisa. You should definitely do that road trip.

July 20, 2018 at 6:27 pm

These are all great ideas. Isn’t it such a gift to be able to spend two weeks exploring?? We love to spend 3 days in cities so we know where we want to return… I also love to pair big cities with smaller towns, too. It’s a great to experience both sides of the coin in the same country. I would love to do your Balkan itinerary! Those places all just look beautiful!

July 21, 2018 at 10:05 pm

I love exploring smaller cities too, Sara. However, for first time visitors it’s always better to start with the more popular sites.

July 20, 2018 at 5:02 pm

Great tips for first-time visitors, especially if you have only two weeks. I wish I’ve been to all the destinations you covered … if we could only travel when I was still living in the middle of it ;).

July 21, 2018 at 10:06 pm

Yep, I hear you! I have the same frustration, Emese.

July 20, 2018 at 4:17 pm

Great advice for first time travelers! We did a similar trip, to your first itinerary, when we went to Europe the first time. Ours was London, Paris, Munich, and Amsterdam. I have to agree that giving yourself 3-4 days in each place is ideal. I ended up feeling like I didn’t see much in London, because we were only there for two days of our trip. Thankfully, we were able to return to London for a longer period later.

Tomas Novak

July 20, 2018 at 1:31 pm

As I live in Prague – kind of a center of Europe. It’s pretty easy for me to do this short trips and I think I visited more than half of this cities. I like how you group them in smaller trips by three. I just have to visit the Baltic states and Balkan… hopefully next year. Thanks for your tips

July 21, 2018 at 10:12 pm

It’s much easier to do these trips when you live in Europe, Thomas. The challenge is for people who travel there from far away.

California Globetrotter

July 20, 2018 at 1:11 pm

What a great itinerary you’ve put together, Anda! You’ve hit up all the best cities and I also recommend 3-4 days in each city!

July 21, 2018 at 10:13 pm

I’m glad you agree with me, Lolo. Now that you live in Europe it’s much easier for you to see all these other smaller cities on week-end trips.

Rhonda Albom

July 20, 2018 at 12:51 pm

I think two weeks is a great intro and taster for Europe. Europe is addictive and by the end of those two weeks you’ll already be planning on which areas you want to concentrate on for your next visit. I agree that you should spend three to four days in each city in order to get comfortable and enjoy the feel of the city.

July 21, 2018 at 10:17 pm

Hahaha, you are so right that traveling to Europe becomes addictive. Everybody I know wants to return there to see more.

Priscilla Willis

July 20, 2018 at 6:23 am

Great tips, Anda. Your suggested Itineraries are perfect – it’s difficult to fully experience a destination when you try to do and see too much!

July 20, 2018 at 9:52 am

Good to hear from you, Priscilla. I know you just came back from a trip to Europe. Hope it was fun.

July 20, 2018 at 9:53 am

Good to hear from you, Priscilla. I know you just came back from Europe. Hope you enjoyed your trip.

March 28, 2020 at 11:11 pm

Anda looking for a 14 day itinerary first time in Europe. This is for my 25 Anniversary. Looking to bring my 3 daughters ages 25/22/20. Also looking to invite my in laws 65/72. My wife is first generation born in the states from Hungary. My 72 year old father in-law has a bad ankle is there scooters to rent or would it be a pain in the butt to travel everywhere with it. Also ball Parker cost per person along with either plane or rail tickets to hop around

March 28, 2020 at 11:41 pm

This looks like a multi-generational reunion and a great celebration. Since your wife is of Hungarian descent, you might want to take a trip to Central Europe that would include Hungary as well. I think all of you are going to love Budapest! You could probably do Prague, Vienna, and Budapest and spend at least 3 days in each of these big cities. There are also a few side trips that you can take around them. I wrote extensively about these three destinations, in case you need some ideas on things to do, places to stay and eat in each one of these cities.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

COPYRIGHT NOTICE

All rights reserved © Travel Notes & Beyond. The material on this website is protected by copyright law. Republishing the content on this blog (including text, photography, etc.) is strictly prohibited.

AFFILIATE PROGRAM DISCLOSURE

Some of the pages and posts of this blog contain links to products and services that may be useful for my readers. When clicking on these links you will have the option to purchase or register for a service at no extra cost to you, but doing so can help me offset the costs associated with running this blog. Thank you for your support!

How to Plan an Epic 2 Week Europe Trip (+ Europe Itinerary Ideas!)

Ready to plan a 2 week Europe trip but not quite sure where to start?

We want to help!

Whether it’s your first trip to Europe or your tenth, there’s something simultaneously overwhelming and exhilarating about planning a trip through multiple countries that–for us and most of the readers of this blog post–lie across an ocean from home.

I’ll never forget planning our first 2 week Europe itinerary: I pored over flight schedules, bucket lists, budgets, and maps for months, desperate to pull together the ultimate Europe trip.

Some links in this post may be affiliate links. If you make a purchase through one of these links, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Please see our disclosure policy for more detail.

There were many, many lists involved in planning that first trip, and after months of planning, I emerged with an eclectic but incredible itinerary that kicked our love of travel into high gear.

In the summer of 2015, Jeremy and I spent a little over 2 weeks in Europe exploring Krakow , Budapest , Plitvice Lakes National Park , Zadar , Dublin , and the Cliffs of Moher (I told you it was eclectic!).

We’ve now cumulatively spent years of our lives traveling in Europe, falling in love with world-famous cities and less iconic locations alike, and there’s absolutely nothing we like better than helping people plan their own unforgettable adventures.

Over the years, we’ve explored the continent in almost every way possible, from backpacking Europe on a budget for 2 weeks to checking into luxury hotels to playing tour guide for family and friends to finally spending more than a year living in Lisbon, Portugal !

We’ve put together this 2 week Europe itinerary guide to help you plan your trip–here’s what you need to know before you go.

(Also, yes–this is an incredibly long blog post! We recommend using the table of contents right below this paragraph to help you navigate to different sections depending on what you’re hoping to read first.)

Table of Contents

How to Use This 2 Week Europe Trip Guide

Exciting 2 week europe itinerary ideas, how to get around during 2 weeks in europe, important tips for planning a 2 week europe trip, faq for spending 2 weeks in europe, what to pack for 2 weeks in europe, read more about visiting europe.

This 2 week Europe trip guide is designed for someone hoping to see the highlights of a few different European destinations, spread across multiple countries, in only a couple of weeks.

We’ve primarily written it for someone planning their first trip to Europe, but if this is your second trip, third trip, or beyond, hopefully, we have some interesting ideas and tips for you, too!

And, of course, given that Europe is home to more than 50 countries and is roughly the same size as the USA, no 2 weeks in Europe could hope to cover the entire continent or all of its numerous and distinct cultures, languages, and histories.

For ease of communication, we’ll talk in general terms about traveling in Europe here, but once you pick your itinerary, of course, you’ll want to follow up with further research on the specific locations you’ll be visiting.

And, once you’re further along in your planning process, we’d love to help you with some of that planning here on Our Escape Clause, too!

We’ll link to relevant blog posts throughout this travel guide, but given the hundreds of posts we have on the site, we won’t be able to link them all.

You can use our destinations page or the search bar on the top right of the page (on desktop) or at the top of the pop-out menu (on mobile) to find our content about various specific destinations across Europe or general travel tips.

For example, a few of our most popular guides that might come in handy next include our guide to traveling Europe by train , our 75 best Europe travel tips , and our (biased) guide to the best cities in Europe .

The number of possible 2 week Europe itinerary ideas is truly infinite–just look at the odd itinerary that I cobbled together for us in 2015 as an example !

However, the sample itineraries for Europe outlined below should give you a good idea of what you can accomplish with around 14 days in Europe .

I truly struggled to narrow down these ideas–I could name 10 more excellent 2 week Europe trips in an instant, and still feel like I was leaving so much on the table.

I aimed to keep these mostly focused on destinations that are popular for first-time visitors to Europe, with just a couple of slight curve balls thrown in.

The Classic: London, Paris, Rome

As three of the world’s most beloved and celebrated cities, you can’t go wrong with splitting your 2 weeks in Europe between London, Paris, and Rome.

As the capital of an English-speaking country and home to an enormous airport hub, London makes logistical sense for a first trip to Europe hailing from North America–and, of course, it’s a truly fascinating city.

Visit Buckingham Palace and Hyde Park, stroll through Notting Hill, snap photos of Big Ben, check out the Tower Bridge and the Tower of London , visit the Wizarding World of Harry Potter, stop by Piccadilly Circus, ride the London Eye , and tour the British Museum.

… And that’s just to get you started !

The City of Lights is one of our favorite cities in the world and was also the first place we visited on our very first trip to Europe (we spent a week there and then planned our 2 week Europe trip outlined in the introduction of this blog post the following year).

Since then, we haven’t been able to stop going back, and believe that it’s an excellent addition to any 2 week Europe itinerary!

While you’re in Paris , visit the Eiffel Tower, marvel at the beauty of Sainte-Chapelle, tour the Louvre and the Musee d’Orsay, stroll the picturesque streets of Montmartre and the Latin Quarter, visit the Palais Garnier, discover hidden passages and tiny cafes, and soak up every minute of that Parisian charm.

Our full guide to planning your first trip to Paris can help you get started!

Ah, Rome –if Paris is the first European city we fell in love with, Rome is probably our deepest love on the continent.

From wonders of Ancient Rome like the Colosseum, Roman Forum, and Pantheon to more recent additions like the Vatican Museums , Trevi Fountain, and winding cobblestone streets of Trastevere , exploring Rome is a captivating, engaging experience that we can’t recommend highly enough.

And, of course, you couldn’t ask for a better cuisine to savor during your 2 weeks in Europe: Rome is home to some of the best pasta in all of Italy!

Southern Europe Charm: Madrid, Rome, Amalfi Coast

Want your 2 weeks in Europe to focus on a delightful combination of history, food, and sunshine?

Head directly to Spain and Italy!

While Barcelona gets all the love (and a lot of the crowds), we’re personally smitten with the Spanish capital of Madrid… and excellent flight deals from North America make it almost irresistible on a 2 week Europe itinerary.

With a few days in Madrid , you can admire world-class art in the Prado, soak in Spanish culture with a stroll through Retiro Park, eat all the tapas and churros con chocolate you can get your hands on, tour the Royal Palace , check out an Egyptian temple, and take day trips to fairytale towns like Toledo and Segovia.

I described Rome in the first Europe itinerary on this list, so I won’t repeat myself here, but as I sit typing this Europe travel blog post out in a Rome apartment while dreaming of the carbonara I’ll eat for dinner tonight, all I can say is: you won’t regret coming to Rome (and scroll up for more details).

And, while I detailed some of Rome’s highlights above, let me also say… don’t forget to get off the beaten path in the Eternal City , either!

Amalfi Coast

The famed Amalfi Coast , with its dramatic cliffs, chic villages like Positano, delicious lemons, and jaw-droppingly beautiful hikes like the Path of the Gods, is a fabulous conclusion to any 2 week Europe trip–where better to relax than one of the most beautiful coastlines in the world?

While you’re there, be sure to make room for plenty of day trips!

Iconic locations like Capri and Pompeii , as well as less-popular but equally amazing spots like Ischia, Herculaneum , and Procida, are all at your fingertips when staying on the Amalfi Coast.

(Also, if you like page-turning novels about friendship and Italy, I highly recommend reading Elena Ferrante’s My Brilliant Friend series before coming or while visiting Europe).

Regal Central Europe: Prague, Vienna, Budapest

Sweeping boulevards, dramatic architecture, beautiful coffeehouses, and tasty comfort food: a trip to Central Europe is an absolute delight.

In my opinion, this region truly shines during the winter months when Christmas markets are in full swing and the hearty cuisine keeps you warm from the inside out.

I’ll try to keep this section quite brief, as I’ve already written a detailed Central Europe itinerary here , but suffice it to say, we love it.

Known as the City of a Hundred Spires (and also for the fact that beer is cheaper than water here–true story, at least when it comes to pricey bottled water at restaurants), Prague is easily in the running for the most beautiful city in Europe.

The beauty of Prague Castle, St. Vitus Cathedral, the famed Charles Bridge, and Prague’s well-known astronomical clock will all draw you in.

If you have enough time, consider adding a day trip to a smaller Czech town like gorgeous Český Krumlov as well!

Regal and beautiful, full of spacious, wide avenues and ornate buildings, Austria’s capital city is the perfect place to come to tour grand palaces ( Schonbrunn is one of the most popular), see a show in one of the world’s premier opera houses, and to enjoy European cafe culture at its finest.

We absolutely adore Vienna’s coffee houses–be sure to try a slice (or several) of Esterhazy Cake while there, as well as Viennese hot chocolate.

The city’s famed Spanish riding school and striking St. Stephen’s Cathedral are also worth adding to your list!

As our favorite city in central Europe and one of our top 10 cities in Europe overall, I really can’t say enough about how beautiful Budapest is! 

The city is somehow, simultaneously, both grand and down-to-earth , absolutely gorgeous while also remaining accessible, affordable, and fairly simple to visit and explore.

While in Budapest, go for a soak in the famous thermal baths, tour one of the most beautiful houses of Parliament in Europe, check out a castle, visit grand basilicas, take a boat ride down the Danube, and, if you’re up for a bit of adventure, even go on a cave tour!

Be sure not to miss the great food , either–Budapest’s hearty cuisine is a delight, and one of our all-time favorite wine tastings took place there!

Europe for Art Lovers: Paris, Florence, Venice

If you’re an art buff at heart, you can’t ask for a better sampling of some of the continent’s most beloved artistic cities than the trifecta of Paris, Florence, and Venice (and it certainly helps that each city is practically an art museum in and of itself).

From the Louvre to the Musee d’Orsay to the Orangerie to the Musee Rodin to the Centre Pompidou to the Cluny Museum, it would probably take a lifetime to enjoy all the art museums in Paris alone.

And of course, the city has so much more to offer once you need a break!

Nicknamed the Cradle of the Renaissance, Florence boasts the finest collection of Renaissance art on the planet–and claims many of its most famous artists as locals. 

Michelangelo, DaVinci, Botticelli, and more all originally hailed from Florence, and their works are scattered about the city.

Perhaps most famously, Michelangelo’s David is in the Galleria dell’Accademia and Botticelli’s The Birth of Venus is in the Uffizi Gallery .

And of course, no art-focused trip to the Cradle of the Renaissance can overlook Florence’s iconic Duomo , a masterpiece of the era!

Located an easy train ride away from Florence, Venice may be slightly less well-known for its art than the first two cities on this 2 week Europe itinerary, but there’s no doubt that there’s plenty to find!

From the utter masterpiece of St. Mark’s Basilica (don’t miss a chance to go in!) to the incredible Doge’s Palace to the famous Galleria dell’Accademia (not to be confused with the one in Florence!) that focuses mostly on Venetian artists, Venice is an art lover’s dream.

Mix it up by adding a visit to the Peggy Guggenheim Collection, which holds modern art, and a gondola ride .

A fter all, Venice itself is no doubt one of the best artistic masterpieces in the city, and it deserves to be seen from all its best angles.

The Incredible Iberian Peninsula: Lisbon, The Algarve, Andalucia

The Iberian Peninsula is dominated by Spain and Portugal , and while I might be biased after spending more than a year living in Lisbon, it makes for an unforgettable Eurotrip!

(The fact that there are often flight deals from the US to Lisbon and Madrid doesn’t hurt, either).

There are infinite ways to craft southern Europe itineraries out of these two countries, but here’s one great option…

Start your trip with a few days in Lisbon , Portugal’s trendy capital city, soaking up beautiful views from its many miradouros , sampling Portuguese food (starting with pastéis de nata ), touring the incredible Jerónimos Monastery, and taking day trips from Lisbon to nearby gems like the palaces of Sintra and/or the beach resort town of Cascais .

Be prepared to head up and down a lot of hills while you’re there–but Lisbon is worth the climb.

If you’re looking for neighborhoods to wander through, Alfama, Castelo, Chiado, and Bairro Alto are particularly picturesque–keep an eye out for trams, azulejos, and peacocks as you explore!

And, while Lisbon’s top attractions are definitely worth a visit, seeking out some of the many hidden gems in Lisbon will add extra beauty to your trip.

The Algarve

After saying goodbye to Lisbon, head south of Portugal’s Algarve for a dizzying array of whitewashed villages (you’ll find many of the best beach towns in Portugal here) and a picturesque coastline.

Lagos is one of the most popular places to stay, and we can highly recommend it–don’t miss the famous Ponta da Piedade, which photos can’t do justice to.

Nearby attractions (ideally, you’ll want to rent a car in the Algarve) include the famous Benagil Cave and the unmissable Seven Hanging Valleys Trail!

For the second week of your trip in Europe, cross the border into southern Spain (note: there’s no direct train access for this journey, but there are buses).

Split your time between any two of Andalucia’s incredible cities, taking nearby day trips from there.

Seville (with its Alcazar and famous Plaza de Espana), Granada (home of the Alhambra ), and Cordoba (home of the Mosque-Cathedral , one of the most unique houses of worship in the world) are all wonderful inland options.

On the coast, options include Cadiz, Malaga, Marbella, Tarifa, and many more.

With a bit more than 2 weeks in Europe or an ambitious schedule, you may be able to squeeze in a day trip to Gibraltar and/or Tangier, Morocco while here!

Food + History: Athens, Santorini, Istanbul

Feel like heading further east–as far east as you can get during a Europe vacation?

Greece and Turkey pair very well for a 14 day European itinerary–here’s what that might look like.

Start your trip in Athens, marveling at some of the world’s most remarkable ruins, including the famous Acropolis complex and museum.

Be sure to make time to explore non-ancient aspects of Athens as well, including the trendy Plaka neighborhood, Monastiraki Square (and nearby flea market!), and Syntagma Square.

And of course, one of the absolute best things to do after you touch down in Athens is to dive into plate after plate of phenomenal Greek food –that alone is worth traveling to Greece for ( our Athens food tour remains one of my favorites that we’ve taken in Europe).

Truly, any one of Greece’s amazing islands would fit nicely into this 2 week Europe itinerary, but where better to choose than Santorini , with its iconic blue-and-white color scheme, fantastic caldera views, and excellent flight connections?

While Santorini isn’t best known for its beaches–you’re better off heading to Crete for those–you sure can’t beat the charming villages or stunning nature.

The city of two continents, where thousands of years of history blend seamlessly with modern life, and where you can eat one of the best breakfasts you’ll ever experience in your life: Istanbul tops bucket lists around the world, and there is simply nowhere on the planet quite like it.

Marvel at the Blue Mosque, step inside the Hagia Sophia, eat your weight in Turkish breakfast (seriously, I can’t emphasize enough how tasty it is), admire the views of the Bosphorus, climb the Galata Tower, and shop your way through the Grand Bazaar.

Since this Europe travel blog post focuses on, well, Europe, I won’t sketch out any other possibilities further east in Turkey in detail…

But, if you have time, you could easily add a visit to Cappadocia , complete with a sunrise hot air balloon ride, to your trip, or even a visit to the ruins of Ephesus.

Architecture + Culture: Cologne, Amsterdam, Belgium

With this small triangle of destinations, you can easily visit separate countries via train, with very little travel time between them!

And, if you were particularly motivated to add another, you could even squeeze in a day trip to Luxembourg.

If you’re looking for a winter itinerary for Europe that focuses on cities, this is a fantastic option.

Home to a stunning cathedral and what may just be the best Christmas markets on the planet, Cologne is a gorgeous German city that is a delight to explore on foot.

Don’t miss its soaring Gothic Cathedral while you’re there!

… Though honestly, that would be hard to do, considering you can see it right as you step outside the train station.

As one of the most popular cities to visit in Europe, Amsterdam requires no introduction.

The city of canals, biking, and revelry is somehow even more beautiful in person than in the billions of photos of it.

While you’re there, be sure to take a canal cruise, stroll the 9 Streets, and visit at least a couple of the city’s museums (the Anne Frank House is incredibly moving).

If you visit Amsterdam in winter , you’ll no doubt need to bundle up–but the lack of crowds in this often-packed city is also a treat to experience.

Perhaps it may be slightly unfair to list Belgium entirely while the other destinations are split into cities… but considering Belgium’s two most popular cities, Bruges and Ghent , are located less than an hour apart by train, you can cover quite a bit of the country in a few days !

With stunning architecture, canals, and carbs (bring on the waffles and frites), it’s easy to have a blast in Belgium.

Winter in Belgium brings a lack of crowds and plenty of festivities during the Christmas season!

Alpine Escape: Bavaria, Switzerland’s Jungfrau Region, Milan, and Lake Como

If your dream Europe trip involves plenty of Alpine views with a side of cities, this is the itinerary for Europe in 2 weeks for you.

Start your trip in Bavaria, the land of castles, beer, and outdoor delights.

City lovers will enjoy being based in Munich (don’t miss the opulent Munich Residenz or view from St. Peter’s Church and/or the Town Hall Tower while there).

From Munich, you can easily day trip to more mountainous areas, starting with Fussen, home to Germany’s famous Neuschwanstein Castle .

If you get good weather and want to see as many mountains as possible, a day trip to the Zugspite–the highest point in Germany–is also an option.

Really, though, if there’s one thing to prioritize in Munich, it’s to eat and drink all the sausage, pretzels, beer, and beyond you can get your hands on!

Switzerland’s Jungfrau Region

I am convinced that Switzerland’s Jungfrau region–located around (literally, above) Interlaken–is paradise on earth in the summer.

If you’re dreaming of the Alps, check into a hotel in Wengen, Murren, or Grindelwald (for the best views) or Interlaken (for a bit more selection) or Lauterbrunnen (to be in the literal center of the action) and have the trip of your dreams.

Switzerland’s legendarily efficient trains and gondolas mean that wherever you stay, the region is at your fingertips.

Hiking from Mannlichen to Kleine Scheidigg, riding the highest train in Europe to Jungfraujoch (aka the “Top of Europe”), eating daily fondue, walking from Murren to Gimmelwald , and riding a historic cogwheel train to Schynige Platte are just a few of the unforgettable experiences you’ll find here.

Milan + Lake Como

End your trip to Milan and Lake Como , two of the most popular destinations in northern Italy!

In Milan , be sure to visit its legendary Duomo, stroll through the Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II, visit Sforzesco Castle, and, if you can get tickets (plan ahead!) see Da Vinci’s The Last Supper .

At Lake Como (just an hour north of Milan by train), take a boat tour around the lake and visit delightfully charming towns like Varenna and Bellagio while admiring magnificent Alpine views.

Getting around in each city on your 2 week Europe itinerary is a question better suited to blog posts on that particular city, so this section is designed to address getting in between each destination during your 14 days in Europe.

We recommend checking several solutions for each destination, as you never know what will crop up!

Personally, our first 2 week Europe trip involved an overnight train, a budget plane ride, and a couple of rental cars.

Train travel is our absolute favorite way to travel in Europe!

I t’s much less stressful than traveling by plane, especially once you get the hang of it, far more comfortable, and for those of us hailing from North America, it’s a travel experience in its own right!

We recommend using services like Omio to compare train prices across multiple countries.

It works more or less exactly like a car rental aggregate does, searching multiple companies and generating the best routes and prices for your dates.

Keep in mind that train travel is most useful in western and central Europe–once you head into eastern Europe and especially the Balkans, train travel becomes more limited and bus travel more common (for example, popular Dubrovnik, Croatia doesn’t have a train station).

Shop train routes and tickets prices in Europe today!

For those traveling on a budget or between two smaller destinations where rail travel isn’t an option, buses can be a very affordable choice.

In addition to standard local buses, companies like Flixbus provide an easy-to-use service, and you can check their prices and availability directly or through Omio as well (that way you can compare train tickets at the same time).

Browse bus routes in Europe today!

With plenty of budget airlines and plenty of airports to choose from, if you plan wisely, it’s possible to take flights in Europe that are so inexpensive you wonder how the company pays for the fuel.

S eriously: 10 Euro flights are possible, though we’ve never actually managed to pay that since we prefer to check our bags !

When looking for flights within Europe, we recommend using Google Flights in order to search the whole continent at once (you can simply put “Europe” in as the destination, and it’ll pull up a map of prices). 

With a little flexibility on destination (for example, maybe flying into nearby Bologna is cheaper than flying into Florence ?) and even on dates if possible, you just might end up with an excellent flight deal or two during your trip to Europe.

Personally, we recommend avoiding a car rental when possible during your 2 weeks in Europe, especially if you’re following anything resembling a Europe itinerary like the ones I outlined above.

In large cities, rental cars are a hindrance and a liability, not an asset, and they add quite a bit to your bottom line.

That being said, if you’re planning on visiting any rural areas or small towns, road trips in Europe can be a delight!

Y ou could consider renting a car for a couple of days in Tuscany , for example, or to visit the villages of Provence.

If you do choose to rent a car, we recommend searching for the best prices through Discover Cars , which will allow you to search multiple companies at once and come up with a great option. 

While major international carriers like Hertz and Enterprise are available in Europe, they’re not always the best deal, and searching for a combination of local and international companies is best.

Personally, we have no loyalty to any one rental car company, and book with whoever is most affordable (and we always buy the extra insurance).

As a result, we’ve rented cars through easily more than 15 or 20 agencies over the years (I’d be hard-pressed even to estimate it), and we’ve never had any issues with surprise charges.

Price out rental cars with Discover Cars now!

Don’t forget boats when it comes to planning a 2 week Europe itinerary, especially over the summer!

While ferries between or to/from islands are obviously the most popular ( Dubrovnik to Hvar , for example, or Barcelona to Mallorca), there are longer ferry options as well!

Last summer, we took a ferry from Barcelona to Rome and loved the experience of drifting along the Mediterranean Sea for 24 hours!

Many ferry routes are seasonal, but not all.

Don’t plan to visit too many destinations.

With only around 14 days in Europe, I know it can be incredibly tempting to squeeze in as many destinations as possible (and I have many fevered outlines of ridiculously ambitious trips I planned in my college days to prove it), but your trip will go so much more smoothly if you can resist that temptation.

In most cases, we recommend an absolute minimum of two full days per major city.

By full days, I mean with limited exceptions (like a red-eye flight that lands at 8:00 AM), the day you arrive and the day you depart don’t count as a “day” in a given city–just as a travel day.

Three or four days per city is even better and will allow you to potentially squeeze in a day trip from that city to a smaller city or village if you want to mix things up.

Start and end in a major airport hub.

It doesn’t necessarily have to be the same hub–more on that below–but there are definitely airports that are cheaper to fly into and out of for intercontinental flights than others.

Budapest may be affordable once you’re there, for example, but flying from the US directly to Budapest can hurt the wallet!

For those of you coming from the USA, London, Dublin , Madrid , Paris , Lisbon , Frankfurt, Amsterdam , and Milan are a few places to check ticket prices for.

That’s not an exhaustive list by any means, but there are often flight deals to and from these cities.

If you can, use an open-jaw ticket rather than a return ticket.

This will allow you to begin and end your 2 weeks in Europe in entirely different destinations, and let you avoid doubling back!

While one-way tickets can be pricier than round-trip ones, if you’re flexible on your dates and destinations (so deciding which cities to start and end in partially based on price), you can usually find excellent deals

This is exactly how we ended up flying into Krakow and out of Dublin for our first 2 week Europe trip!

You will be exhausted at some point. Plan for it.

Two weeks in Europe may not seem like a ton, but if you’re anything like us or virtually all of the travelers we have talked to, exhaustion will set in during your trip.

Sightseeing in Europe is fabulous, but it’s also tiring.

Add in navigating cultural differences, language barriers, and moving countries every few days, and you’re bound to need a break at some point.

We recommend planning a couple of laid-back days without museum visits, tours, or day trips so that you can catch your breath and avoid burnout.

Try to be flexible with where you go.

As you start pricing train, plane, and bus tickets for your trip to Europe, you’ll likely notice dramatic shifts–for example, is it 4x the money to get to London instead of Amsterdam?

Does traveling to Prague require a long flight and 2 layovers but Rome is a quick hop away?

If you can, be flexible when you come upon these challenges: we recommend having 1-2 “must visit” destinations and filling in the rest of your trip based on a combination of logistics and desire.

After all, there’s no way you can see it all on a 2 week Europe trip anyway!

Don’t underestimate the time and energy it takes to change destinations.

“Oh, it’s only a 3-hour train ride away! That’s nothing!”

I think we’ve all said that at some point when planning a multi-country trip, but be cautious.

Three hours on the train doesn’t account for packing and unpacking, getting to and from the train station, checking out of and into a hotel… you get the picture.

If you’re looking at a high-level schedule without picking a specific date or time, you may also come to find that sure, there’s one direct 3-hour train between two cities… but it leaves at 10:00 PM or 6:00 AM, and the rest of the trains require layovers.

Or perhaps the direct train only runs 3 days a week.

Or maybe you’re looking at a plane, in which case, be sure to add at least 4 hours to your transit time: getting to and from the airport and security/check-in beforehand.

Long story short, travel days between countries are virtually always more tiring and time-consuming than they look at first glance, so don’t overcommit on those days when planning your ultimate Europe trip!

Big cities are more accessible than small towns and nature areas.

For the first trip to Europe especially, big cities are absolutely the easiest to plan your itinerary for Europe around.

They’re generally easier and cheaper to get into and out of, and there’s far more information available about them online to help plan your trips.

That’s no reason not to visit other places too, of course–but keep in mind that the more rural the area, the more logistically challenging your trip will be.

Skip-the-line tickets are incredibly useful.

I’m sure it comes as absolutely no surprise that the world’s most iconic monuments and museums tend to get a bit crowded… and that makes skip-the-line tickets invaluable, especially with only 2 weeks in Europe to squeeze in as much sightseeing as possible.

In some places (like the Arc de Triomphe ) they’re available without any additional fee, and in other places (like the Colosseum) they cost a bit extra.

Either way, though, it’s 1000% worth the price and effort to get tickets online beforehand for popular spots, especially if you’re traveling during the high season.

And, in 2024, it’s worth pointing out that given ever-changing capacity limits, it’s a better idea than ever to book in advance–and for some attractions, it’s even required!

When 2020 shook the travel industry to its core, many of the most popular museums and monuments in Europe found that life was easier with reservations and online bookings, and have continued prioritizing that system over traditional lines and ticket booths even as crowds returned to “normal”.

We use skip-the-line tickets all over the continent and book them through Get Your Guide .

Book your hotels and major transportation in advance.

Before kicking off your 2 week Europe itinerary, we recommend having all of your hotels and major transportation (so travel between destinations) booked and ready to go.

This dramatically cuts down on stress levels, makes it easier to budget and plan out your days, and generally helps your trip run more smoothly.

These days, we book virtually all of our lodging (including apartments, farm stays, houses, and more) through Booking.com .

Smaller things, like metro passes or tickets for getting around cities, can be handled once you arrive.

If you can, we recommend taking at least one food tour during your 2 weeks in Europe.

Food tours are one of our favorite ways to get our bearings in a new city while learning about the culture, history, and neighborhood through something we can all appreciate: a tasty meal.

We’ve taken food tours in several countries around the world, including many in Europe, and have never walked away unsatisfied!

You do need to pay to use the restroom… sometimes.

Throughout Europe, public restrooms are generally available for a fee (typically either half a Euro or a Euro).

If you’d like to avoid those costs, be sure to take advantage of available restrooms in restaurants and museums as you sightsee !

Also, toilet paper is far from guaranteed in public toilets on the street.

We recommend carrying a small pack of tissues with you just in case.

Will I need an adapter?

Most likely, yes!

Luckily, adapters are cheap to buy and easy to carry–we recommend picking these up before you go.

Keep in mind that the UK and a few other countries ( Ireland , Malta ) use a separate plug from the bulk of the continent.

If you’re heading to a place that uses UK plugs, you’ll want these adapters as well.

Is a money belt a good idea?

It depends, honestly.

We used a money belt for our first trip to Europe and for a couple after that.

Back then, we weren’t used to life in bustling big cities, and though we knew that thieves knew about them (because they definitely do), Jeremy found them comfortable enough to wear and it was an easy way to keep our belongings a bit more secure.

If you’re not used to traveling in a big city or watching for pickpockets, I don’t think it’s a terrible idea to use one– this is the one we used and we had no complaints–but I also don’t think it’s necessary, especially if you’re comfortable in large cities.

Is the water safe to drink?

Usually, yes.

We drink out of the tap just about anywhere in Europe.

In rare cases where the water is not safe to drink (usually in remote areas of southern and eastern Europe, or in very old buildings with iffy pipes), there will generally be large and obvious signs stating so.

If you’re worried about it, though, you can always ask your hotel concierge or host about it!

Is it worth going to Europe for 2 weeks?

This is a pretty common question, and honestly, I get it: with long and expensive flights, it’s easy to wonder if flying to Europe for “only” 2 weeks is worth it.

But yes, it absolutely is!

Two weeks in Europe is long enough that you’ll have plenty of time to get past jetlag, visit several destinations, and have a wonderful trip packed with memories.

Now whether or not it’s worth flying to Europe for just one week is a bit more controversial… but we love to travel Europe so much that we still say yes (for some people).

How extreme is the language barrier?

It varies significantly, of course, but generally, it’s not nearly as difficult as first-time visitors to Europe worry before they arrive (ourselves included).

We recommend learning basic phrases in the language of the countries you are visiting during your 2 week Europe itinerary, but this is usually more for good manners than out of necessity.

While you can absolutely find monolingual Europeans in virtually any country, especially in smaller cities and towns, the people employed in customer service roles and in the tourism industry in major cities–in other words, where most or all of your 2 weeks in Europe will likely take place–generally speak some English.

How many European countries should you visit in 2 weeks?

For most travelers, we recommend roughly 3 “base” destinations for a 2 week Europe trip, plus a couple of day trips from there to mix things up.

These can all be in one country (for example, here’s how we recommend spending 2 weeks in Italy ), or they can be in 3 separate countries!

There are plenty of exceptions to this standard layout, of course, but it’s a doable but exciting number of destinations to work with for most 14 day Europe itineraries.

When should I tip?

While this is very country and industry-dependent, generally speaking, tipping is not nearly as prominent in Europe as it is in the USA, and you’ll virtually never need to tip over 10%.

In some countries, you may also tip 5-10% at restaurants, while in others, you might round up the bill or leave nothing at all.

Frequently, a “service charge” will be automatically supplied to the bill which serves the purpose of a tip.

For tour guides, a 10% tip is common.

What’s the best month to visit Europe?

All of them, except August.

I kid–somewhat–but honestly, every single month in Europe has its perks!

For a concise answer, the late spring (April-May) and early fall (September-October) are considered ideal by most travelers.

August is specifically difficult because it’s not only very hot in many of Europe’s most popular destinations, but most Europeans take vacations then, so many places (especially in the mountains and on the coast) are at their priciest.

If we absolutely had to visit Europe only during one month for the rest of our lives, we’d pick September, though October is a very close second.

What’s the cheapest month to visit Europe?

It depends–trying to spot the northern lights in Tromso would be one exception to this, for example–but for standard first time Europe itineraries like the ones I outlined in this blog post, January and February are often the cheapest months to visit.

When the Christmas markets are over and the gray weather settles in, you can score great deals on vacations in Europe (and have plenty of room to stretch out at iconic monuments).

How far in advance should I book my trip?

For plane tickets, as soon as you can commit to dates!

Not only will this allow you to have more time to plan and budget with a bit of structure, but it will also spread out your costs a bit more.

During peak seasons, like coastal locations in the summer or popular destinations during the Christmas season in Europe , you’ll want to book your hotels as far in advance as you can commit to them as well.

Can you do Europe for $100/day?

This depends a lot on the traveler, group size, etc, but my initial, instinctive answer is:

If you don’t include plane tickets to and from Europe, yes, absolutely, without a doubt–we’ve done it many, many, many times (as a couple).

The key is to shop for deals, visit during the off-season, not shy away from less common destinations (especially in Eastern Europe and the Balkans), and travel slowly.

The fewer destinations you visit, the cheaper a trip generally is!

If you want to stick to Western Europe, southern Spain , southern Portugal, and southern Italy can all be bargains (as compared to places like Paris and London) as well.

Here’s how we manage our travel budget.

We’ve put together detailed packing lists for various seasons in Europe, so be sure to check out our complete suggestions for spring , summer , fall , and winter before you head off on your 2 weeks in Europe.

We go into far more detail on what to wear in Europe there !

To get you started, though, here are a few essentials that should definitely be at the top of your list .

Travel Insurance — We don’t ever suggest traveling without travel insurance–anything can happen, and it’s better to be safe than sorry during your 2 weeks in Europe.

Check travel insurance policy inclusions and prices for your trip here.

Pacsafe — We can’t recommend our Pacsafe enough!

This travel safe is affordable, sturdy, easy to pack, and will help keep your valuables safe in your hotel room (not that you should need to worry much about theft from your hotel room during your trip to Europe, but it’s better to be safe than sorry!).

Comfortable Day Bag  — We currently use  Pacsafe’s sleek anti-theft backpack  and love it, but if you don’t want to shell out the cash for this trip, that’s totally understandable.

Just aim for something comfortable to wear, not flashy, and medium-sized–we used a  Northface Jester backpack  for years and loved it as well.

Travel Adapters for Europe — If you’re coming from outside of Europe, you’ll definitely need adapters for your electronics.

Be sure to check the requirements for any particular countries you visit–the United Kingdom, for example, is well-known for using different plugs than most of the continent.

Portable USB Charger — Don’t stress about your phone dying while you’re sightseeing!

Add a portable charger to your 2 weeks in Europe packing list.

Hand Sanitizer — We carry this everywhere, and never been sorry to have it floating around in our day bag.

Travel Journal — If you want to keep a travel journal during your 2 week Europe trip but can’t commit to a huge amount of writing each night, I can’t recommend the One Line a Day Journal enough.

I’ve been using it for more than 5 years now (I’m on my second volume!) and I absolutely love it.

In the process of booking your Europe trip and eager to keep planning?

We’d love to help!

You can browse all of our general Europe blog posts here , find articles about specific places through our destinations page , or check out these guides:

• Your 13-Step Guide to Traveling to Europe for the First Time
• The Perfect 2 Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary (+ Essential Tips!)
• How to Travel Europe By Train: The Ultimate Guide (+ Tips!)
• 11 Quick Tips for Finding + Using Toilets in Europe
• Prague, Vienna, Budapest, Beyond: Epic Central Europe Itinerary

About Kate Storm

In May 2016, I left my suburban life in the USA and became a full-time traveler. Since then, I have visited 50+ countries on 5 continents and lived in Portugal, developing a special love of traveling in Europe (especially Italy) along the way. Today, along with my husband Jeremy and dog Ranger, I’m working toward my eventual goal of splitting my life between Europe and the USA.

58 thoughts on “How to Plan an Epic 2 Week Europe Trip (+ Europe Itinerary Ideas!)”

Great post! I’m actually working on my own 2 week itineraries through Europe post, but I might wait to publish until next year, when I’ve visited a few more spots. I totally agree that the key is to slow down and not switch cities every day or two. Three nights is perfect and sometimes more for the big cities. And yes, multi-city flights are so helpful so you don’t have to backtrack!

Thanks, Riana! We definitely love to slow down whenever we can. 🙂

Hi Kate! This is the BEST post related to Europe Itinerary out of the 1000 other posts that I have checked.

I am from India and I am planning for a trip in February end.

I definitely want to visit FINLAND (so that’s definitely in my list). From there, I am planning for Bupadest,Croatia OR Budapest, Prague OR Budapest/ Vienna.

Do you think this will be good for 2 weeks?

Waiting for your reply. And thanks a ton for such a beautiful detailed post.

Thank you so much, Akshay, that’s wonderful to hear!

That sounds like a wonderful itinerary. Croatia is a bit further out of the way than the other places, but it’s peaceful and beautiful during the winter and fairly simple to get to via a budget flight.

Hope you have an incredible trip to Europe!

Oh my goodness Kate, thank you so much for this post! This is exactly what I needed for my boyfriend and I to plan our trip to Europe in 2020. We want to visit Italy, Spain, France, and England but Greece and Croatia look amazing too! It’s so hard to decide.

Thank you, Jessica! So glad you found our blog helpful.

It is SO hard to decide, and honestly, it never gets any easier in my experience! All of those places are absolutely amazing, so no matter what you decide I’m sure you guys will have an incredible trip.

Italy, France, and Spain are really easy to pair together if you want to keep logistics simple, but really any combination of those would work.

What about panning around the seasons? Isn’t the Amalfi coast and Italy in general super hot during August?

It’s always nice to plan around the seasons when you can, but it depends on your availability!

Italy can be hot in August but it depends very much on where you go. It averages around 85 F / 30 C on the Amalfi Coast in August, which I have to admit isn’t enough to bother us, but it depends on where you’re coming from. It is high season there, though–very, very generally speaking, August is an expensive and crowded time to visit beaches in Europe because it’s when many Europeans tend to take their vacations and head to the coast!

Planning a trip in 2023-24 for my daughter’s graduation present. I was thinking maybe 2-3 weeks. On this trip, how much did you spend in total? I might end up being more because I usually pay for more luxurious than most, but will help with a little expectation of costs plus COLA increases obviously over the years. I figured I should start planning and saving now. lol

Hi Steven! We put this together based on years of traveling in Europe, so unfortunately I don’t have a specific figure to offer. So much varies, and can be impacted by where you go, how fast you travel (ie, how many times you change destinations), of course luxury as you mentioned, etc, etc. Generally speaking, for two people, I would say that $100/person/day is a good lower-midrange figure to calculate (excluding airfare), $200/person/day starts edging toward luxury territory, and of course, the sky is the limit.

That’s INCREDIBLY general, though. You’d be better off narrowing down which countries you plan to visit and calculating based on how long you plan to spend in each of them.

A few things to look at to give you an idea: price of hotels, price of day tours, projected cost of moving between destinations, and average cost of a meal. Those figures should give you a backbone to estimate a budget from.

What brand are the boots you are wearing in the photo “Comfortable Day Bag.” My wife loves them. Gift idea for when we go to Europe 🙂

Those are Ugg Kesey Motorcycle boots, and I love them too! Just got them out again for fall last week. 🙂

Hi kate I am planning to visit europe sometime in 2023(may/june) with my wife and son. Could you please guide me with an itinerary for 15 days Or so?? Swiss, italy, France, spain. After that we will go to a friend in England. If possible, the expenses involved as well. Thanks

Hi Abhijit! I’m not a travel agent, so that’s a bit beyond my scope. 🙂 Generally speaking, though, I’d recommend parring your itinerary down to 2 countries, or 3 at the absolute maximum. 4 countries in 15 days is a lot of travel! Luckily, all of those destinations pair well together, so you can mix and match fairly easily. Also very generally speaking, Italy and Spain will be the most affordable, and Switzerland by far the most expensive–but that depends a lot on where you go and what you do!

Hey Kate, All your pictures are amazing! What kind of cameras do you bring with you? And do you edit your photos? If so what do you use for that, they are all really bright, great pictures.

Hi Stefanie! Thank you so much! We’ve used different cameras over the years, but our main camera these days is a Sony A7 rIII. We love it, and yes, all the photos taken with it are edited in Lightroom. 🙂

Hi Kate, THANK YOU for the great article! I have booked my flights for a 2 week trip next spring, into London and out of Paris. I’ve been to both cities before, but do hope to get a few days in paris again. It’s stolen my heart.

What do you recommend in terms of getting from London to Rome, fairly quickly, and cheaply? I arrive into London mid-day and had hoped to just figure it out at the airport (Gatwick). Do you think that’s possible?

Thank you so much, Sarah! Your trip sounds fantastic.

I’d definitely plan on flying between London and Rome–it’ll be fastest and most likely cheapest, too. Check budget carriers like Ryanair, etc.

If you’re planning on flying out to Rome the same day you arrive in Gatwick, I’d absolutely recommend booking before you arrive. Be sure to double-check and make sure you’re flying out of Gatwick, too, or have time to change airports.

Hope you have an amazing time!

Oh wow I’m doing the same trip with my 3 sons. And unfortunately is the month that she said it’s the worst to go ..in August…oh well🤷🏽‍♀️ can’t do anything about it how but I am worried about the expense tho..

Love your information. I’m planning a trip to Italy and then we want to go to Salzburg as well in the summer of 2023. Our first time to Europe. We will be 60 in 2023 and we think we can plan this without going through a company. After reading your information, I feel comfortable. Two questions about hotels and transportation. What would you recommend for safe places for hotels in those two countries? We don’t need luxury but just comfort and clean. Would you recommend using rail between cities in Italy and it looks like you can travel from Venice to Salzburg by rail? Thoughts?

That’s great to hear, glad we could help!

Venice to Salzburg by rail is very doable in a day and a scenic journey. You’ll probably have to make a change, but that’s workable. Personally, we’d opt for it over flying in a heartbeat.

For hotels, I have several recommendations in our specific Venice and Salzburg posts (you can use the search bar to pull up everything we have on both cities). The centers of both places are quite safe, I wouldn’t worry much about that in a well-reviewed hotel.

Hope you guys have an unforgettable trip!

AWESOME Post!!!!

Please let me know if you have posted anything similar in 2020 or 2021. My wife and I are bringing our three teenagers and we will likely choose the Food & History trip. We both would like to speak with you if possible as we are planning our trip for December.

Hi guys! We don’t run tours ourselves, just provide information for independent travelers, but we’re always happy to answer a few questions about possible itineraries!

Hi Kate, THANK YOU for the amazing Pic ,for now i’m in South Africa Cape Town I’m planning a trip to Italy , France & Austria next year 2022 for 2weeks , Would you recommend using rail or Via Road way .

Thank you in advance & best Regards En vous remerciant d’avance et cordialement

Sounds like a fabulous trip!

Rail vs car depends entirely on where you’re going. If you’re sticking to cities, I’d recommend going by train. If you want to enjoy the countryside, a car could be helpful.

You can also mix-and-match, and rent a car for only part of your trip if you’re going to be in the countryside only part of the time.

Thank you for this awesome post, Kate! My husband and I are wanting to take our first international trip to Central Europe early spring 2022 and have reviewed your Central Europe post. What type of difficulties have you faced with international travel during COVID-19? Any issues with a country on your itinerary going into lock-down or no longer allowing tourists from the US?

We haven’t personally run into any issues with lockdowns interrupting our plans but of course, it’s always possible and things are changing constantly.

Most, if not all, countries in Europe are accepting vaccinated and/or tested US visitors now and haven’t shut their borders to US citizens again since the initial reopening. All of the countries included on our Central Europe itinerary are currently among them.

In addition to entry, some countries are requiring proof of vaccination in order to do certain things like eat in restaurants or check into hotels. Portugal, where we are now, is among them. It’s a very simple process as long as you have the paperwork in order!

Generally, if you plan to visit Europe from the US in 2022, we recommend arriving with proof of vaccination, a negative COVID test (check regularly for specifications as your flight gets closer), flexibility, and the expectation that you’ll wear a mask indoors and potentially in crowded outdoor areas.

I am not a public health expert, of course, and European countries all set their own restrictions, but in the early stages of planning, that’s what I’d keep in mind!

The reaction that we’ve seen from readers who visited in the second half of 2022 has generally been that it’s easier than they expected, but as we’ve all learned way too much in the last 2 years, none of us can predict the future!

Thanks so much, Kate! It definitely seems like flexibility is key as well as continuously monitoring each country’s individual rules for a multi-country trip. I think right now Hungary isn’t accepting tourists but fingers crossed that will change soon so we can replicate your trip. 🙂 Cheers to more adventures for you in 2022!

Hi Kate, my family is in the beginning phase of planning our first international trip and have decided on Europe! I really liked your recommendation of arriving and departing from different airports and I think departing from London would make sense (we’ll probably want to spend the most time there). All we’ve decided is to vacation for somewhere between 2-3 weeks, and we want to see London and Ireland (oh and I want to stay at least one night in a castle hotel!). Would you have any recommendations on destinations or experiences to share? Thanks!

How exciting–nothing like your first trip abroad. 🙂

We actually still haven’t been to London, which is a huge shame! Fingers crossed that 2022 is the year.

Ireland, on the other hand, is one of our absolute favorites! If you search “Ireland” on the top right corner of the blog (or on the pop out menu on mobile), all of our blog posts will come up, but this is a great one to start with: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/10-day-ireland-itinerary-ireland-road-trip/

We spent a night in this castle (slash manor house) and had a fantastic time: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/belleek-castle-county-mayo-ireland/

Ireland is one of our favorite places for road trips on the planet. You’ll love it!

Great post, thanks!

Need your advice here 🙂 We will be landing in London, staying there 3 days, then train to Paris (staying in Paris for 3 days). We fly back home from Lisbon and have 3 options: night train to Nice (spend some time there and then a few days in Lisbon), fly to Napoli (spend some time there and then fly to Lisbon) or fly to Lisbon and discover a bit more of Portugal… What would you recommend?

Oh and we are travelling with two teens who have never been to Europe… I’m trying to pack as much stuff, but wonder what would be too much :/

That’s a lot of hard choices! Each and every one of those destinations is a delight (and we’re living in Lisbon right now).

I’d opt for Nice if you’re looking for coastal views, picturesque villages, and something logistically simple. Nice is a delightful city and the day trips to nearby villages like Eze as well as Monaco are phenomenal. It is the most formal and pricey of the 3 cities and will have a resort feel near the coast in the summer.

Naples is a much less manicured city, it’s a love-it-or-hate-it place (we love it). I’d argue that it has the best food of the 3 options, but those are fighting words and many would disagree. The day trips are equally stunning but very different. If you or your family has an interest in ancient ruins, Pompeii and Herculaneum are unmatched. Visiting the Amalfi Coast or nearby islands is also doable, but it’s a trek if you’re staying in the city center. Keep in mind that there’s no train service to the Amalfi Coast proper, you will need a bus, car, or ferry to get beyond Sorrento.

Lisbon is delightful but honestly, our favorite parts of Portugal lie outside the city. Porto, in the north, has a much more regal feel while Lisbon is fairly spread out. The Duoro Valley (also in the north) is magnificent for port tastings and views, Sintra’s palaces located just outside of Lisbon are must-sees, and if you want to head to the south, the Algarve is incredibly striking.

Logistically speaking, I’d make sure you have at least 2-3 days in Portugal at the end of your trip before flying out, regardless. With 3 full days, you can spend 2 in Lisbon and take one day trip (probably to Sintra but the coastal town of Cascais is also easy and lovely).

If you have time to do that and add another stop for 3 full days, I would check detailed flight and train schedules and let that guide you–the logistics alone may make the choice for you.

That got a bit long, but I hope it helps! 🙂

Thanks a lot for the precious information!

Hi Kate! I know you said you are not a travel agent but are open to a few itinerary questions! We have recently done a European Cruise which hit almost all of Italy! We are wanting to go back independently. I am highly interested in Ireland, but would also like to see Paris. My husband is interested in Netherlands, Germany, Switzerland. With a 14 day trip wanted, what areas do you think we should do (based on best places to see, with allotted time?)

& Austria! 🙂

That is a lot of very different places, but you’ll definitely be able to pull together a great trip! I’d recommend narrowing it down to around 3 destinations, 4 if you’re comfortable moving quite fast and two of them are close together.

Ireland is definitely the odd one out geographically, but if you use two one-way tickets instead of flying in and out of the same airport, it can work (it’s what we did on our first multi-country Europe trip many years ago).

Since you’ll likely have 1-2 flights in this itinerary regardless, which destinations you pick can come down to a combination of your absolute favorites and what makes logistical sense. Paris is a very popular place to fly in and out of, so it’ll likely be easy to work in.

I’m not sure which parts of Germany your husband is interested in, but parts of western Germany have simple train access to The Netherlands and/or France.

As far as what places I’d personally visit, Ireland and Paris are two of my favorite places on the planet, so I’m biased! Switzerland’s mountain landscapes are truly beyond belief, so if you’re looking for nature (and aren’t concerned about the budget), it’s a winner.

Germany is also gorgeous, both its nature and many of its cities, though it’s quite big and varied–with a big trip like this, you’ll want to choose one small corner of it (Bavaria is a popular first stop, but you can also look at places along the Rhine, which makes more sense if you’re hoping to visit Paris or The Netherlands by train before or after).

The only part of The Netherlands we’ve had a chance to visit so far is Amsterdam, which is visually stunning but will be extremely crowded–probably more so than anywhere else you’ve listed, as there’s less room to spread out there than in, say, Paris.

When it comes to your itinerary, I’d recommend that each of you pick one place that is your absolute first choice, plan on a trip to those, and then fill in the 3rd and possible 4th destination based on what makes logistical sense as far as what planes/trains/buses are available to the spots on your shortlist.

Also, if you do need to book high-speed train tickets, book them ASAP, as prices increase as your trip gets closer.

What a wonderful blog, just when I feel like I’ve read them all I find another really helpful article. Heading to Europe for 1 month in May. Keen on Spain, definitely Italy, and probably 2 days in London and Paris respectively (arrival and departure). Feel like we have space for one more place and can’t figure out which is the better option (Portugal, Croatia or Greece) for potentially 5 days? Any recommendations?

Thank you for sharing all your wonderful insights.

That’s tough, because all 3 are fantastic but very different!

I’d probably recommend (if I had to choose), Greece for beaches/swimming and small towns, Portugal for cities, and Croatia for a combination of all. But we adore each and every one of them, so hard to go wrong!

Portugal fits nicely into your Spain section geographically, so there is that to consider.

Hi, Kate! Super love your blog. I just booked a trip to Europe for August, was thinking of going to France, Spain, and Italy in 2 weeks. Or should I cut it down to 2 countries? Hope to hear from you!

Less relevant than the countries are the destinations within them–I wouldn’t go more than 4 places in 2 weeks, max.

So if you’re hitting up Paris, Barcelona, and Rome, for example, your plan is fine. If you want to go to 2-3 places within each country, it’s time to cut it down. 🙂

HI! Thanks for the fantastic blog! My husband and I are planning our first trip to Europe from Canada and are feeling quite overwhelmed by all the choices! His family is from Holland, so we are spending one week touring with them for the first week of May, and then will stay an additional 2 weeks after that. What would you recommend? We are not keen on France but everything else looks so great, and it was good to read that you don’t recommend trying to fit everything else in, which is what we might otherwise be trying to do. Any suggestions for the 2 weeks after Holland?

Hi Michele,

That’s so exciting! You guys are going to have an amazing time.

Without knowing your tastes or the season you’re traveling, the sky is truly the limit when planning your itinerary! Anywhere that sounds exciting to you is going to be worth it. With 2 weeks, I’d opt for 1-2 countries and no more than 4 base destinations (3 would be even better).

I started trying to make a list of some of our favorite countries in Europe for you, but just backspaced the sentence because I was ending up just listing every country, LOL. But Italy is one of our special favorites that we would recommend to just about anyone!

We will be in Holland for the first week of May so we could do the other two weeks either before or after that (or split one before and one after). The suggestion to cut down to less rather than more is helpful – it’s our first time to Europe and everything looks like something we should see! We are 50 and really like most things – some scenery, some castles, etc. Do you think it would be do-able to do Germany and Italy on top of Holland? Any specifics on what you love in Italy? I am really NOT a crowd person, so we’re really going to try and avoid huge crowds or I’ll lose my mind 😉

A week in Germany followed by a week in Italy is definitely doable!

Personally I’d opt for either southwest Germany (Black Forest, Heidelberg, Burg Eltz) or Bavaria.

We love virtually all of Italy, but if you want something somewhat more offbeat that’s in the top half of the country (for geography reasons), I’d recommend looking into Emilia-Romagna.

It’s the region east of Tuscany, and has similar appeal with far fewer tourists. It’s also gorgeous and a culinary dream–Emilia-Romagna is the origin of many iconic foods like parmigiano-reggiano and traditional balsamic vinegar.

A few destinations in the region to poke into as you research: Bologna, Parma, Ravenna, Ferrara, Modena. The micronationa of San Marino is also accessible from there!

Kate-what a remarkably comprehensive, detailed and resourceful blog! I love the considerations offered from different perspectives. My family of 4 (including 2 kids ages 10 and 6) will be traveling to Paris for the second half of August for 2 weeks to visit family. We have already been to Paris a few times so this time around, I would like us to explore more of Europe for some of the time, ideally via trains. I am thinking of staying in Air B&B’s as we have been enjoying that accommodation when we travel locally within the US but would love your perspective on this (vs hotels) considering the cultural and language differences in certain destinations as well as any recommendations for either you may have. Based on some research, some destinations I came cross purely based on travel distance via train from Paris are Switzerland (3 hrs), Barcelona (6.5 hours! would probably have to be an overnight train for the kids), London (2 hrs, have family we can see), and Greece (2 hours), Belgium (1.5 hrs, also some family we can see). My goal is to show my kids/family different cultures, ways of living and experience foods, interesting architecture, beautiful cafe’s etc. Also curios if any of these can be “day trips”. I do not have specific destinations yet to see at these locations and would love your input. From your article, it sounds like limiting to 2 destinations maybe best (outside of Paris) and your thoughts may help me narrow down where to focus. Thanks so much and look forward to reading your insights on this.

So glad you found it helpful, Tez! Sounds like you guys have an amazing trip planned.

I’m sure you already know this, but August is the height of peak season for European travelers visiting the coast and mountains, so some destinations will be quite crowded and expensive (book your hotels and train tickets ASAP, especially in a group of four).

I’m assuming Greece is a typo, so I’ll pass over that one–pretty sure it’s much further than 2 hours even by plane. 🙂

Luckily Paris is a huge train hub for getting across Europe, so you have plenty of options! Most of them will take longer than it looks on the map once you navigate connections, train times, etc. We highly recommend using Omio to search exact routes and dates, and keep in mind tickets will increase in price as you get closer. With kids, you’ll probably want to search by the fastest available routes.

London, Belgium, and Switzerland all jump out at me from your list–simple to access and incredible. The Jungfrau region in Switzerland is pure paradise, though a bit further away.

You may also want to look into Amsterdam, it’s only 3.5 hours from Paris by train.

With the right schedule, you can get as far as Venice in a day from Paris (we’ve done this), so Italy is an option for you as well, as is Germany.

Essentially, the more you stick to major cities, the easier it will be to navigate solely by train. Smaller towns and cities are often connected, but you’ll virtually always need to pass back through the main city of a region to make your way back to Paris.

You may want to take a look at this post as well, we talk a lot more about train travel here: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/travel-europe-by-train/

Hi Kate Love your blog, lots of useful information. My husband and I are planning a 10 day trip to Europe end of April to early May. At the moment we are looking at flying from the US RT to Paris. We’re thinking of possibly going to Amsterdam and Belgium as well. this will be our second trip to Paris. We are open to other suggestions. Do you have any other recommendations?

Happy to be able to help, Daisy!

Paris + Amsterdam + Belgium is an excellent itinerary and doable in 10 days. It’s actually a route we recommend ourselves. We have posts on all those places, but here are our suggestions on spending 3 days in Belgium to give you an idea of what you can cover in a short time frame: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-belgium-itinerary/

Paris is extremely well-connected by rail (you can be in Venice in 9 hours or Munich in under 6, for example), so as far as ideas for other destinations go, the sky is the limit!

If you choose to extend your original itinerary, a few additional places that you might consider along that route are Strasbourg/Alsace, Heidelberg, and Cologne.

Thank you for your blog.. We are travelling to Europe for 14 days the end of May. Flying Calgary to Dublin, doing a couple days at the Isle of Man races then hopefully, London, Paris, Rome. Your blog shares what to pack for clothing in Summer, Fall and Winter, what would you recommend for spring? We are trying to decide if we take the trains or flights from London, Paris and Rome. We aren’t planning any beach time. Also, what do you recommend for luggage? I’m leaning towards a rolly carryon but have every size hard shell case and multiple back country camping packs.

So happy you find it helpful!

Funny you mention spring packing ideas–I’m actually working on a post for that right now. It will hopefully be up next week. But off the top of my head, you’ll definitely want a travel umbrella and to pack in layers. The end of May is a beautiful time to be in much of Europe but the weather could be unpredictable–you may want sundresses on some days and light jackets on some evenings!

As far as luggage, either is completely fine. There are advantages to both backpacks and suitcases, but as long as you’re comfortable carrying your bag up and down staircases, carrying (or rolling) it down the street for 10+ minutes, and loading it into and out of trains and/or cars, you’re good.

As far as trains vs planes–London to Paris can definitely be a train, but do a time and cost-benefit analysis between that and a plane (depending on the dates, your travel style, etc, you may choose either). Paris to Rome is better done as a flight!

Thank you very much for sharing your wisdom. We are really excited.

Hi Kate, Thank you so very much. You have provided an AMAZING amount of helpful information. Can you pretty please help me with the best location to travel to 1st, 2nd, 3rd & 4th and the best way to get to the locations? (We will NOT be doing any driving).I’m a 55 years old woman. I live in USA. I’m planning the 1st International trip for me and my husband for either the 1st or 2nd week of September 2023. My biggest challenge is knowing where to start and end the trip, based on logistically traveling to the different destinations, as well as, the best way to get to each destination.Here are the the things I have planned. I know you mentioned you’ve never been to London but i’m hoping you can assist based on me providing the area I want to be in. *LONDON-7 NIGHTS I’m a theatre/adrenaline junkie person so Theatreland West End of London near (North of the River Thames. 3-Plays (evening events) 2-Hour Sherlock Holmes museum (near West End) 1-Hour Ghost Bus tour (nearest tube stations are Embankment and Charing Cross) 4-Hours-day walking tasting tour (near London Bridge Station) 1-day Harry Potter Studio Tour (Leavesden London) 2 -Nights Theme park “Alton Towers” located Alton, Staffordshire near Manchester and Birmingham. (stay onsite at the parks resort)*PARIS-3 NIGHTS Moulin Rouge (BD de Clichy area) L’ATELIER DES LUMINERES -DIGITAL ART MUSEUM I would like to visit just one of the haunted castles in Paris (depending on recommendation) Château de Puymartin Château de Brissac Château Lagorce Château de Chambord Château de Versailles* GERMANY 3 NIGHTS-Phantasialand Theme park (located Bruhl Germany) Stay onsite at the parks resortThank you for any advice or suggestions you can provide.

Hi Melvina,

I definitely can’t speak to getting around London in detail, though a combination of the tube and buses will likely be doable! You can add cabs as needed as well.

In Paris, the metro is so dense you should have no issue getting around. Assuming you are planning to do the usual Paris sights (Eiffel Tower, Louvre, etc), our Paris itinerary might be able to help you out (and has hotel recommendations): https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-paris-itinerary/

For the chateaus, Versailles is by far the closest to Paris and you can get there by RER train. Château de Chambord in the Loire Valley is doable via an organized day trip like this: https://www.getyourguide.com/paris-l16/loire-valley-castles-wines-day-trip-from-paris-t70389/?partner_id=1OI4D21&utm_medium=online_publisher&placement=content-middle

The others are way too far from Paris for day trips, so I’d focus on Versailles and/or Chambord this time.

Hope you have a wonderful time! 🙂

Thank you so very much.

Hi, thank you for this comprehensive post! We are planning a trip this summer and will be going to Paris, Rome, Florence and Amsterdam. My question is about changing money. We were in Iceland last year and used Apple Pay or credit card everywhere, never needed cash and didn’t get any. Is that possible in either France, Italy or Netherlands? Should I plan on getting cash for taxis, tips, etc?

Happy to help!

I’d definitely recommend having some cash with you as you travel, especially for small purchases like coffee, gelato, etc. Most hotels in Italy will require the city’s tourist tax in cash, too. Some taxis and tips will be best done in cash as well, and occasionally very small, offbeat tourist attractions.

While cash-only restaurants definitely aren’t the norm in any of those cities, they’re not unheard of, either.

Overall, I’d say you’re most likely to avoid cash entirely in Amsterdam and most likely to use some of it in Rome and Florence, but that’s not a hard and fast rule by any means (I used some cash on my trip to the Netherlands last spring, for example).

We find that the easiest way to get cash, by far, is to withdraw Euros from any bank’s ATM once you’re already in Europe (avoid Euronet–use an ATM branded by an actual bank). Luckily, since all the places you’re visiting use the Euro, you won’t need to worry about changing currency beyond that. 🙂

Hi Kate, thank you for this great, and helpful post! We’re are planning a trip to Europe for the first time in September for next year in 2024. My plan is to visit Spain, Italy and I’m still undecided on the third country to visit. What country would you suggest or advised that we can visit that has beautiful scenery, mountains, lakes, etc. We like the city, but we also want something where we can hike out in nature like Iceland maybe, Switzerland. Any tips on that? Also, is it cheaper to stay in hotels, Airbnb’s? Thank you!

Spain and Italy–two of our favorites! You guys are going to have a great time. 🙂

The hardest part about picking a third country with your criteria will be narrowing it down between many excellent choices–you really can’t go wrong.

Switzerland is absolutely spectacular, if the Alps are what you’re looking for, it’s iconic and hard to beat in every category except the price tag.

Germany and Austria also offer beautiful mountains and lakes and are a more budget-friendly than Switzerland.

The French Alps are also wonderful–towns like Chamonix and Annecy offer plenty of mountains, lakes, etc.

And, for a a wild card, you don’t necessarily need a third country at all: the Dolomites in Italy have everything you’re looking for.

Any of those that appeal to you and fit your budget will be a great addition to your trip. They’re well-connected to Italy and each other by train, the travel times aren’t too far, and they’re all phenomenal places to visit.

One small thing to keep in mind if you’re planning to travel by train a bunch is that Spain isn’t very well connected to the rest of the places you’re considering by rail–you may want to consider flying in and out of there.

Iceland is definitely far out of the way, but assuming you’re traveling to and from North America, look into the Icelandair stopover program if you want to add it on! I will say that while it does offer mountains, lakes, and beautiful scenery, it’s a very different vibe than Switzerland or any of the surrounding Alpine countries, so take a close look at the specific destinations and see if it’s what you’re looking for. It’s a stunning place, just very different than the others. Here’s one of our Iceland posts if you want to get a feel for it: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/10-day-iceland-ring-road-itinerary/

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Finding the Universe

Travel tales, photography and a dash of humor

2 Weeks in Europe – The Perfect Europe Itinerary

Last updated: January 28, 2024 . Written by Laurence Norah - 30 Comments

Are you visiting Europe and looking for the perfect itinerary? Well, you’re in the right place! We’ve travelled extensively in Europe, and based on our experiences, we’ve put together a detailed 2 week Europe itinerary to help you plan.

This Europe itinerary will take you to many of the highlights that we think first time visitors to Europe will want to see and explore for themselves. These include many of our favourite destinations that we’ve visited multiple times over.

This itinerary is aimed at those of you visiting Europe for the first time, or those of you looking for an easy itinerary to follow that covers some of the major highlights of Western Europe. It’s not overly rushed as we think you will get more from your experience if you focus on a few major locations rather than trying to see everything in one go.

The trip as outlined is for 14 days in Europe, but you could make it longer or shorter depending on how much time you have. For example, with 10 days in Europe, you could clip off a day or two in some of the cities, and maybe even skip one of the cities to make it a more comfortable experience.

As well as the itinerary, we’re also going to share everything you need to know to help you plan the perfect European trip. Tips about currency, what to pack, where to stay, how to get around and other considerations.

Hopefully this guide will give you everything you need to know to plan your own perfect European adventure, and of course, we’re always happy to answer your questions in the comments. Now, let’s get started!

2 Week Europe Itinerary

This two week itinerary has you visiting four European countries and five cities. We think these cover some of the top highlights of Europe.

The destinations on this itinerary are all cities, so this trip is aimed more towards those of you looking to explore the cities, which are all full of cultural highlights, fantastic restaurants, and plenty of photo-worthy sights!

But if have your eye more on smaller towns, secondary cities, and rural locations, this might not be the best itinerary for you.

If you’d prefer to focus on one country, take a look at our two week UK itinerary , and our 10 day Italy itinerary for some inspiration.

Days 1 – 3: London

We’re going to start your European adventure with 3 days in London . London makes a great starting point for your European itinerary. It has a number of international airports to choose from, so getting here is easy, and there are a wealth of sights and cultural attractions to immerse yourself in. I lived in London for a number of years, and it’s still one of my favourite cities in the world.

If this is your first overseas trip and you are coming from an English speaking country, London is a good place to ease yourself into the experience. You can acclimate yourself to the time difference and get used to travelling in a new country, without having a language barrier to work with as well.

We think 3 days is a good amount of time to spend basing yourself in London. We’d suggest spending at least two days exploring the capital, and perhaps one day trip outside of London. This might look as follows.

On your first day in London, we’d suggest seeing the major sights around Westminster. This includes the Houses of Parliament , Westminster Abbey , Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden, the Churchill War Rooms , Buckingham Palace and the London Eye .

On your second day, which will be a full day, we’d suggest starting at the Tower of London . Get here when it opens to avoid the crowds if you can. Included on the London Pass , or y ou can buy a ticket online in advance here . Using our link saves you some money on the adult admission price for the Tower of London, meaning these discounted Tower of London tickets are some of the best value we’re aware of.

We also recommend checking prices via GetYourGuide here , and on the official website  here , as pricing can vary. You can also see opening times and other information for your visit on the official site.

Once you are done with the Tower of London, you can see more sites in the area like Tower Bridge , Borough Market (a London Harry Potter filming location ), St. Paul’s Cathedral , the Tate Modern , Shakespeare’s Globe and the Shard .

You certainly won’t run out of things to occupy your time! For some more inspiration, see our guides for 2 days in London and 3 days in London . We also recommend picking up a two day London Pass to save money on your sightseeing while in London. You can do that here .

On your third day in the UK, we recommend taking a day trip out of the city. This could be to somewhere like Windsor Castle or Hampton Court Palace , neither of which are too far.

If you really want to get out a bit further, we can recommend perhaps taking a trip to Stonehenge, the Cotswolds, Bath or Oxford. There are a variety of companies who offer easy day trips from London which include a number of these highlights like this or this , or you could do it yourself.

See our guide to taking a day trip to Stonehenge and a day trip to Oxford for some inspiration. If you’re a Harry Potter fan, then you may instead consider a trip out to the Harry Potter Studios where the films were made.

Of course, you will want to adjust this schedule depending on when you arrive and depart London. Our suggestion would be to take the day trip on your last day, overnight in London, and then take an early morning train to Paris.

Whilst you’re in London, we recommend getting around by public transport. It’s the most cost effective and also generally the most efficient way to get around. See our guide to public transport in London for some tips, as well as our overview of how to pay for public transport in London .

If you enjoy walking tours, there’s no shortage of options to choose from in the city. We love taking a walking tour when we first arrive in a new city – it can be a good way to get familiar with the city, plus you can ask your guide for local tips on places to eat and less well-known attractions.

If you do decide to take a walking tour, we suggest Take Walks for small group tour (tours range in length from a couple of hours to full day tours), and Context for private tours. We’d specifically recommend this full day walking tour with Take Walks as a possible option to consider.

You’ll most likely be arriving into London by plane, into one of London’s major international airports. London actually has six airports, but you’re most likely to land in either Gatwick or Heathrow. Whichever one you do land at, we have a guide to how to get from the airport to London .

Well, that’s your time in London covered. Now we’ll suggest a few places for you to stay, before giving you some tips on getting from Paris to London.

Where to stay in London

Some of our favourite hotels, from budget to luxury, in London are as follows:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel  – A well reviewed centrally located hostel
• The Z hotel in Shoreditch – Excellent value in a popular part of London with great dining options
• Point A Hotel – We’ve stayed here; the rooms are tiny but clean and it’s a great budget option.
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• The  Resident Victoria Hotel – A well reviewed and centrally located hotel offering excellent value for money. The room we stayed in was quite compact, but it had everything we needed
• The Savoy  – true luxury as close to the city centre as you can get!

If you prefer an apartment, then we recommend Plum Guide .

Plum Guide doesn’t have quite so many choices as some other UK based websites , but they carefully curate their listings so their options tend to be of a very high quality whilst still being available at a range of price points. We’ve used them on a number of trips and always had a great experience. See their listings for London here .

If you can’t find what you want on Plum Guide or you want some new options to try out, we wrote a whole post on the best alternatives to AirBnB which you should check out!

How to get to Paris from London

We’d recommend taking the Eurostar train service from London to Paris. This departs multiple times a day, and the journey takes 2 hours and 16 minutes.

This is a lot quicker than flying, especially once you consider you’ll have to get to and from the airport on either end. The Eurostar will take you directly to Gare Du Nord. Get your tickets for that journey in advance here .

We also have a guide to getting from London to Paris which lists all the options you have.

Days 4 – 6: Paris

Welcome to Paris – the city of lights and love! We’re going to suggest three full days exploring Paris, as the city has so much to offer.

After you’ve dropped your bags off at your hotel (or at a luggage storage location ), it’s time to start sightseeing. As with London, the plan is to see the major sights in the city.

We’re going to start off with the Eiffel Tower . This is without doubt Paris’s most famous landmark, and a must-visit when you come to Paris. You can either enjoy the views from below or head up inside the tower to one of the various stages.

If you do decide to go up the Eiffel Tower, we highly recommend you book your tickets in advance. The best place to do this is on the official website . There are often huge lines for tickets on site, and you don’t want to waste time unnecessarily. For a lot more tips for your visit, see our complete guide to visiting the Eiffel Tower .

From the Eiffel Tower, we suggest taking a cruise on the River Seine , which will let you see many of the highlights of the city from the river. You can book a discounted Seine River cruise which departs from near the Eiffel Tower with our link .

Alternatively, you might prefer to do an evening Seine River dinner cruise , in which case this will happen later.

After the cruise, you might consider a walking tour of Paris or a Hop on Hop off bus trip. Alternatively, consider visiting the Musee d’Orsay .

On your second day in Paris, we suggest you start bright and early with a visit to spectacular Sainte Chapelle , one of Paris’s prettiest churches. The stained-glass windows here have to be seen to be believed. Just be sure to turn up at or just before opening time, as the lines get very busy.

From here, you can pop across to Notre Dame if you want. Due to the fire in 2019 this is undergoing significant reconstruction work, so do keep that in mind. From Notre Dame, head across to the Louvre , one of the most famous art museums in the world.

There’s a huge amount to see here, including highlights such as the Mona Lisa and the Venus de Milo. You could spend a whole day here, but you may want to limit yourself to 2 – 3 hours so you can see more of the city! Book your tickets online in advance here .

From the Louvre, if you have time, you might consider sneaking in a wine tasting session , or going for afternoon tea in Paris . From here, it’s time to head up the most famous shopping street in Paris, the Champs Elysees, where you’ll finish up at the Arc de Triomphe .

This massive archway stands in memory of those who died in the French Revolution and the Napoleonic Wars. The view from the top is one of our favourite views in Paris, so do head to the top if you have the time.

For your final day in Paris, our suggestion is that you head out to Versailles . This was the palace of French royalty, and is a stunning place to visit. You can book your tickets for Versailles in advance here .

Between exploring the palace and the extensive gardens, there is more than enough to do here to fill from half a day to a full day, which is why we suggest allocating most of the day to it. Then perhaps plan a nice dinner or show for your final evening.

We can recommend the evening show at the Moulin Rouge, and you can read about our experience at the Moulin Rouge here , and book tickets here .

And that’s all your sightseeing for your time in Paris on our European itinerary! For more detailed inspiration for your time in Paris, see our itinerary for 3 days in Paris and 2 days in Paris , which should give you lots more ideas.

For your visit in Paris, we recommend either the Paris Pass , or the Paris Museum Pass . The former includes a number of activities like the hop on hop off bus tour, guided Eiffel Tower climb, and Seine River cruise, as well as all the museums and sights included on the Paris Museum Pass. These both include most of the attractions we’ve listed, including Versailles.

You can buy the Paris Pass on the official site here , and the Paris Museum Pass here .

Again, for those of you who enjoy walking tours, we recommend Take Walks and Context . The former offer small group walking tours, whilst the latter primarily focus on private tours. We’ve taken tours with both companies in cities around the world and are always happy to recommend them.

As an example tour, check out this full day Paris tour , which includes a Skip the Line Louvre Tour, Eiffel Tower, Montmartre & Seine River Cruise.

As with London, the easiest way to get around Paris is to take public transport. Specifically, the Metro is likely going to be the fastest and most cost-effective way to get around.

We have a full guide to how to get around Paris , which should help you plan your transport in the city.

Now, we’re going to share some tips on where to stay in Paris, as well as how to get to the next city on your itinerary of Europe – Barcelona.

Where to stay in Paris

Our itinerary has you spending 2 nights in Paris, arriving by train on the morning of the first day, and departing either by plane on the evening of the third day. We suggest the following options for accommodation in Paris.

• 3 Ducks Hostel .  A well-rated boutique hostel just 2 minutes from the nearest metro and a 22 minute walk to the Eiffel Tower
• Hotel Dress Code & Spa , A highly reviewed centrally located 4 star hotel
• Hotel Ekta Champs Elysees – a well rated 3* hotel just off the Champs Elysees
• Hôtel Eiffel Turenne , A well rated 3* hotel within a ten minute walk of the Eiffel Tower
• Ateliers de Montmartre , An apartment in Montmartre with views of the Sacre Coeur
• Vintage Paris Gare du Nord by Hiphophostels , A hostel located just next to Paris Gare du Nord
• George V – A fabulous centrally located 5* hotel, an excellent luxury pick

We’ve also stayed in Paris with Plum Guide in a gorgeous apartment with Eiffel Tower views. See their listings for Paris here .

How to get from Paris to Barcelona

You have two main options for travelling from Paris to Barcelona, you can take the train, or you can fly.

There used to be a direct night train from Paris to Barcelona, but this was discontinued in 2013. So you can take a train in the daytime (around 6.5 hours journey time) or you can travel by a slower overnight train (around 13 hours).

We think flying is likely going to be the easiest option. There are a number of direct evening flights from Paris to Barcelona, taking just under two hours. Just try to book a flight from Paris Orly or Paris Charles de Gaulle. Many budget airlines operate from Paris Beauvais, which is quite a long way outside the city, and requires a lengthy coach journey.

Check flight times and prices online here . If you’d prefer to take the train, you can check train times and prices here .

Days 7- 9: Barcelona

It’s time for the third city on your European adventure – Barcelona! Barcelona is full of incredible sights, including architectural gems from Antoni Gaudi, a gothic city center, and even a beach!

Again, we think you’ll need 3 days to do justice to all the sights in Barcelona. We’re also going to suggest a day trip from the city to explore some of the surrounding highlights. Here’s how your three days in Barcelona might look.

We suggest starting your first day with a trip to the Sagrada Familia . This was master architect Antoni Gaudi’s final work, and whilst construction was started in 1882, he didn’t live to see it completed. It’s getting there now, but still has some way to go!

The Sagrada Familia is a very popular attraction and they operate a timed entry system. It’s vital that you reserve your timeslot in advance, as otherwise you will end up in a very long queue, and at busy times of year, tickets sell out far in advance. You can reserve your tickets online here .

We also have a detailed guide to visiting the Sagrada Familia which we recommend reading in advance of your visit.

After spending a couple of hours at the Sagrada Familia, we recommend heading across to the nearby Recinte Modernista Sant Pau , a beautiful Art Nouveau style hospital building which has UNESCO world heritage status.

After the Recinte Modernista Sant Pau, continue on to Park Güell . This is a large public park which was also designed by Anton Gaudi, and there’s a lot to see here. Again, this is a popular spot with timed entry, and we highly advise booking this online in advance here .

Near Park Güell is the Gaudi Experience , where you can learn a bit about the man behind some of the wonderful architecture you have been experiencing. You can get tickets for that here if you are interested.

From the Gaudi Experience, you have a few options depending on your interest. If you are using the hop on hop off bus to travel around Barcelona (included on the Go Barcelona Pass ), it continues from Park Guell on to a number of other attractions.

These include the hill top fairground Tibidabo , the stunning Monastery of Pedralbes , and Camp Nou , the home of Barcelona’s football club.

We’re sure one or more of those will be of interest!

For your second day in Barcelona, we suggest starting with a visit to some of Gaudi’s famous houses near the city centre – Casa Batlló , and Casa Milá . These are popular, so try to get here by opening time so as not to have to queue for too long.

Then, continue your day by exploring the oldest part of Barcelona – the Gothic Quarter. Here you can visit the incredible Barcelona Cathedral , the UNESCO world heritage listed Palau de la Musica Catalana , and the Picasso Museum .

For your third day, you could continue to explore Barcelona. You could visit the beach, Barcelona Zoo , the attractions on Montjuic Hill – the list goes on! See our 3 day Barcelona itinerary for more ideas.

However, we think you might enjoy heading out of the city on a day trip to explore a bit of Catalonia, the region which Barcelona is capital of.

A popular day trip from Barcelona is a visit to Girona and Figueres, two lovely towns which are rich in history. Girona is home to stunning medieval architecture, and Figueres is known as the birthplace of surrealist artist Salvador Dali .

You can see our guide to visiting Girona and Figueres in a day here . In terms of tours, we suggest this full day tour which includes Girona and the coast, or this full day tour which includes Girona and time to visit the Dali Museum in Figueres.

The other popular option is to visit the spectacular monastery and mountains of Montserrat, around an hour from Barcelona. You can see our guide to visiting Montserrat here for all the tips you need to do that.

Of course, there are lots of other tour options. You could go hot air ballooning , visit the Vall de Nuria , go skiing (if you visit in winter), go hiking in La Garrotxa , visit the Montserrat monastery – the list goes on!

That just about wraps up our suggestions for what to see and do with your three days in Barcelona.

To further help you with your planning for Barcelona, we have some guides we think you’ll find useful. See our itinerary for 3 days in Barcelona , our guide to Gaudi sites in Barcelona , and our favourite photography locations in Barcelona to get you started.

There are a few city passes for Barcelona, including the Barcelona City Pass , the  Barcelona Card , and the  Go Barcelona Pass . These work slightly differently, and so one or the other might be better for you. See our full break down and review of all the passes in our comparison of the Barcelona Discount Passes .

For most visitors we think the Go Barcelona Pass will offer the best value as it includes the main attractions like the Sagrada Familia, Park Guell and hop on hop off bus tour. We also have a full review of the Go Barcelona Pass to help you decide if it’s going to save you some money.

Finally, it’s worth bearing in mind that Barcelona has a bit of a poor reputation when it comes to petty crime, specifically around pick pockets, and items like phones being swiped off cafe tables. We have not personally experienced this, but have heard firsthand accounts from readers and friends who have.

We have more on this in our section below with tips for safety when travelling in Europe, but just try to keep your valuables out of sight all the time, ideally in zipped and secured pockets.

Now, let’s look at some options for where to stay in Barcelona, before planning how to get to the next city in your Europe itinerary.

Where to Stay in Barcelona

Here are a few options for your stay in Barcelona across a variety of price points, including a number of hotels we’ve personally stayed in and can recommend.

• Hotel Barcelona Catedral – A 4* property in Barcelona in the heart of the Gothic Quarter. We’ve stayed here, and enjoyed the roof top pool and incredible central location.
• Hostel One Ramblas – A very well reviewed and very central hostel option
• The 8 Boutique B&B – A highly rated and well located bed and breakfast
• Duquesa de Cardona – A 4* property on the waterfront with a roof top bar
• Leonardo Hotel Barcelona Las Ramblas – Part of the good value Leonardo chain, this 3* property is a few moments from Las Ramblas. We enjoyed our stay here, and the breakfast in particular was excellent.
• Ohla Barcelona – A very central 5* property with a roof top pool and excellent reviews.

How to Get from Barcelona to Venice

From Barcelona, the next stop on the trip will be Venice, Italy. If you are travelling for less than two weeks, you might want to skip Venice, and head straight to the last city on this itinerary, but for two weeks in Europe, we think Venice is a great addition.

The main option you have for getting from Barcelona to Rome is to fly. Of course, you could take the train, but as the average journey is around 22 hours and requires a number of changes, we’d suggest a flight is going to make more sense.

A direct flight from Barcelona to Rome is just under 2 hours. You can either go on your evening of your final day in Barcelona or the morning of the following day, it’s up to you. We think travelling in the evening makes more sense so you don’t lose time sightseeing in the morning.

Check times and book your flights here .

Days 10 – 11: Venice

You’ve arrived in the fourth and final country of your 2-week European itinerary – Italy! Home to amazing gelato , delicious coffee , and oodles of history.

We’re going to visit two cities in Italy on your European itinerary, both of which are favourites with visitors to Italy – us included! Of course, it’s hard to pick a second city in Italy from all the amazing options, but we think Venice is a must. Naturally, this will be followed by Rome.

We’ve put Venice ahead of Rome for the simple reason that it’s relatively easy to fly to Venice from the rest of Europe, but a little bit harder to fly onwards from Venice to international destinations. Ending the itinerary in Rome should make it easier for you to travel onwards to international destinations.

Anyway, we’re getting ahead of ourselves.

The next city on your European adventure is the beautiful city of Venice. This car-free city is famous for being built across a number of islands, with waterways and boats replacing roads and cars.

Venice is definitely one of our favourite cities in Europe, and was where we had our wedding ceremony with friends and family. So it’s definitely a city that is close to our hearts.

We’re going to recommend you spend two days in Venice. Many people visit the city for a day, which is do-able of course, but to really get a feel for Venice, we think you’ll enjoy spending two days here.

Our recommendation for your two days in Venice is to spend the first day exploring the highlights of the city – places like St. Mark’s Square, the Doge’s Palace and the Rialto Bridge. Take a Gondola ride , listen to musicians playing in the cafes, and get lost down the countless winding alleyways.

For your second day, we recommend taking a boat out to one of the islands around Venice, like Murano or Burano. These are much quieter with a different vibe to Venice itself, and we think you’ll enjoy this as a way to finish off your grand European adventure.

For more inspiration on what to do in Venice, see our guide to spending a day in Venice . We also recommend reading our guide to visiting the Doge’s Palace and St. Mark’s Basilica .

Of course, if you would prefer to visit another city in Italy other than Venice, you could spend these two days in any number of destinations, including the Amalfi Coast, Cinque Terre, Naples or Florence . You could even do a one day stopover in Florence on your way to Rome, rather than spending the two days in Venice. It’s entirely up to you, and depends on the flights you can find.

Where to Stay in Venice

Venice has a great many options for accommodation. Just be aware that many of the properties are old (as is much of the city!), and so elevators are not always standard. In addition, there are no vehicles allowed, so to get to your hotel from the train station you’ll need to take a ferry boat, water taxi, or walk.

• Casa Cosmo – a great value well rated budget option, five minutes walk from St. Mark’s Square and the Rialto Bridge. Rooms are air conditioned and are en-suite
• B&B Bloom Settimo Cielo – A highly rated and good value B&B breakfast, 10 minutes from St. Mark’s Square and the Rialto Bridge. Individually designed rooms have en-suite facilities, and there’s a rooftop terrace
• Leon Bianco on the Grand Canal – this historic property with Grand Canal views is where we stayed for our wedding ceremony in Venice. The views are fantastic, and it’s amazing value for the location
• Hotel Saturnia & International – a lovely 4* hotel just moments from Saint Mark’s Square, this turn of the century hotel offers en-suite rooms, a terrace with views, and an on-site restaurant.
• The Gritti Palace – a 5* luxury property right on St. Mark’s Square – this is the place you stay if you want to be in the middle of everything

How to Get from Venice to Rome

The best way to get from Venice to Rome is to take the train.

As always, you’ll get the best prices if you book your tickets in advance. You can check train times, prices, and book online here .

There are also flights, but by the time you have gotten to the airport, checked in, and then collected your baggage at the other end and gotten from Rome airport to the city center, you might as well have taken the train!

Days 12 – 14: Rome

Your next stop in Italy, and the last stop on your Europe itinerary, is the Italian capital of Rome. Founded almost 3,000 years ago, Rome is absolutely stuffed full of historical wonders and attractions.

We think that to do Rome justice, you should spend three days here. Here’s how those days might look.

Start your first day with a visit to the Colosseum . Built during the height of the Roman Empire, and nearly 2,000 years old, this is the largest amphitheatre in the world. It’s a must when in Rome.

Do be aware that like many of the other popular attractions in our itinerary, the Colosseum operates a timeslot system for entry, and you absolutely need to book in advance. See our complete guide to visiting the Colosseum for more on that.

After the Colosseum, we recommend visiting the Roman Forum, which is next to the Colosseum, and usually included on the Colosseum entry ticket. This was the heart of the Roman Empire, and is also a must when visiting Rome.

You’ll likely already be half way through your first day already. We suggest spending the rest of the day exploring the historic city center, with attractions like the Spanish Steps, Pantheon, and Trevi Fountain.

For your second day in Rome, we recommend you head to the Vatican City. This is a city-state inside Rome itself, and is home to the Vatican Museums and St. Peter’s Basilica. The Vatican Museums are home to world renowned works of art as well as the Sistine Chapel – a masterpiece of Renaissance art.

Both these attractions are very popular, and you will want to plan in advance to ensure you don’t waste time standing in line if you are visiting at a busy time of year. You have a few options.

First, you can take a guided tour which includes the Vatican and St. Peter’s Basilica like this one .

This will give you loads of information about what you are seeing and ensure you don’t waste time standing in line.

Another option is to invest in a pass which includes skip the line entry or a tour of these attractions. We would suggest looking at the Rome Tourist Card which includes skip the line access to the Vatican, Colosseum, and St. Peter’s Basilica.

You can also consider the Omnia Vatican and Rome Card , although this doesn’t currently include skip the line access to St. Peter’s Bascilica.

Finally, you can book individual tickets here for the Vatican via their official website (or here on GetYourGuide , which is easier to use in our experience).

As of early 2023 St Peter’s Basilica doesn’t actually have an entry fee, but nor does it have skip the line tickets (skip the line tickets used to be an option and we hope they come back soon!). So the best option if you want to skip the line is to invest either in a tour or a pass which includes a tour like the Rome Tourist Card .

You can also book Vatican tickets here , using our link gives you 5% off their usual price for Vatican tickets. It’s a little more expensive than the official website but somewhat more user friendly in our experience.

We recommend allocating at least half a day to explore the Vatican Museums, Sistine Chapel and St. Peter’s Basilica.

For lots more information on visiting the Vatican City and its attractions, see our complete guide to the Vatican , which has everything you need to know, including all the highlights, tips for visiting, how to buy tickets and lots more.

From here, head along to the Tiber River, and explore Castel Sant’Angelo (get tickets here ). Afterwards you can head back towards the city center, and visit locations like the Piazza Popolo.

If you have time and are interested you could also visit the Borghese Gallery. Note that this is also a timed entry system – see our guide to visiting the Borghese Gallery for more.

For your last day in Rome, we recommend spending some time exploring the Appian Way. This was one of the major routes in and out of the city, and is home to a number of ancient Roman ruins, as well as catacombs. A stop at the Baths of Caracalla on your way out of the city is also recommended.

Another option for your last day in Rome (or your first day, depending on how you decide to structure your itinerary) is to take a walking tour.

We’ve taken a number of walking tours in Rome with both Take Walks and Context , and enjoyed them all. As an example, see this introduction to Rome which includes gelato tasting!

For more inspiration for your visit to Rome, see our itineraries for 3 days in Rome , 2 days in Rome and a day in Rome .

In terms of saving money, there are a number of passes available for sight-seeing. For 3 days, our recommendation would be the Omnia Rome and Vatican Card. This includes public transport in Rome, a hop on hop off pass, and skip the line entry with timed reservations at the major attractions.

There are other passes as well, including the  Roma Pass , the  Rome Tourist Card and the  Best of Rome All Access pass . Which is best for you will depend on how many sites you are interested in visiting, and whether you plan on using the specific features they offer.

That pretty much finishes up the itinerary section of this post. We’ll share with you our tips for where to stay in Rome, before moving on to some practical information to help you plan this trip perfectly.

Where to Stay in Rome

We recommend the following hotels in Rome. The first three are near the main train station, which will make for an easier transfer when you arrive from Venice.

• Gioberti Art Hotel  – 50 yards from Termini Station, a well rated excellent value 4* hotel
• NH Collection Palazzo Cinquecento  – Awesome value 5* hotel just a few steps from the train station
• Hotel Valentino Palace  – a fantastic mid-range 3* property, just 150 yards from the train station
• The  Navona Theatre Hotel – a well reviewed and very centrally located 3* hotel
• The  Mimosa Pantheon Hotel – an excellent value budget hotel just around the corner from the Pantheon
• The  Hotel Navona – a well reviewed 3* hotel next to the Pantheon
• Di Rienzo Pantheon Palace – a centrally located well reviewed boutique hotel within walking distance of Rome’s highlights

2 Week Europe Itinerary Map

To help you visualise this itinerary, we’ve put together this overview map of the stops and route.

2 Week Europe Itinerary Summary:

• Day 1: London. Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden, Churchill War Rooms, Buckingham Palace and the  London Eye .
• Day 2: London. Tower of London , Tower Bridge, Borough Market, St. Paul’s Cathedral, the Tate Modern, Shakespeare’s Globe and the Shard.
• Day 3: London. Windsor Castle, Hampton Court Palace, Stonehenge
• Day 4: Paris. Eiffel Tower, Seine River Cruise, Musee d’Orsay, Walking tour
• Day 5: Paris. Saint Chapelle, Notre Dame, Louvre, Arc de Triomphe
• Day 6: Paris. Versaille, Moulin Rouge
• Day 7: Barcelona. Sagrada Familia, Recinte Modernista Sant Pau, Park Güell, Gaudi Experience, Camp Nou
• Day 8: Barcelona. Casa Batlló, Casa Milá, Barcelona Cathedral, Palau de la Musica Catalana, Picasso Museum
• Day 9: Barcelona. Girona & Figueres
• Day 10: Venice. St. Mark’s Square, Doge’s Palace, Rialto Bridge, Gondola ride
• Day 11: Venice. Murano, Burano
• Day 12: Rome. Colosseum, Roman Forum, Spanish Steps, Pantheon, Trevi Fountain.
• Day 13: Rome. Vatican Museums, St. Peter’s Basilica, Castel Sant’Angelo, Piazza Popolo, Borghese Gallery
• Day 14: Rome. Appian Way, Baths of Caracalla

How to Get Around Europe

Europe has no shortage of transportation options to get you from place to place. For this itinerary, we would suggest you primarily use the train to get from city to city.

The high speed trains in Europe run frequently, are very comfortable, and are more environmentally friendly than short hop flights. If you book in advance they can also be cost effective. They also have the advantage that there are fewer baggage restrictions, and train stations tend to be in the city center – unlike airports.

Of course, not every segment of this trip would suit a train. For example, from Barcelona to Venice would take at least 24 hours by train. Also, Paris to Barcelona is a fairly lengthy journey. There is the option to take an overnight train, however it isn’t direct so it takes a while. It does save you the cost of a hotel night though.

For train travel across Europe, it’s important to book your tickets in advance as this will get you the best prices. We recommend thetrainline which supports booking tickets in all the countries visited on this itinerary.

For flights, we suggest you try Kiwi , which includes the major low cost airlines as well the more traditionally priced carriers.

When to Visit Europe

You can certainly visit Europe year-round, although visiting at different times of year will give you different experiences.

For the most part, summers in Europe are quite warm, with temperatures likely to be between 25C & 32C (77F – 90F) on average. Whilst the weather is going to be most reliable in the summer months of June through August, this is also going to be the busiest time of year to visit.

The cities in particular are very popular with visitors, and lines for attractions can be long at these times of year. We wouldn’t say you shouldn’t visit at this time of year, but you should definitely plan ahead and arrange all your entry tickets so as to make the most effective use of your time.

Our favourite time to travel in Europe is the shoulder months of April / May, and September / October. These months tend to offer a combination of reasonable weather and less busy attractions.

We’ve also travelled extensively throughout Europe in the cooler winter months, from November through to March. It never gets much below freezing during this time, so as long as you dress appropriately, we think you will have a great time.

See our guide to what to pack for London to give you some ideas of what you might want to bring along.

We don’t think there’s a bad time of year to travel in Europe. It’s just a question of planning and preparing properly in advance. It is also worth checking if there are any events happening in the city when you visit that might cause it to be busier.

For example, Venice has a major Carnival celebration near the start of the year, and the city is always busier at this time. Other cities also have events, and if you visit during them you will find accommodation prices will be higher, and the city will be busier.

Practical Advice for Travelling in Europe

Europe uses a 220-240V electrical system, so if you are travelling from the USA, Canada, or any other country that uses a 110V system, you will need to check that your electrical items are compatible.

In our experience, lower power items like laptops and smartphone charges are compatible from 110V – 240V, but higher power items like hair dryers and hair straighteners are usually not. The power rating and acceptable voltage should be marked on the device somewhere.

It’s really important you don’t plug a device into a voltage it doesn’t support, as it will damage it. Its best to leave non-compatible items at home and purchase a dual voltage appliance if you need it during your trip, such as a dual voltage hair straightener .

In addition, the UK and continental Europe have two different plug types. Mainland Europe generally uses a two pin system with round holes, whilst the UK has a three pin system with rectangular holes.

For travel, therefore, you will need a travel adaptor like this which will let you plug your devices in. Note that most travel adaptors are not voltage convertors. You would need something like this to convert the voltage.

Internet in the form of free WiFi access is fairly easy to get access too across all the cities mentioned in our article. In addition, since the EU has abolished roaming charges, if you buy a SIM card in one EU country, you should be able to continue to use it in other countries without any additional charges.

Depending on the device you are travelling with, you will have a number of options for accessing the internet when you travel, from picking up a local SIM, to renting a WiFi hotspot, to just using WiFi as you go.

We have a detailed guide to getting online when you travel to help you figure out which is best for you.

The two currencies that you’ll need for this trip are the pound sterling (GBP) and the euro (EUR). The UK (London in the case of our itinerary) uses the pound sterling and the rest of the European destinations on our itinerary use the Euro. Euros from one country can be used in any of the other countries.

In our experience, you should be able to pay for the majority of your travel spending using a credit or debit card. We’d advise getting one of these that doesn’t impose foreign transaction fees if that is an option. Ideally it will also support contactless technology, which will make using it for smaller payments easier.

We would also suggest you always have some cash in the local currency on you for small purchases, tips, and places that don’t accept credit cards (or if there is any issues with your credit card).

There are cash machines available in all the major cities on this itinerary where you will be able to use your bank card to withdraw a local currency. Depending on the policy of your bank at home, you might be able to withdraw cash from these without a fee, but do check in advance of your travel so you don’t pay fees unexpectedly. Some ATM’s also charge a fee.

If there is a fee from your bank for withdrawing cash, you might find it is more cost effective to order some money at home before you leave – or to find a bank account that lets you withdraw cash fee free.

All the cities that we have listed are relatively safe, but of course you should take the same safety precautions when travelling that you would at home. Avoid walking alone at night in unfamiliar areas and don’t leave valuables lying around where they could be easily snatched.

It’s also a good idea to read up on some of the common scams that you might encounter in each city – for example, we wrote a guide to common scams in Paris to give you an idea of what to look out for.

We’d also suggest keeping your valuables locked in your hotel safe when possible, and to avoid carrying large amounts of money on you. We’d also suggest having a good travel insurance policy. Basically, just apply the same safety principles that you would at home to your personal belongings and safety, and you should have a safe trip!

Drinking Water

Unless otherwise indicated with a sign, the water in the taps in all of the cities on our list is safe to drink. In some cities, you’ll also found water fountains where you can refill your water bottle.

The water in Barcelona does have a slightly strange taste due to the high mineral content, and many local people prefer to drink bottled water. However, the tap water is safe to drink unless otherwise noted.

We very much recommend that you travel with a high quality reusable water bottle like this and fill it up as you go. This will be friendlier to the environment, and save you having to spend money on a resource that is available for free.

Walking Tours in Europe

One of our favourite ways to explore a new city is to take a walking tour. It’s a great way to get oriented, learn about the city, its sights and its culture, plus get local tips on places to eat, drink and see from the guide.

We’ve taken walking tours in cities around the world, and we nearly always use one of two companies – Take Walks , and Context . Both of these companies offer small group walking tours in all the cities we’ve covered.

Take Walks offers tours with groups of up to around 14, whilst Context offers more private and semi-private tours. Here are some example tours to consider for the various cities in this itinerary.

• This London In a Day tour visit the highlights of London in one day, including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey & Changing of the Guard.
• This introduction to London Tour which includes many of the highlights of the city
• This tour of the Chruchill War Rooms in London
• This full day tour of Paris which includes a Skip the Line Louvre Tour, the Eiffel Tower, Montmartre & a Seine River Cruise
• An introduction to Paris Tour , which includes the Louvre, Opera Garnier and the Champs-Elysees
• A full day tour of Barcelona which includes a visit to La Sagrada Família, Casa Milà & the Gothic Quarter
• This Rome In A Day Tour which includes a guided visit and skip the line entry to the Vatican, the Colosseum & a tour of the Historic Center of the city
• A full day tour of Venice which includes St. Mark’s Basilica, the Doge’s Palace, & a Gondola Ride

Of course, this is just a sample of some of the many tours available, which vary in length from a couple of hours to a full day. We suggest taking a look at all the walks on Take Walks here and Context here . Note that all bookings through our Context links save you 10% on the tour price automatically.

Finally, there are of course a multitude of other options for walking tours. If you would like more options, we suggest looking at the listings on either GetYourGuide or Viator. These two sites have tour options from a wide range of companies, and you can read reviews from other travellers prior to booking to decide if it’s a good option for you.

Saving Money in Europe

Europe, and western Europe in particular, is not exactly known for being a budget destination. The cities in particular are fairly expensive. Your main costs on this trip are likely to be the flights (biggest cost for most), accommodation, attraction entry, transport between the cities, and eating out.

To help you control these costs, we wanted to share some of our tips from years of experience travelling in European cities, so you don’t spend money unnecessarily. Even if you’re not on a tight budget, there’s no need to waste money when you don’t have to!

Use City Passes

All the cities in our itinerary have one or more city passes to choose from. City passes generally include either free or discounted admission to the major attractions in the city, and may also include other benefits.

These other benefits will vary, but will generally include things like fast track entry to some attractions, inclusive public transport, hop on hop off bus tickets, and discounts on meals and other activities like walking tours, wine tastings, and so on.

We have used a number of city passes during our travels in the cities in this itinerary, and our recommended passes for you to consider are as follows:

• For London: The London Pass. Available in durations from one to ten days, covers all the major attractions in London. See our full review of the London Pass here , and buy yours here .
• For Paris: The Paris Pass or the Paris Museum Pass. The Paris Pass includes entry to most of Paris’s major museums, plus includes attractions like a HOHO bus and Seine River Cruise. The Paris Museum Pass just covers attraction entry fees. See our full review of the Paris Pass here , and buy your Paris Pass here . We also have a full review of the Paris Museum Pass here, and you can buy it here .
• For Barcelona: The Go Barcelona Pass , Barcelona City Pass and Barcelona Card . These vary in what they cover, and whilst we suggest you pick up at least one of them, the best one for you will depend on your interests. See our full comparison of the Barcelona City Passes for more information.
• For Rome: The Omnia Rome and Vatican Card or the Roma Pass . Both these passes include free public transport in Rome, as well as free and discounted admission to attractions across the city. The Omnia Rome and Vatican Card also includes skip the line access to the Vatican Museums, St. Peter’s Basilica, as well as other Vatican attractions. It also has a hop on hop off bus.
• For Venice : We have never used a discount card in Venice. However, there is a Venice Pass which includes many of the museums and churches that is well worth checking out.

If you are planning on seeing a number of sights in each city you visit, a city pass can definitely save you money. Some of them will also save you time, as they offer skip the line benefits. However, we do recommend doing a little bit of reading on each pass to make sure it makes sense for your specific trip.

Note that city passes are often not as good of a value for children (especially young children) and those who are eligible for discounts at many attractions (seniors, disabled, EU university students), so do check if you qualify for any discounts before buying a pass.

Book accommodation and transportation in advance

The two major costs on your trip are likely to be accommodation and transportation. Our major tip for both of these is to book them in advance.

For transport in Europe, the best deals are nearly always to be had if you book as far in advance as possible. The cheapest tickets on flights and trains always sell out first, and then the prices will increase.

We recommend you check your flights and book in advance here , and your trains here .

Accommodation is not quite so straight forward, as prices can dip and rise depending on demand. However, in our personal experience, prices tend to be lower if we book further in advance. Plus, you can often take advantage of free cancellation policies, and re-book if the prices drop.

Also, don’t forget to look at accommodation options beyond hotels. Short term apartment rentals can be very cost effective, plus they will allow you to prepare some of your own meals if you want, which will also save you money.

We generally use booking.com for booking our hotels, and they also include apartments. We also use Plum Guide regularly. There are plenty more options though – see our guide to some AirBnB alternatives to give you some ideas.

Invest in a Guidebook

We recommend investing in a guidebook, especially if this is your first trip to western Europe.

Investing $15 to $25 in a guidebook can save you much more in time and money. A guidebook can cover much more in-depth information than we can in this blog post, and means you’ll have all the information you need at your fingertips.

For this trip, we recommend the Rick Steves Best of Europe guide . If you had to pick one guide book, that would be our favourite – it covers all the destinations in this itinerary (plus many more!) and has lots of practical information, tips and advice to help you plan. We use and love it.

If you have room in your bag, we can also recommend the Europe through the Back Door book , which has a lot of general travel advice for Europe.

Other options to consider include Lonely Planet’s Western Europe guidebook and/or the Insight Guide to Western Europe .

Be sure to purchase a recently edited/updated version of the guidebook. So make sure it was updated in the last year or so. Most guidebooks are updated every year or two to make sure the information is as up to date as possible.

If you are not sure which guidebook may be best for you, you might want to browse in your local bookshop or library before picking one.

Use Public Transport Effectively

The cheapest and most effective way to get around the cities listed in this post is to take public transport (well, after walking of course!).

Each city has its own public transport network, with various fares and ticket options. Learning how to use these properly will save you money.

For example, in London, it’s possible to buy individual tickets using cash. However, this can be twice as expensive as using an Oyster Card or Contactless bank card for your travel. In Paris, you can buy tickets individually, or you can save money by buying booklets of ten tickets.

In addition, many of the city passes we recommend come with some sort of travel card, which can also save you money.

Basically, each transport system has its own quirks, and having a handle on these will likely save you money. We also recommend always checking to see how far your destination is on foot before taking public transport.

The public transit maps are unlikely to match up to the reality of geography, and you might find it will take the same amount of time to walk somewhere as it would have to take a bus or metro, plus walking is free!

Find restaurant deals

Our final tip covers the last major expense, which will be eating out. Of course, eating out is a major part of travelling, but the costs can quickly add up.

The good news is that you can also save money on eating out. The secret is to figure out when the restaurant deals are likely to be happening.

For example, in France and Spain, it’s very common for lunch time menus to be offered. These are usually two or three course meals, which sometimes include wine, bread and coffee, and which are usually priced under €20 per person.

For Paris, see our guide to some of the best Michelin starred restaurants for lunch deals .

In London, these aren’t as common, however, many restaurants offer theater deals. These are special priced menus offered either late in the afternoon (5pm – 7pm generally) or late in the evening (10pm and onwards), designed for theatre goers who want to get a meal before or after the show.

Of course, you don’t have to be going to the theatre to take advantage of these deals!

Other options for saving money on dining out include taking advantage of street food, picking up “meal deals” at supermarkets like M&S in London, putting together picnics from markets in Paris – the list goes on. It is certainly possible to eat on the cheap quite easily if you make a little bit of effort to do so.

Further Reading for your Trip to Europe

Well, that’s pretty much the end of this post to help you plan your own perfect Europe itinerary and trip.

As you can see from the links shared throughout the post, we have a lot of content to help you plan your own trip to Europe. To make it easier for you, I wanted to put some of the most useful content here, for easy reference. I’ve also included some third party resources you might find useful in planning.

• For London , we have a guide for a day in London , 2 days in London , 3 days in London and 6 days in London
• We have a guide to the London Eye , Tower of London , Harry Potter filming locations in London , Winston Churchill locations in London , London’s War Museums , London’s UNESCO sites and tips on taking a walking tour in London
• We also have a guide to public transport in London , a guide to getting from the airport to London , a guide to what to pack for London , a guide to the cost of travel in the UK and a review of the London Pass
• For Paris , we have a guide to a day in Paris , 2 days in Paris and 3 days in Paris
• We have a guide to the best photography locations in Paris , afternoon tea in Paris , thoughts on the best Seine River cruises , a guide to making perfume in Paris , and advice for visiting the Moulin Rouge
• We also have a review of the Paris Pass , a review of the Paris Museum Pass , a guide to visiting the Eiffel Tower
• For Barcelona , we have a guide for 1 day in Barcelona , 2 days in Barcelona and 3 days in Barcelona .
• We have a guide to the best photography locations in Barcelona , the Anton Gaudi sites in Barcelona , and the Sagrada Familia
• We have a review of the Go Barcelona Pass and a comparison of the major Barcelona city passes
• For Rome, we have a guide to things to do in Rome , a day in Rome , 2 days in Rome and 3 days in Rome
• We also have a guide to the best gelato in Rome , the best cafes in Rome , visiting the Borghese Gallery in Rome, visiting the Colosseum in Rome and our thoughts on taking a walking tour in Rome
• For Venice , we have a guide to spending a day in Venice
• We also have a guide to visiting the Doge’s Palace & St. Mark’s Basilica , as well as our thoughts on a tour of Casanova’s Venice
• Investing in a guidebook can help save you time and money on your trip and help you be prepared. For this trip, we recommend the Rick Steves Best of Europe guide , Lonely Planet’s Western Europe guidebook and/or the Insight Guide to Western Europe

And that’s it for our guide to spending 2 weeks in Europe! As always, we’re open to questions, comments and feedback – just pop them in the comments section below, and we’ll get back to you as soon as we can!

Enjoyed this post? Why not share it!

There are 30 comments on this post

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Kirsten says

1st April 2023 at 1:43 am

We just came back from this exact trip on 3/26/23. We followed your itinerary and most of your suggestions on what to do in each city. Thank you so much for putting this together. My husband and I aren’t the best planners and this step by step guide was so helpful and perfect for us! We really couldn’t have done it without you. Thank you!

Laurence Norah says

2nd April 2023 at 10:33 pm

Hi Kirsten!

Thank you so much for taking the time to stop by and share your experience! I’m delighted to hear you guys had a great time in Europe and that we were able to help with your trip planning, it really means a lot to know that our content is helpful 🙂

Safe travels!

Laurence & Jessica

12th February 2023 at 3:08 pm

This is an awesome itinerary. Thank you so much for sharing! We hope to make our first trip to Europe in the future.

12th February 2023 at 4:18 pm

My pleasure Sara, I hope you get to visit Europe soon and do let me know if you have any questions when you start to plan your trip!

6th February 2023 at 12:20 am

Hello, Thank you for great posts on Europe trip. Really help a lot when I’m trying to plan for mine. Do you mind sharing apartment name you stayed in Paris, the one with Eiffel tower view? Im looking for nice apartment to stay with Eiffel tower view for my honeymoon this year. Really appreciate it if you could share. Thank you 🙂

9th February 2023 at 8:15 am

Thanks very much. So the apartment was this one which we booked via Plum Guide. I’m not sure it’s still bookable, although there is an option to message the host. I’d also recommend the Eiffel Tower guide we have here , as that as a selection of accommodation options with good views. We’ve also stayed at the Pullman Paris hotel which has excellent Eiffel Tower views for example.

Have a great trip to Europe!

19th January 2023 at 4:05 pm

I’ve subscribed, but still cannot gain printing access…please help – thank you!

23rd January 2023 at 2:17 pm

Sorry for the slow response, we’re travelling in Uganda and Internet access has been sporadic! I can see you are an active subscriber, does it still not work when you put your email address in on the print page? If not, if you could let me know what device and browser you are using and I’ll see if I can figure out what is going on!

2nd July 2022 at 3:39 am

This was a great blog. I am trying to put together a surprise trip for my wife’s 40th next year. I am gonna try to do it myself based off all the deals y’all have given. Bless

2nd July 2022 at 10:58 am

My pleasure Wayne, have a great trip and do let me know if you have any questions 🙂

alex47_in_downtown says

8th February 2022 at 2:16 pm

This was the most detailed, informative & hence the most helpful travel blogpost I’ve ever read… 🙂 Perfect itinerary for first-timers (like me)…! Lots of love from India <3

10th February 2022 at 12:11 pm

Thanks very much Alex, I was delighted to be of help! I hope you have a great time in Europe, and do let me know if you have any questions!

Ashley Salgado says

8th October 2022 at 7:19 pm

Why not have a pdf versión to be able to print. Tried to print this but it’s a whopping 100 pages with all the ads and comments. Great info I’d love to print and read with time not on a screen.

8th October 2022 at 11:23 pm

Thanks for your message! Every post is available in printable format, if you look at the bottom of the post on mobile, or the side on desktop, there is a little print icon. If you press that you can go through the steps to access a printable version without ads, comments or images. You can then print it to PDF, most devices these days let you save a webpage as a PDF from the print option.

Have a great time in Europe!

Michelle says

2nd November 2021 at 1:49 am

I’m so glad I found this blog. This is so helpful and fantastic. It really gives us a clearer picture on how to plan our first trip to Europe (16 days) and it hits the cities we want to start off with and we plan on doing. Thank you!!!

2nd November 2021 at 11:06 am

My pleasure Michelle! Have a wonderful trip across Europe, and do let me know if you have any questions!

Penny Hampton says

2nd January 2021 at 2:42 pm

Loved your blog on traveling to Europe. We have never been to Europe so this would be our first time. What you write is exactly what we are looking for. Great advise on everything from where to go-where to stay and where to visit. If Covid ever dies down, we will try to make the trip.

2nd January 2021 at 2:46 pm

Thank you so much Penny! I certainly hope you get to take a trip sooner rather than later 🙂 If you have any questions when it comes to the planning, just let me know. Happy 2021!

20th February 2020 at 4:03 am

Hi Lawrence and Jessica,

Thank you so much for this article, it has been very helpful as I try and plan out our first trip to Europe. I will be taking my sons ages 24 and 18 this summer and are hoping to say about 18 days. We are planning to go to every location except Barcelona, and would like to add a city in either the Netherlands, Belgium or Switzerland. Which would you recommend? Also we are planning to travel at the end of July/early August, so I’m sure our costs will be quite high. Any thoughts on how much I should expect a 2 week trip to cost? I know that may be a difficult question to answer, but even if it’s a broad ballpark it would be very helpful.

20th February 2020 at 12:43 pm

Our pleasure, sounds like you have a great trip coming up! So yes, this is a really hard question to answer 😉 I would suggest taking a look at our suggested costs for a UK trip here , which should help with your planning. Prices in continental Europe are fairly comparable to the UK. Everyone has a different travel style and budget, and idea of what is expensive or acceptable, so it’s hard to know. There would be a huge difference depending on if it was hostel accommodation of 5* 😉 Just be aware that capital cities tend to be more expensive as a general rule of thumb.

In terms of saving, definitely check out apartment rentals which might work out cheaper as you are in a group. Also, booking transport well in advance (planes and trains) will make a huge difference to the cost. Flexibility in timing is also useful.

In terms of adding another city, Amsterdam is obviously nice but busy. Ghent and Bruges are lovely in Belgium. We’ve actually just come back from Switzerland. There’s a lot to choose from and a great transport network, but Geneva is a good starting point.

Let me know if you have any more questions, I’m happy to try and help!

12th February 2020 at 4:36 pm

I’ve sent this to my wife, this looks amazing! I think ill try to see if we can get an overnight Rail between the far trips however, this looks fantastic! and Exciting!

It will be our 1st trip to the EU, so hitting up all these locations at once will give us a great taste of so many locations!

12th February 2020 at 5:38 pm

Thanks Ryan! I hope you guys have a great trip, and do let me know if you have any questions!

10th December 2019 at 4:46 pm

Amazing article! You have inspired me to explore Europe soon! Thanks!

10th December 2019 at 4:58 pm

Thanks very much – I hope you get to visit soon and have a great trip when you do!

19th November 2019 at 4:03 pm

Loved this article and found it very useful. I’m in the process of trying to plan a trip for next year with my 18 and 19 year olds. I can’t quite committ to exactly where I want to take them. This will be our first trip overseas and I’ve been driving myself crazy googling different locations and ideas. This article has been one of the best as I feel like I really need a step by step guide to create and book whatever vacation I decide to go with. Any tips on what you think would be a great trip for that age bracket would be very appreciated.

20th November 2019 at 3:06 pm

Awesome, delighted to have been able to help. So I think this itinerary will work for your family, the only thing might be to tweak the attractions you visit based on your interests and the interests of your family. So if they aren’t into lots of museums, or art, then maybe cut those back a bit. Perhaps they’d be more interested in food tours or more interactive things like that. The best option would definitely be to just have a chat with them and find out what they might like to do, and then you can try to make everyone happy 😉 Communication is definitely key, and if they feel they have input and control then I think everyone will have a better time.

I hope this helps a bit!

Have an amazing trip and don’t hesitate to reach out if you have any more questions!

Natasha says

4th October 2019 at 1:19 pm

I might suggest taking skipping at least Barcelona. It’s not that it’s not beautiful, it definetly is. The city can’t handle all the tourist coming its way…Please do some research beforehand. I might opt for a longer stay in one city than trying to do too much. Or focus on one region. You probably wouldn’t do New York, California, Chicago and Grand Canyon in 2 weeks… It may not look like it on the map, but these aren’t such small distances.

4th October 2019 at 7:40 pm

Hi Natasha,

Thanks for your feedback. I’d disagree about Barcelona as I think it’s a beautiful city (we have visited many times – this article is based on our experiences not research). We would agree that folks should try and spend longer in each place rather than moving too fast for sure, and slower travel is something we prefer ourselves. That said, not everyone has the luxury of longer vacations, and wants to see quite a few places, hence we’ve put this itinerary together. Compared to some itineraries, we think it’s actually pretty relaxed and achievable 🙂

Thanks again for taking the time to comment!

14th September 2019 at 4:57 pm

Thanks for this detailed itinerary and plans. I really liked reading this. We are planning for a Europe trip on coming December. Do you think the itinerary you mentioned can be a difficult one to choose because of weather in December?

14th September 2019 at 5:47 pm

I think the itinerary is do-able at any time of year. December is a good month for visiting Europe as you have the pretty Christmas lights and Christmas markets. Obviously it will be colder and there’s more chance of rain, but appropriate clothing will solve that issue!

Have a great trip and let me know if I can be of any more help 🙂

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Let me know when there's a reply to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips. This also makes you eligible to enter our monthly giveaways!

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store your data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

2 Weeks in Europe: 6 Itineraries

DISCLAIMER: This post might have links to travel services and products that we enjoy. We might make a commission from it at no extra cost to you.

Europe is a continent consisting of 44 countries with diverse languages, climates, and cultures . It has numerous world-famous landmarks preserved from years upon years of history.

Spending 2 weeks in Europe will cover plenty of amazing places. It’s not much, but a good start, especially if it’s your first time here.bulga

Another great thing about Europe is that the places are close to each other, you can reach most of them via train, buses, and driving. Land borders separate the countries. However, many of them practice free movement across borders.

This continent has peninsulas, islands, and varied landforms, as well as seas, lakes, and other bodies of water. There are infinite fascinating places to see, foods to taste, and activities to try out during your 2 weeks in Europe.

TIP : This is a long-form article, I highly recommend you check the Table of Contents below to help you navigate the page easier and faster.

THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE VISITING EUROPE

Before you go book your flight and hotels, take a look at the information below first. It will help you visualise and plan your itinerary better. You can get ideas on when to go, how to travel around, and what to pack.

When is the best time to go to Europe

This depends on what you plan to do. Most people go to Europe during summer, but of course, if you want to ski, come between December and February. I personally love going in spring and summer, during autumn, it’s also very pretty but it rains a lot.

You might want to consider travelling during the off-season because this is when there are fewer travellers and the prices of accommodations and tours aren’t sky-high so you’ll be able to save quite a bit.

Getting around Europe

The best way to get around Europe is to rent a car especially if the country you’re visiting are next to each other or have an open border agreement. It’s cheaper and gives you freedom of your time.

However, if you are crossing countries and they are not next to each other, you are probably better off flying than doing a long drive. Check first if your driver’s license is valid in Europe and check what type of cars each country you are going to have.

For example, Italy, Spain, and France are known for using a stick or manual transmission. While the UK and Ireland drive on the left.

Buses and trains are quite reliable and affordable. But there are also domestic flights which are affordable as long as you don’t pack too much unless you are willing to pay extra.

Language and currency

There are over 24 official languages in Europe. You should be able to get around with English but it’s important to also learn basic words to show respect for each country’s culture and easily communicate with locals.

Luckily though, most countries in Europe use Euro, except in the UK, Nordic countries, and maybe some countries in East Europe. It’s easy to pay with credit cards but carrying cash with you for emergencies is still advisable.

Visa and COVID-19 policy

Each country has different visa rules, however, if your destination is an EU member, they have the same visa policy; 90 days visa-free for visitors with a passport from North America, some Latin America, some Southeast Asia and East Asia, and most Oceania. This also applies to non-EU countries such as Switzerland and Norway.

For visitors with a passport from the EU or a European country, you should have freedom of movement for unlimited time except for some nationalities such as the UK and countries in East Europe.

Europe is open to COVID-1 vaccinated tourists. If you are unvaccinated, best to check if your destination has extra entry requirements. Depending on the airline and destination, you might be required to submit a test before boarding.

Wearing a mask is no longer required in many places in Europe, but it’s smart to carry one just in case you get to countries that still require them. Read about the EU reopening .

What is the average cost for 2 weeks in Europe

As diverse as the European culture is, the cost also varies a lot. The budget for 14 days in Europe depends on a few things such as the countries, type of tours, accommodation, and how you plan to move around.

$800 in Eastern Europe will not work for Scandinavia. $800 is a tight budget, but it might work for more affordable countries such as Eastern Europe or the Baltics (assuming this excludes the flights to the region and back). $1,000 will be fine for southern-east Europe, and $1,500 will be decent for central Europe. While west Europe and the Nordics plan to spend around $3,000.

The accommodation will cost the most expensive, but the food can be budgeted. Then the transportation. You can either use public transport or rent a push bike when moving around the cities. Take the bus or train when travelling to the next country or ride a plane.

Travelling during the peak season will also cost a lot more. Check under each itinerary to see the average cost of a 2-week trip in Europe.

Other basic travel tips

Planning a trip can be exhausting and often overwhelming. To make it a bit easier, I use travel sites and services that have flexible cancellation policies in case I change my mind or my travel dates. Here’s a list of travel tools I use. From flight selections, affordable hotels, wide-range options for car rentals, and even affordable travel insurance.

TOP PLACES IN EUROPE (pinned map)

Click the icon on the top right to enlarge the map. Credit: map data: Google

2 WEEKS IN EUROPE ITINERARIES

I will show your six itinerary options to choose from for your 14 days in Europe. Covering multiple countries and featuring famous attractions that are historical, cultural, and outdoor activities.

Deciding where to spend your 2 weeks in Europe can be hard. Should it be in Spain or Portugal? How about both? Should you visit Rome or Paris ? When unsure, there are a few things you can do to see which places are more suitable for you.

For example, Rome would be ideal if you love historical sites such as ruins. Perhaps you like history, but in the form of art, then Paris is the one. For food lovers, don’t miss visiting France, Spain, Italy, and Greece.

Itinerary #1 South Europe: Spain and France or France and Italy

We have two sub-options in our first itinerary for your 2 weeks in Europe. This includes either Spain and France or France and Italy. Spain is well-known for its lively culture, flamenco, arts, and literature, as well as its wines, beaches, and, of course, football.

If you feel like this itinerary is a little too expensive, you can instead go to Portugal. Take a look at how to spend 2 weeks in Portuga l or even just a few days in Lisbon. Spending 14 days in Southern Europe is a good place to do your first trip to this continent.

France, on the other hand, is well-known for macarons, wine, champagne, great pastries, as well as fashion, museums, and other historical sites. You could also do many water activities in France or if you plan to come during winter, you can head to the Alps for some skiing.

Italy is loved for its opera, its art cities, unique scenery, and good food. They are also among the four fashion capitals, with luxury brands, and of course, who could forget the Vespa?

If you have never been to Italy, make sure you visit Venice, Rome, Florence, and the southwest coast, where you can visit Naples for Amalfi and Sorrento. You can also consider 2 weeks in Greece for this itinerary. Not to mention, the south is a famous region to spend honeymoon in Europe .

Spain for 7 days

Spain is one of the most popular destinations in Europe, not only for foreign visitors but also for other European nations. With its stunning beaches, yummy food, and very welcoming culture, Spain is undeniably a must-visit when you come to Europe for 2 weeks.

Most people go to Madrid, the capital of Barcelona, a coastal city. However, if you want to get away from big crowds, head to Seville, Valencia, or even Zaragoza. For young travellers who love to dance and party, Ibiza is a top spot, while Palma, Tenerife, and Gran Canaria are awesome islands to explore and spend your vacation in.

We have a specific 2 weeks in Spain itinerary , which might help you plan a trip there if you decide to spend your trip in one European country only.

Here are some of the top-rated attractions in Spain :

• Alhambra and Generalife in Granada
• Palacio Real in Madrid – get your ticket in advance
• El Escorial near Madrid
• Aqueduct of Segovia – north of Madrid
• Sagrada Familia and Gaudi Sites in Barcelona – check tour prices
• Great Mosque in Cordoba, near Seville
• Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao
• Beaches of Gran Canaria

France for 7 days

Some of the options to reach France from Spain include flying, taking a train, riding the bus, using rideshare or driving. The most recommended option is to ride a plane, but if you have plenty of time, you should consider renting a car and driving on your own. We have an article with 3 different itineraries on how to spend 2 weeks in France .

France is a country famous for many reasons. The food is great, it is rich in culture, the abundance of historical sites, and thousands of wineries to explore. France is also known for Tour de France and is a great holiday destination any time of the year. You should geat a hop-on hop-off bu s that will take you to the top attractions of Paris.

Paris is an obvious place to visit, but if you don’t like big cities or have been here before, you can consider other places. For history buffs, head to Calais, Dunkirk, and Normandy. For those who love the outdoors, check out Lyon, Marseille, Nice, and Bordeaux (aka the Basque region).

Here are some of the top attractions n France:

• The Louvre in Paris – book a guided tour
• Cathédrale Notre-Dame de Chartres near Paris
• Eiffel Tower in Paris – get your skip-the-line ticket in advance
• Chateau de Versailles in Paris – visit with a garden access
• Mont Saint Michel
• Loire Valley Chateaux
• Côte d’Azur aka French Riviera in the South
• Provence for lavender fields
• Chamonix-Mont-Blanc for skiing in the Alps

Italy for 7 days

To reach Italy from France, you could either take the train or fly but taking the train is preferred by most tourists and locals alike because you’ll be able to reach your destination in less than five hours anyway. There are tons of routes to choose from if you want to see some interesting scenery and plan to drive instead.

2 weeks in Europe have to include Italy. It is loved for its dishes to die for, beautiful castles, amazing hiking trails, and warm culture. Just like in Spain and France, wine in Italy is world-class and their historical sites are well preserved.

Before you book anything, decide where you want to go. Rome and Venice are the top places to visit in Italy. But if you have been there, it’s time to explore Florence, Milan, Bologna, and Genoa in the north. For the south, head to Naples, Sicily, and all the way to Palermo. Check out our 4 itineraries for 2 weeks in Italy .

Some of the top tourist attractions in Italy include :

• Colosseum in Rome – get your ticket in advance to skip the very long queue
• Spanish Steps in Rome
• Trevi Fountain in Rome
• Venice Grand Canal – don’t skip the romantic gondola ride
• Gode Palace and St. Mark’s Basilica in Venice – explore with a tour guide and secure a ticket
• Leaning Tower of Pisa
• Vatican City near Rome; Basilica of St. Peter, Sistine Chapel & Vatican Museums – you can visit this in one go
• The Uffizi Gallery in Florence
• Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore in Florence
• Lake Como near Milan
• Cinque Terre
• Amalfi Coast
• Pompeii and Mount Vesuvius in Naples – visit this and the entirety of Naples on a day trip from Rome

Travel cost

These three destinations are one of the most expensive places in Europe. Budget around $2,000 for a 2-week trip around Spain, France, and Italy not including the flights from your location and back. Accommodation will be the most expensive cost while food is quite affordable in these places.

Of course, if you want to travel with luxury, you can easily spend $3,000-$5,000 which will allow you to stay at 4-5 star hotels, dine at fancy restaurants, and take a private car with a driver anywhere.

For those on a tight budget, $1,500 is possible , however, you will likely stay at youth hostels and share a room with other people in dorm/bunk rooms or even look at Couchsurfing. You can also save more money by looking at ready-to-eat meals at grocery stores or cooking in the hostel is possible. Join a free walking tour where you will be expected to give a tip based on the tour guide and the tour itself.

Itinerary #2 Central Europe: Germany and Poland

For this next itinerary, we’ll be covering 2 weeks in Central Europe, which consists of the countries Germany, Poland, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Austria, Czechia, Slovakia, and Hungary. However, in this itinerary, we’ll only be covering Germany and Poland.

Germany is well-known for its cathedrals, castles, palaces, and colourful architecture, as well as its sausages and beers. It has many historical sites relating to World War I and II. Berlin is loved for being vegan-friendly, but meat-eaters shouldn’t have a problem finding their way around restaurants either.

Conversely, Poland is famous for its food, stunning geography, folklore, history, and friendly locals. In Poland, you’ll find Europe’s most ancient forest, Medieval Castle, the infamous Auschwitz-Birkenau Camp, amazing museums, and more.

Apart from that, you can also visit theme parks in Poland, such as Engerylandia Theme Park, Rabkoland, and Aquapark Sopot.

Germany for 8 days

Germany has so many things to offer that it would take 8 days to satiate your curiosity, and even then, you would barely scratch the surface. Don’t overwhelm yourself trying to see everything in 8 days. If you want t visit Germany only, we have these 2 weeks in Germany itineraries .

Most people will go to Berlin or Munich, but there are also other cities such as Hamburg, Frankfurt, Nuremberg and Cologne to name a few. I highly recommend you rent a car to move around easier, but taking a domestic flight or the train is also easy and affordable.

If you’re going to Berlin, the best way to see all the top attractions is by buying a hop-on hop-off bus with live a tour guide .

Here’s a list of the top attractions in Germany:

• Brandenburg Gate in Berlin
• Berlin Wall
• Cruise the River Spree – book a 2.5-hour boat tour
• Museum Island in Berlin
• Sachsenhausen Memorial – visit with a tour guide
• Neuschwanstein Castle near Munich
• Linderhof Palace near Munich – book a combo tour with Neuschwanstein Castle
• Marienplatz in Munich
• Pay respects at Dachau Concentration Camp – join a tour from Munich
• Kölner Dom in Cologne
• The Black Forest, Baden-Württemberg, near Stuttgart
• Miniatur Wunderland at Port of Hamburg
• Bamberg and the Bürgerstadt near Nuremberg

Poland for 8 days

There are tons of modes of transportation from Germany to Poland, including boarding a plane, using rideshare cars, trains, buses, or driving. Flights between these two countries are frequent and affordable.

Poland has a dark history, but the country is more than that. It has stunning lakes, UNESCO sites, and rather interesting cuisine, and it is in the top 20 safest countries in the world – a great place to discover if you are travelling alone.

Poland also has the biggest castle in the world, and many believe that vodka originated in Poland. In winter, you can ski in Poland, which is more affordable than France, Switzerland, and even Italy.

Many foreigners get confused and think Krakow is the capital of Piland, but it’s actually Warsaw. Apart from these two cities, you can also visit Gdansk, Wroclaw, Katowice, and Lublin. Most of the cities are connected via buses and trains hence moving around during your 2 weeks in Europe shouldn’t be a problem.

>>TIP: Check out our 2 weeks in Poland post if you prefer to explore that country on a single trip. There are two itineraries to choose from.

Here are some of the top tourist attractions in Poland:

• Wieliczka Salt Mine near Krakow
• Auschwitz- Birkenau Camps near Krakow – book a guided tour or combine it with the Wieliczka Salt Mine tour
• Oskar Schindler’s Enamel Factory in Krakow
• Wawel Royal Castle in Krakow
• Warsaw Old Marketplace
• Lazienki Park in Warsaw
• Malbork Castle near Gdansk
• Morskie Oko Lake and Hot Bath Pools near Zakopane – check tour prices
• Crooked Forest near Szczecin

Travel cost:

Central Europe in general can be costly, but only if you plan to visit Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. Poland and Czechia are both affordable destinations compared to their neighbouring countries. $2,000 will take you a long way if you choose one expensive place to spend a week and the other one is a more affordable country (e.g Germany and Poland or Switzerland and Czechia).

You can save even more money if you focus on Poland or Czechia only or book a trip to Switzerland just for 2-3 days instead of an entire week.

$5,000 will be a great budget for a luxury trip . This is suitable for couples who are on their honeymoon or retiree travellers. For young visitors and backpackers, you can probably get away with $1,000 to $1,500 for the 2 weeks trip .

Accommodation in Germany, Switzerland, and Austria is costly but affordable in Poland and Czechia. Rely on using public transportation in all countries, such as buses and trains, instead of renting a car or flying.

Itinerary #3 Baltics: Lithuania, Latvia, Estonia

The Baltics are one of the most affordable regions in Europe. Although it has its fair share of tourists, the streets and attractions don’t get too busy, even during the summer season. It’s an awesome place to spend your 2 weeks in Europe vacation without being surrounded by a big crowd.

Lithuania is famous for its natural scenery, including forests, lakes, flatlands, and other landscapes. There are also historical spots here to visit, and you must try their local ciders. I personally loved their local food, especially beetroot. If you’re a foody, check this Vilnius food guide for a list of must-try dishes.

Conversely, Latvia is known for its UNESCO World Heritage Sites and art nouveau architecture. It’s on the coast, hence if visiting during summer, don’t forget to dip your toes.

Last but definitely not least is Estonia, which is famous for its dense woods, thousands of uninhabited islands, and rich history. It experienced a boom in tourism recently since it implemented a digital nomad visa.

Estonia is among Europe’s most linguistic nations, is one of the countries with the cleanest air in the world, and half of the country is made up of forest, which probably explains the great air quality. We also have two itineraries specifically for 2 weeks in the Baltics only or 2 weeks in Eastern Europe itineraries .

Lithuania for 5 days

Lithuania is rich in cultural preservation, so much so that UNESCO considered their folk dance as one of the intangible cultural heritages. They also have one of the oldest languages, even older than Greek, German, and Celtic, and the oldest tree in Europe could be found here as well.

With five days in Lithuania, you can do and see a lot of things. You can cover at least two major cities; the capital city Vilnius, and the cultural art city of Kaunas. If it’s warm enough, head to the coast and visit Klaipeda.

Here is a list of the best places to see in Lithuania:

• Gediminas Castle Tower in Vilnius
• Vilnius Cathedral Square
• Hot Air Balloon Flight – over Vilnius or Trakai Castle
• Energetikos ir technikos muziejus in Vilnius
• Museum of Occupations and Freedom Fights and A.Mickiewicz Memorial Museum in Vilnius
• MO Muziejus in Vilnius
• Gates of Dawn in Vilnius
• Three Crosses Monument in Vilnius – join a full-day tour from Vilnius
• Walk around Uzupis
• Trakai Castle near Vilnius
• Kaunas Castle
• Devils’ Museum in Kaunas
• Hill of Crosses near Šiauliai

Latvia for 4 days

You can go to Latvia from Lithuania by driving, riding a bus, plane, or taking the train. The most recommended option is through riding a bus as it is the cheapest and fastest. Latvia is also a great destination during summer. You can take a swim on its sandy beaches, lakes, and rivers.

You can either spend the entire 4 days in Riga, the capital city or take day trips to see Gauja National Park and Turaida Museum Reserve for example. You can also explore Riga on a segway tour .

Here are some of the top tourist attractions in Latvia :

• House of the Black Heads in Riga – get your ticket in advance
• Riga Cathedral
• Three Brothers, Latvian Museum of Architecture
• St. Peter’s Church
• The Freedom Monument in Riga
• Shop souvenirs at Riga Central Market – join a food-tasting tour
• Gauja National Park outside of Riga
• Rundale Palace and Museum ner Jelgava

Estonia for 4 days

To reach Estonia if you’re coming from Latvia, you could board a plane, ride a bus, take the train, or drive. The most recommended option would be to ride a plane as it’s the fastest, but the cheapest option would be to take the bus.

Estonia is very unique, they have islands but are inhabited – and that makes them interesting to visit. There, you can go fishing, sailing, canoeing, kayaking, and for those who love birds, birdwatching is a popular thing to do in Estonia.

Tallinn, the capital, is obviously the most popular destination. However, with 2 weeks in Europe, around the Baltics, you can also head to Parnu and Tartu – both are located in the south of Estonia. Go to Haeska, Kabili, and Matsalu for birdwatching and wildlife experiences.

Here are some of the sights to see in Estonia :

• Tallinn’s Old Town
• Lennusadam Seaplane Harbor in Tallinn
• Lahemaa National Parl – sign up to a day trip
• Patarei Prison Exhibition/Communism Prison in Tallinn
• Parnu’s Beaches
• Alpakafarm near Parnu
• Estonian National Museum in Tartu
• Tagurpidi Maja (Peapeal OÜ) / Upside Down House in Tartu
• TYPA Letterpress and Paper Art Centre in Tartu
• Kuressaare Castle in Saare
• Join a 3-hour food tour

Travelling around the Baltics is one of my favourite destinations and one I recommend if you’re on a budget. You will still experience the European culture, walk through the alleys and paves with cobbled stone, and eat delicious meals.

It’s honestly possible to travel here for around $1,000 for those on a budget . You will stay in a hostel and consume street food or grocery store meals. The tours also don’t cost that much. Accommodation is around $25 to $35 a night, but transportation is cheap.

$2,000 is the average cost where you get to have a private room and try out a few local restaurants. For a luxury trip, $3,000 will get you very comfortable.

Itinerary #4 East Europe: Hungary and Croatia or Romania and Bulgaria

East Europe is a massive region. You will have to choose 2-3 countries to cover during your visit and perhaps next time, you go to new places. Right now, we’ll only cover 4 destinations for your 12-day in Europe itinerary; Hungary and Croatia or Romania and Bulgaria.

Croatia has so much to offer, but in the last few years, being the filming location of Game of Thrones, this country attracted more tourists. Aside from that, they also have stunning waterfalls and gorgeous Adriatic Islands, among other landscapes.

Hungary on the other hand is famous for its ruin bars, paprikas, and goulash. It also has sought-after outdoor and public thermal bars and great nightlife. Outside the city, Hungary has a lot of nature preserves and can be an affordable ski destination in winter.

Bulgaria is the oldest country in Europe and has tons of hot springs. It’s undeniable how affordable Bulgaria is as a travel destination. It also sits right on the Black Sea, a popular spot during summer.

Nightlife in Bulgaria is another reason tourists come here for its affordability. Speaking of cuisine, the traditional Bulgarian food is something of a must-try.

Romania is famous for its Carpathian Mountains, Salt Mines, and Medieval Fortresses. Just like Bulgaria, it’s also located on the Black Sea. One might want to visit Romania since it’s famous for being the home of Dracula.

Hungary for 7 days

Hungary, like many other European countries, is a landlocked country. But it doesn’t mean you can’t enjoy summer in Hungary. This country has over 1,000 natural springs water, hence, the popularity of its thermal baths.

Budapest is not the only city worth visiting in Hungary, you should also consider Debrecen and Szeged. While Balaton Uplands National Park is the spot to you want to go hiking, join wine tours, and be around nature.

Here are some of the top tourist attractions in this country :

• Hungarian Parliament Building in Budapest
• Budapest’s Széchenyi Thermal Bath – book a full-day spa
• Buda Castle
• Buy souvenirs at Central Market Hall
• Take a boat cruise Danube River in Budapest – check cruise prices
• Matthias Church in Budapest
• Esztergom Basilica
• The Caves of Lillafured near Miskolc
• Lavender field at Tihany

Croatia for 7 days

It is relatively easy to travel to Croatia if you’re coming from Hungary as they are neighbouring countries. You could travel by bus, by train or by driving. Any option is fine, but the cheapest option would be to ride the night bus.

As mentioned before, Croatia is now popular for being the filming location for Game of Thrones, but there are other places to see in this magnificent country. Just like its neighbouring country of Italy, Croatia is also a fantastic beach destination and so much more affordable.

Zagreb is the capital of Croatia and a must-visit, then you can go to the coast. The most popular city is Split and Dubrovnik, but Zadar,  Hvar, and Pula are an equally stunning area for swimming and other water activities.

Want to spend 14 days in Croatia ? Our guide has three itineraries you can check out and see which one suits you best.

Some of the top tourist attractions in this country include :

• Dubrovnik’s Old Town Walls – join a walking tour
• Trsteno Arboretum, Trsteno near Dubrovnik
• Dubrovnik’s Lovrijenac Fort
• Visit Game of Thrones filming locations – book a tour
• Nikola Tesla Technical Museum in Zagreb
• Diocletian’s Palace in Split – enjoy a walking tour with a local guide
• Blue Cave, near Split – book the 5 island boat tour
• Krka Waterfalls, near Split – visit on a boat tour
• Plitvice Lakes National Park near Zadar
• Kornati National Park near Zadar
• Euphrasian Basilica in Porec
• Pula’s Roman Arena
• Swim at Galebove Stijene in Pula
• Explore Brijuni/Brioni National Park near Pula
• Mulini Beach in Rovinj

Romania for 7 days

A massive country in East Europe, Romania has a lot to offer. From national parks, vibrant cities, historical sites, and beach access to the Black Sea. Bucharest is known for great nightlife, but apart from that, it’s also rich in cultural and historical spots.

Other than Bucharest, you have to go to the Transylvanian region, known as the home of Dracula. If it’s warm enough, head to Constanza, while Brasov and Cluj-Napoca are the areas to go to during winter for skiing and other winter activities.

Here are some of the places you could visit once you reached Romania:

• Romanian Athenaeum in Bucharest
• Grigore Antipa National Museum of Natural History in Bucharest
• National Museum of Romanian History in Bucharest
• Dimitrie Gusti National Village Museum in Bucharest
• Vaser Valley Forestry Railway
• Bran Castle aka Dracula’s Castle in Transylvania – book a tour combo with Peles and Brasov trip
• Sighisoara Historic Center
• Covered Stairway in Sighisoara
• The Clock Tower in Sighisoara
• The Black Church in Brasov
• Peles Castle near Brasov – book a 2-day tour from Bucharest to visit Brasov, Sibiu, and Sighisoara
• Bucegi Natural Park near Brasoc
• Transylvanian Alps

Bulgaria for 7 days

Just south of Romania, you can reach Bulgaria by train, bus, or driving. The quickest option would be to drive, which would take you more or less five hours, but the cheapest option is by riding a train.

Another country with the best nightlife, Bulgaria is popular with young tourists. But it doesn’t mean non-partygoers cannot enjoy Bulgaria. This country is a great place to explore the outdoors. There are many hiking trails and to ski here, you don’t have to spend too much.

Head to the capital city, Sofia, but for winter sports, you can go to Bansko, Borovets, and Pamporovo. If you are coming during the warm months, you can still go to the Black Sea by heading toward Varna.

Some of the top spots in Bulgaria are:

• National Palace of Culture in Sofia
• Sofia History Museum
• Rila Monastery – visit with combo tour to Boyana Church
• Seven Rila Lakes – check tour price from Sofia
• Tsarevets Fortress in Veliko Tarnovo
• Belogradchik Rocks
• Prohodna Cave in Karlukovo
• Krushuna Waterfalls
• The Rose Valley near Kazanluk
• The Ancient Theatre of Philippopolis in Plovdiv – join a tour of Plovdiv, Asen’s Fortress, and Bachkovo Monastery
• Pirin National Park near Plovdiv
• Thracian Tomb of Sveshtari near Shumen

East Europe is one of the most affordable regions in Europe. The accommodation alone can range between $20-$30 while food and the use of public transportation are also very affordable.

It’s easy to travel on a budget in eastern Europe, around $800 is feasible for backpackers and young travellers. If you want to be comfortable, $1,000 will be great and get you your own private room and dine at restaurants. $2,000 can easily be a luxury trip in this region for a 2-week adventure.

Itinerary #5 Nordic: Iceland, Norway, and Denmark

The next option would be the Nordic countries, which consist of Norway, Iceland, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark. However, in this itinerary, we will only cover Norway, Iceland, and Denmark.

Norway is also known as the Land of the Midnight Sun. It is famous for its fjords, lakes, and magical skies (Aurora Borealis), as well as Viking culture and folklore.

Iceland is also famous for a lot of natural wonders such as geysers, active volcanoes, and glaciers. You could also see the Northern Lights here. Iceland is relying 100% on renewable energy; hydropower, and geothermal.

Last but definitely not least is Denmark, which is well-known for its coastal towns, architecture, Royalty, and cuisine. Copenhagen is a must-visit. If you find yourself with extra time, you can hop on a train and head to Sweden.

Iceland for 4 days

Iceland is the land of fire and ice, and you might be wondering why. They have glaciers but have volcanically heated pools at the same time, where you could swim all year round. That’s pretty fascinating.

Aside from that, it is also a literary-focused country. In fact, one out of ten Icelanders will publish a book even at least once in their lifetime.

Iceland is not a big country, but spending four days here is plenty. Most tourists love staying in Reykjavik, but you don’t have to. If you want to save money, you can stay outside the city and rent a car instead. You can easily move around in your own car, which means it doesn’t matter if your hotel is not in the city.

We have a complete guide and itinerary for 2 weeks in Iceland .

Top attractions in Iceland:

• Drive the Golden Circle
• Blue Lagoon – get your ticket in advance including Kerid Volcanic Crater
• Gullfoss Falls
• Seljalandsfoss
• Silfra – snorkel between 2 tectonic plates between North American and Europe
• Þingvellir National Park
• Jökulsárlón
• Chase the Northern Lights – join a tour to find the best spot
• Icelandic Phallological Museum
• National Museum of Iceland
• Reykjanesfólkvangur
• Whale Watching near Reykjavik – book a cruise
• Eystri-Fellsfjara / Diamond Beach

Norway for 6 days

You will need to ride a plane to reach Norway if you’re coming from Iceland. The fastest route takes more or less 6 hours. However, the journey would be worth it because there are so many sights and sceneries once you reach Norway.

This includes the world’s longest road tunnel and the world’s most remote island, among others. This is also an amazing place to ski during winter.

Many tourists usually go to Oslo and Bergen, but you can also add Stavanger, Kristiansand, and Tromso to your itinerary of 2 weeks in Europe.

If you want to see Fjords, you have to head west; from Trondheim all the way down to Stavanger. Check our 2 weeks in Norway itinerary list if you only want to see this country.

Here is a list of some of the best places to visit in Norway:

• Bygdoy Peninsula in Oslo 
• Vigeland Sculpture Park in Oslo
• Viking Ship Museum in Oslo
• Naeroyfjorden
• Akershus Fortress in Oslo
• Oslo’s Fjords – check tour prices or a cruise to Nærøyfjorden, Flåm, and Stegastein 
• Hanseviertel Bryggen in Bergen
• Sognefjord near Bergen
• Osterrjod and Mostraumen near Bergen – join a cruise
• Pulpit Rock (Preikestolen), in Stavanger
• Lofoten Islands
• Geirangerfjord
• Arctic Museum in Tromso
• Find the Northern Lights from Tromso – book a guided tour
• Atlantic Ocean Road

Denmark for 4 days

To reach Denmark from Norway, the best would be to take a plane. There is also a car ferry service, but with a limited time, it’s not ideal. Denmark has the oldest Monarchy in Europe.

Denmark is a small country but popular not only in Europe but around the world. For many years, it has been voted the happiest country in the world. It’s also known for being safe for tourists, the home birth of lego, and has the oldest monarchy in Europe and the oldest flag in the world.

Naturally, visitors will go to Copenhagen, but since the country (excluding Greenland and the Faroe Islands) is not that big, 4 days in Denmark is plenty

You can explore the entirety of Copenhagen and even have time to go to Odense, where the famous children’s book author Hans Christian Andersen was born. You can actually get to the city centre from Copenhagen airport in just 13 minutes – a great way to save time.

Here is a list of some of the best attractions in Denmark:

• The Little Mermaid (Den Lille Havfrue) – explore Copenhagen in a day
• Freetown Christiania
• The King’s Garden
• Amalienborg
• Rosenborg Castle
• Tivoli Gardens – get your ticket in advance
• Botanical Garden
• The Round Tower
• Memorial Anchor
• Copenhagen Opera House
• Walk around Strøget
• Ny Carlsberg Glyptotek
• Christiansborg Palace
• Danish Architecture Centre
• Ofelia Plads
• Legoland in Billund
• Hans Christian Andersen’s Childhood Home
• H. C. Andersens House

Nordic and Scandinavia is undeniably the most expensive place to travel around Europe. Accommodation alone could run $100, and dining and consuming alcohol are costly as well. But taking the bus and train is a little bearable.

To ensure that you will enjoy your 2 weeks in Europe around this region, plan to spend about $2,000 . If you are on a budget, you can probably do it for $1,700 but no less. But for l uxury, your trip cost will really skyrocket up to $5,000 .

Itinerary #6 West Europe: The UK, Netherlands, and Belgium

The last itinerary option for your 2 weeks in Europe includes the countries the UK, Netherlands, and Belgium, also known as the west of Europe.

The UK is popular for many things, including its monarchy, culture, history, and performers. Being the home of four different countries; England, Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland, you can easily say that it’s worth a visit. From bustling cities, amazing hiking trails, pubs to check out, and castles to explore.

There are tons of iconic places in the Netherlands despite it being a small country. The Netherlands is famous for many things . Here, you’ll be able to see windmills, cheese markets, bulb fields, and earthenware, among others. The Netherlands also have plenty of historical spots to discover including Anne Frank’s House.

The last country on our list is Belgium. They have high-quality chocolates, hence the name Belgian chocolate. This country is also well-known for waffles and beer and is the home to NATO headquarters.

The UK for 6 days

There are many things to see in the UK, and six days is definitely not going to be enough. But don’t panic. If this is your first time here, list the attractions you really want to see first. The world-famous Big Ben, London Eye, and River Thames can all be found here, and that’s just in London.

If you have been here before, perhaps, you can now explore less popular areas. Perhaps, you can focus on hiking instead of being in the city or just spend 14 days in England only, especially if it’s your first time.

It’s undeniable that the UK has the most famous monarchy in the world. London alone has a lot of attractions related to the British Monarchy and historical places. In order to make the most out of your trip, the recommended duration of stay is at least five days.

ALSO READ: 2 weeks in the UK , 2 weeks in England , and 2 weeks in Ireland and Northern Ireland itineraries.

List of some best places to see in the UK :

• Tower Bridge
• Stonehenge – book a combo tour with Windsor Castle and Bath
• Buckingham Palace
• The British Museum
• Tower of London and Crown Jewels Exhibition – buy your ticket in advance
• Kensington Palace
• Madame Tussauds – get your skip-the-line ticket
• Shakespeare’s Globe
• St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Book a Harry Potter tour – Warner Bros. Studio
• Scotney Castle
• Bodiam Castle
• Warwick Castle
• Lake District National Park
• Dean Village
• Edinburgh Castle – book a skip-the-line tour
• Palace of Holyroodhouse
• Loch Ness, Glencoe, and the Scottish Highlands – check the tour price from Edinburgh
• Loch Lomond & The Trossachs National Park
• Titanic Belfast – join a guided tour
• Crumlin Road Gaol
• Giants Causeway – visit with a stop at Dark Hedges, Dunluce, and Belfast
• Free Derry Corner
• The Derry Walls

The Netherlands for 4 days

You could either ride the train or drive if you want to reach the Netherlands from the UK. Once you reach the Netherlands, you could experience the biggest ice skating tour in the world, or join a cycling tour. You can also know more about world-famous painters like Van Gogh and Rembrandt.

Four days sounds too little but you can actually do a lot while in the Netherlands. You can of course explore Amsterdam, and head to The Hague, Rotterdam, and Groningen.

Some things to see and do in The Netherlands:

• Jordaan and Amsterdam’s Canals – book the famous canal cruise
• Anne Frank House
• Rijksmuseum
• Mauritshuis
• Van Gogh Museum – enjoy with an audio guide
• The Windmills of Kinderdijk
• Hoge Veluwe National Park
• Valkenburg Castle Ruins

Belgium for 4 days

To reach Belgium, you could ride the train, ride a bus, use rideshare, or drive. The cheapest option would be to use rideshare and the most recommended option would be to ride the train. It would take you almost 3 hours to reach your destination.

The popular cities in Belgium are Brussels which is the capital, Ghent, Antwerp, and Bruges. You can take buses, trains, or rent a car to travel between cities. Don’t forget to go try different beers and waffles which are two of my favourite part of my visit.

Popular attractions in Belgium:

• Grand Palace
• Atomium – get your entry ticket in advance
• Sign up for the famous Hungry Mary’s beer and chocolate tour or join chocolate making class
• Manneken Pis
• Day trip to Bruges and Ghent – enjoy with a tour guide
• The Canals of Bruges
• Battlefield in Flanders
• Belfry of Bruges
• Basilica of the Holy Blood
• Bruges Beer Experience
• Sint-Salvatorskathedraal
• Gravensteen
• Museum Aan de Stroom
• The Rubens House

What I enjoy about travelling in western Europe is how it’s honestly a pricey place but it can be done on a budget. If you think you can stay on your feet for long hours and walking around is not a problem, you can easily cut costs by taking the bus or taxi. The accommodation will surely get you, but dining can be affordable.

The street food in all these countries is fun, globally diverse, and easy to find. For budget travellers, $1,700 is required for your 2-week trip and most likely requires you to stay in a youth hostel. $ 2,500 offers comfort and a bit of luxury where you can dine at nice restaurants. $4,000 means you can stay in hotels right downtown and near the top attractions, With this budget, you can even hire taxis during your entire trip.

SUMMARY OF 2 WEEKS IN EUROPE

There are so many countries to choose from if you plan to visit Europe. Fortunately, Europe has amazing transportation between cities and countries, making it easy to travel around even with limited time.

When planning your 14-day itinerary for Europe, don’t try to cram it too much. It’s better to travel a bit slower, see fewer places, but be able to enjoy and process everything you have seen and experienced. Europe is not going anywhere, you can always visit again and check out a new place.

I hope that you found these 2 weeks in Europe itineraries helpful in planning your own.

TO SAVE THIS ITINERARY, PIN THIS IMAGE BELOW:

The Ultimate 2 Week Central Europe Itinerary: 3 Perfect Routes

Last Updated on January 11, 2024

by Maggie Turansky

Disclaimer: This article contains affiliate links. That means if you click a link and make a purchase, we may make a small commission. As an Amazon Associate we earn from qualifying purchases. For more information, see our privacy policy.

Planning a 2-week Central Europe itinerary is one of the best ways to see some of the most beautiful towns and cities on the continent without breaking the bank. The countries of Hungary, Czechia, Poland, Austria and the like have so much to offer visitors including fairytale-like Old Towns, beautiful natural scenery, and unique national cuisines.

If you want an introduction to Europe, are keen to dip your toe into Eastern Europe or are just interested in this unique and beautiful part of the world, you can’t go wrong with exploring the lovely nations that makeup Central Europe.

So whether you have many weeks to spend in Central Europe or are just keen to plan the perfect 2-week itinerary, we’re here to help you plan your ideal trip to this incredible region.

Table of Contents

How Many Days in Central Europe?

One question that many potential visitors ask themselves before they go to Central Europe is how long they should spend in the region. And my answer is that it really depends on what you want to see and how many places you want to visit.

The region is vast and encompasses several different countries and sub-regions and one could easily spend months in Central Europe and continually find new things to see and do.

If you only have a short amount of time to play around with and want to get the most out of your trip to this region, I would recommend planning to spend no fewer than 10 days for your trip.

A 10-day Central Europe itinerary is enough to give you a good feel for the region, however, it will likely prevent you from digging deeper and visiting more offbeat areas or spending longer in various destinations.

If you can, we think that the ideal period of time for a short trip is 2 weeks. Spending 2 weeks in Central Europe will allow you to hit some top cities in the region and also give you the chance to really get to know various countries and smaller towns and municipalities.

You can both get the opportunity to dig a bit deeper and gain a good understanding of the region while also still whetting your appetite for where you can visit next time you get a chance to travel to Central Europe.

One thing to keep in mind no matter how long you have to dedicate to your Central Europe travel itinerary is that it is impossible to see absolutely everything so make sure to prioritise what you want to visit.

Getting Around Central Europe

In general, it depends on your budget and which countries you plan to visit in Central Europe to figure out the best transport options, however, there are a number of different routes you can take (no pun intended).

If you’re planning to rely on public transportation while on your Central Europe trip, then your best bet in most countries would be to plan to get from city to city by the wonderful train. Train travel in a lot of Europe is some of the best in the world and, for the majority of Central European countries, this region is no exception.

Trains are typically reliable, reasonably quick, and comfortable and there are ample routes between major municipalities that you’re unlikely to be standard or have to make a million connections so long as you’re not going too far off the typically trodden path.

Trains are generally fairly affordable, however, if you want to get the best prices, it is always a good idea to book your journey at least a few days, if not a few weeks, in advance. We recommend using a service called Omio to do this — it aggregates most routes and will show you the cheapest prices available for your travel dates.

The bus is another good, viable option for intercity transit in Central Europe. Bus routes and plentiful and the typical quality of the coaches is good, as well. Bus journeys tend to be slightly more affordable than train journeys, however, they are also not nearly as comfortable and tend to be a bit slower as you have to contend with traffic, etc.

If you’re interested in getting around Central Europe by bus, I recommend booking through Omio again, as well.

If you want to have a bit more flexibility, have an easier time at getting off the beaten path, or simply don’t want to be at the mercy of inconvenient train or bus timetables, then renting a car could be a good option for you.

While you really don’t need a car in big cities and towns in Central Europe (all of the city centres are incredibly walkable and public transit is quite good), it can be really helpful if you want to get out into nature or visit some areas with fewer public transit connections.

If you’re interested in hiring a car in Central Europe, we suggest using Rentalcars.com in order to find great prices on a car rental.

Prague-Vienna-Budapest Itinerary

The most iconic of the Central Europe itineraries is arguably a route through the incredible cities of Prague, Vienna, and Budapest. Visiting the capital cities of Czechia, Austria and Hungary is sure to leave you starry-eyed and ignite your wanderlust to explore the region in more depth.

Taking 2 weeks for a Budapest-Vienna-Prague itinerary is quite ideal as it allows you to explore these three incredible cities while also stopping at a few great places and smaller towns and cities in between.

Days 1-3: Prague

Sart this classic Central Europe itinerary in the incredible, iconic Czech capital of Prague. This city is incredibly famous and popular for a reason: it is absolutely beautiful, deeply historic, easy to navigate and packed with fun and interesting things to do. Because you have three full days to spend in Prague, you also have the opportunity to cover quite a bit of ground and really get to know this great city.

Of course, make sure to take the time to visit all the top spots in Prague including the Charles Bridge, Prague Castle, the astronomical clock, the Jewish Quarter, the Lennon Wall and much more. It’s also vital that you take the time to sample some traditional Czech cuisine and, of course, the inimitable Czech Pilsner.

Czechia has some of the best beer in the entire world and it is such an important part of the culture that you really can’t miss sampling some of this iconic beverage. Oh, a pint is also famous for being cheaper than a bottle of water — so make sure to enjoy those affordable prices in Prague!

If you’re interested in seeing more of the Czech Republic beyond its capital, use one of the days in this itinerary to go on a day trip. There are countless amazing places to visit from Prague and it is sure to give you a great view of what life is like in Czechia.

If you want to get a bit off the typical tourist trail, it is possible to head to the incredible town of Olomouc as a day trip. You could also head west and visit cities like Karlovy Vary or Pilsen.

After enjoying several great days in Prague, it’s time to head on to your next destination!

Where to Stay in Prague

Miss Sophie’s Downtown – This quaint boutique hotel in Prague’s first district is the perfect place to stay if you’re looking for a cute and romantic option. They have a range of rooms available, a fantastic, central location, and great amenities to ensure your trip to Prague is a great one.

Grand Hotel Bohemia – One of the best-rated hotels in Prague, they have a range of stylish and elegant rooms and are located in the heart of the Old Town. There is a restaurant on-site and breakfast is included in the daily rate.

Onefam Miru – A small family-run hostel in the Vinohrady neighbourhood that makes for a great base for exploring Prague. The staff make a real effort to share insider tips on the city and they also have affordable private rooms.

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse other hotels in Prague.

Day 4: Cesky Krumlov

Though often treated as a day trip, plan to leave Prague on your fourth day and head south to spend a night in gorgeous Cesky Krumlov . Known for being one of the most picturesque towns in the Czech Republic, you would be forgiven for thinking that you’ve been transported into a fairytale.

Cesky Krumlov is often struggling under the weight of overtourism, so it’s a good idea to spend a night here in order to minimise your impact on this small town.

And while you’re here, there is quite a lot to do. Take the time to get lost in the old town, wander through the massive Cesky Krumlov castle and simply enjoy the scenery along the Vltava River.

Where to Stay in Cesky Krumlov

Pension Kristian – This plush hotel is located a stone’s throw from the castle. They have plenty of great rooms and also offer free on-site parking for those on a road trip.

Pension Faber – Centrally located, this is a great mid-range option in Cesky Krumlov. Located in the Old Town, they have several comfortable rooms and a friendly and helpful staff.

Hostel Postel – Backpackers will love this hostel located right in the old town. They have both dorms and private rooms to choose from along with good self-catering facilities and common areas.

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse more Cesky Krumlov hotels!

Day 5-6: Salzburg

Over the next two days, it’s time to leave the Czech Republic and venture south into beautiful Austria. And your next stop will be the historic city of Salzburg .

Famous as the filming location for The Sound of Music and as the birthplace of Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart, Salzburg is also home to some of the most iconic Christmas markets in the region if you happen to be visiting in December.

With two days in Salzburg, you will have time to visit the iconic Hohensalzburg Fortress, wander through the old town, see the gardens at Mirabell Palace and maybe even visit a traditional Austrian beer all at the Augustiner Brau brewery.

Where to Stay in Salzburg

Gästehaus im Priesterseminar – Located in the centre of Salzburg, this mid-range hotel is an excellent choice in Salzburg. There are lots of different rooms to choose from and a fab breakfast available.

Boutique Hotel Auersperg – This boutique hotel is a good choice for those looking for an elegant stay in Salzburg. A family-run institution, there are several plush rooms available and an unbeatable location.

Yoho International Youth Hostel – Located in a lovely, local neighbourhood within easy reach of the top attractions, this hostel is great for backpackers They have a range of dorms and even show The Sound of Music nightly.

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse more Salzburg hotels!

Days 7-10: Vienna

One of the most iconic cities to visit on any Central European trip is Vienna , Austria’s gorgeous capital. Known for its grand architecture, fantastic cafe culture and beautiful cityscapes, Vienna is really an incredible city to visit no matter what kind of European route your find yourself on.

Take at least two days to explore the city to its fullest, taking in all of the main sites like the Hofburg Palace, Vienna State Opera House, Schonbrunn Palace, the Spanish Riding School, Belvedere Palace and many others.

Also, no visit to the Austrian capital would be complete without spending a least a little bit of time relaxing in a streetside cafe and experiencing the famous coffee and pastry culture that Vienna is so well known for.

Because you have the time if you’re following this particular itinerary, it is also a great idea to go on a day trip from Vienna.

One of the most popular is to the Slovak capital of Bratislava , which is only about an hour from Vienna. You could also head to Austria’s lovely second city of Graz , which is also a great place to visit as a day trip (or to spend more time if you want to extend your trip)!

Where to Stay in Vienna

Motel One Wien – Hauptbahnhof – A great, centrally located hotel that is situated close to the main train station. They have a number of clean and comfortable rooms and there is an option to include breakfast in the morning.

Hotel Brauhof Wien – If you’re after a bit of luxury in Vienna, then this 4-star hotel is a great option for you. Centrally located, they have numerous chic, clean and comfortable rooms available and great amenities to make your stay in Austria’s capital a great one.

Hostel Ruthensteiner – A great, family-run hostel that is perfect for budget backpackers and solo travellers. They have both private rooms and dorm beds available and great common areas to meet other travellers.

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse more Vienna hotels!

Days 11-14: Budapest

One of the most iconic cities to have on any Central Europe itinerary has got to be Budapest. Arguably one of the most beautiful cities in the world, Budapest is full of incredibly interesting things to do and offers so much beyond its main sights.

Take your first few days in Budapest to visit the top sights un the Hungarian capital, including the Parliament Building, Andrassy Utca, the Citadel, Fisherman’s Bastion, Buda Castle and Matthias Church, the Dohany Street Synagogue in the Jewish Quarter and the moving shoes on the Danube memorial.

Of course, no trip to Budapest is complete without taking the time to soak in a thermal bath in at least one of its iconic bathhouses, taking a leisurely stroll along the Danube River, and partying until dawn at the famous ruin bars.

There are so many things to do in Budapest during the time allotted in this itinerary that I wouldn’t even recommend taking a day trip during this time.

Where to Stay in Budapest

Butterfly Home Danube   –   A lovely boutique hotel located close to the banks of the Danube on the Pest side of the city. They offer a range of private rooms with breakfast included daily.

Monastery Boutique Hotel – A wonderful luxury option, this boutique hotel is located a stone’s throw from Fisherman’s Bastion in the quiet Buda side of the city. They are a range of plush rooms on offer and numerous other amenities to ensure that you have the best time in the Hungarian capital as possible.

Lavender Circus Hostel – A small cosy hostel that is well located and the staff go out of their way to ensure travellers meet each other and have a good time.

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse other hotels in Budapest!

Have More Time?

If you have more than two weeks and want to expand on this Prague-Vienna-Budapest itinerary, then you have a lot of options available. First off, you could visit a few more places in the Czech Republic — including Olomouc, the second-largest city of Brno or the industrial city of Ostrava.

You could also extend by heading into Poland and exploring the cities of Krakow, Warsaw, Wroclaw, and Poznan .

If you’re interested in seeing more of Austria, consider heading south to the country’s second-largest city of Graz.

Hungary-Slovakia-Poland Itinerary

If you’re more interested in heading a bit off the well-trodden path, then this is a great route for you! Starting is the wonderful city of Budapest, this itinerary instead winds you through Slovakia, into the imposing High Tatras and onto some charming Polish cities.

Days 1-4: Budapest

Begin your itinerary in Budapest, which is an excellent starting point when exploring this area of the world as it can act as a gateway to Eastern Europe.

And while I think that the more days you have to spend in Budapest, the better, the three full days allotted in this itinerary is more than sufficient to get a great feel for the city, see its top sites, and even venture a bit deeper into the Hungarian capital.

Days 5-6: Bratislava

From Budapest, hop on a train or bus (or rental car!) to the Slovakian capital of Bratislava! This capital city is quite small and often only visited as a day trip from Vienna, however, you can a bit more out of the city if you opt to spend a night and one full day here.

You can take your time when it comes to visiting the top sites and wandering through the charming Old Town, where you would be a bit rushed if you only had a day trip here.

While Bratislava certainly isn’t the most beautiful or exciting of Central European capitals, it doesn’t mean that it isn’t worth visiting and you’re sure to enjoy yourself in this lovely, compact city.

Where to Stay in Bratislava

Smart&Green Living by Ambiente – This is a wonderful place to stay in Bratislava if you want a clean and comfortable self-catering apartment with hotel-like amenities. There are a range of different apartments available and its central location is ideal for exploring the Slovak capital.

Hostel Folks – If you’re travelling on a budget or solo, then this hostel is an excellent choice. There are a range of dorm beds available, great common areas, and a convenient central location making it the perfect base to explore Bratislava.

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse more Bratislava hotels!

Days 7-8: High Tatras

After spending a day in the Slokavian capital, it’s time to head to the incredible High Tatras that straddle northern Slovakia and southern Poland. These beautiful mountains are popular retreats for locals but tend to see fewer foreign tourists, especially on the Slovak side.

If you’re interested in visiting the Tatras in Poland, one of the most popular and developed towns to is Zakopane, which is great as a summer retreat for hiking and mountain sports and also an affordable winter skiing destination.

On the Slovakian side, consider heading to sleepier Ždiar, which doesn’t get nearly the amount of tourism as Zakopane but has its own charm and is very much worth visiting. It is also a ski resort in the wintertime.

Days 9-12: Krakow

From the chilled-out vibes of the mountains, it’s time to head to another of the most iconic cities in Central Europe — Krakow. This beautiful city is compact and absolutely charming and very much worth exploring for a few days.

We recommend planning to spend 3 days in Krakow , which is plenty of time to see the Old Town and castle, explore the trendy Kazimierz quarter, visit some of the city’s moving museums and to go on a day trip or two.

If you’re visiting Krakow, note that it is within easy reach of the Auschwitz-Birkenau Concentration Camp museum. This makes for an excellent and important, though harrowing, day trip. Alternatively, consider visiting the Wieliczka Salt Mine which is definitely more lighthearted.

Where to Stay in Krakow

Q Hotel Kraków  – A great mid-range hotel, located a little outside the city centre but well connected by public transport. There are a range of clean and comfortable rooms to choose from with the option to include breakfast.

PURO Krakow Kazimierz – An excellent luxury option in Krakow, this cool hotel is located in the hip and trendy Kazimierz neighbourhood of the Polish city. They have a number of chic rooms available and even a spa and wellness centre to take the stress out of all of your travels.

Mundo Hostel – one of the best hostels to stay at in Krakow if trying to keep costs down . They offer a delicious free breakfast and nightly social activities that are a great way to meet other travellers to experience Krakow’s famous nightlife.

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse other hotels in Krakow

Days 13-14: Wroclaw

On your final stop, it’s time to get a bit off the beaten tourist path in Poland and head to one of the country’s most charming cities, Wroclaw. This city is compact but oozing with personality and classic Central European vibes that you’re sure to fall in love in the short time you have here.

Known for being a vibrant student city, Wroclaw also has a lot of quirks hidden throughout it’s classic Polish Old Town. One of the most fun things to do in Wroclaw is to go “dwarf hunting.” Basically, there are countless small dwarf statues scattered throughout the city centre and they’re always up to something different.

There are also many lush parks and even some islands in the river to hang out on, as well.

Where to Stay in Wroclaw

PURO Wrocław Stare Miasto – A modern hotel located a few hundred metres from the Old Town Square, this is a great place to stay in Wroclaw for couples or solo travellers. There is an option to include breakfast in the daily rate.

Grampa’s Hostel – A budget traveller’s dream as it offers free breakfast, free dinners some days of the week and also organises a range of great social activities that make it easy to meet other travellers.

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse other hotels in Wroclaw

If you have time, consider spending more time exploring Poland, including heading to the capital of Warsaw, onto the charming town of Poznan or even to the historic Baltic port town of Gdansk.

If you have lots of time to play around with, you can always combine this itinerary with the extended stops in Poland and then onto the Baltic countries of Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia.

Czechia-Poland Itinerary

If you’re looking to dig deep into a couple of destinations during your 2 weeks in Central Europe, consider spending time in both the Czech Republic and Poland. These countries have quite a bit to offer visitors and so many tourists don’t venture beyond the most popular cities.

Begin this itinerary in Prague, the Czech capital. Spend your first couple of days exploring the city and then maybe another day on a day trip to one of the many places surrounding the capital.

From Prague, head south and plan to spend then night in gorgeous Cesky Krumlov. There is a lot to love about this town and it’s delightful to wander around in the evenings, after the day trip crowds have dispersed.

Days 5-6: Olomouc

From Prague, hop on a train or bus to one of our favourite cities in the region, Olomouc! This small Czech city is absolutely beautiful and it has yet to be “discovered” by mass tour groups, so you can really enjoy all of its traditional charms.

Olomouc has a large student population that gives it a young and vibrant energy and a lovely old town that is sure to take your heart. There are lots of things to see and do in Olomouc and make sure you take the time to really enjoy the laid-back vibes of this unique and beautiful city.

Where to Stay in Olomouc

Miss Sophie’s Hotel   – An excellent boutique hotel in a renovated house that offers a range of private rooms suitable for couples and families. There is the option to include breakfast in your daily rate and the staff can help organise your time in Olomouc.

Long Story Short – A funky hostel that is spread across two floors in a renovated apartment in central Olomouc. There’s a large common room and the staff have plenty of recommendations on things to do and day trips in the area.

Not quite what you’re looking for? Click here to browse other hotels in Olomouc.

Days 7-10: Krakow

From Olomouc, it’s time to head to Krakow and enjoy a few days exploring this iconic city. Make sure to take in the main site, enjoy the vibrant nightlife and trendy culture, but also take the time to learn about its heartbreaking history.

Spend three full days in Krakow before heading onto…

Days 11-12: Wroclaw

End your itinerary in the charming city of Wroclaw and enjoy its more laid-back vibes and quirky personality.

Though we love Wroclaw and actually find it to be one of our favourite cities in Poland, you can also choose to end this itinerary in the Polish capital of Warsaw.

Days 13-14: Warsaw

End your 2 weeks in the Polish capital of Warsaw , a bustling metropolis with a lot of history and things to offer visitors. Despite being the largest city in Poland, visitors can easily explore the highlights within the confines of two days, so it makes for an excellent place to visit to round out your itinerary.

Spend one day exploring Warsaw’s old town (which was entirely reconstructed after being demolished during WWII) and seeing the Royal Castle. Of course, no visit to the city is complete without indulging in your body weight’s worth of pierogi!

For the rest of your time in Warsaw take in some of the city’s top museums (such as the Warsaw Uprising Museum) and lounge in Lazienki Royal Park.

If you have more time to devote to this itinerary, then you can easily spend more time and see more cities and towns in both the Czech Republic and in Poland. In Czechia, consider visiting some other cities like Brno or Ostrava or even heading into nature with some hiking in the beautiful Jeseniky Mountains.

In Poland, head onto charming Poznan and spend some time wandering through beautiful Wielkopolska National Park. If you’re interested in history and seaside charms, then consider venturing further north to explore the Baltic port city of Gdansk.

Planning out the ideal trip to Central Europe can be an overwhelming experience with so many different routes available. While there are countless things to see and cities to visit, spending 2 weeks (or more!) in this region is never something you’re going to regret.

Are you planning a trip to Central Europe? Have any questions? Let us know in the comments!

Related Posts:

Warsaw or Krakow: Which Polish City to Visit?

The Ultimate 2 to 3 Days in Warsaw Itinerary

Is Vienna Expensive? A Guide to Prices in Vienna

About Maggie Turansky

Maggie is a co-founder and writer for The World Was Here First. Originally from the US, she has lived in five different countries and has travelled to dozens more, both solo and with her partner, Michael. She particularly loves exploring Spain and spending time in the Caucasus and the Baltics. Read more about Maggie

Hi, First let me thank you for the wonderful and of course very useful trip guides that you’ve been helping passionate travellers, with !! My wife and I (both in our mid sixties) are weighing two options for a fortnight’s trip in early January 2025 – 1) – PRAGUE – SALZBURG – VIENNA – BUDAPEST I have read your wonderfully detailed suggestions including visiting out and staying at OLOMOUC or KARLOVY VARY as well as CESKY KRUMLOV. Visting cities like GRAZ etc. With not too much of a restriction on time, we can plan so as to cover the most at a comfortably easy pace. The hurdle for us is TRANSPORTATION and daily commuting – We are most comfortable with a guide cum chauffeur who will take us along as our Man Friday of the trip. This is how we have covered Greece, Jordan, Central Asia, African countries etc. Renting a car on a self-drive would be something I would love to avoid. It would be a very big and relieving assistance if you could please suggest some service providers from whom we could avail this facility ?

Alternatively 2) HELSINKI (including Porvoo and Turku) – ROVANIEMI (including Ivalo) Here again we would like the same services of a Chauffeur driven car both for Helsinki and the Lapland region.

Sorry to bother you with such a lengthy post !

Regards Soumitra Choudhury India

Me and my wife are planning to visit central Europe for 10-14 days to cover the most in one trip. We are flexible to include new destinations. We must have Prague, Budapest and some beautiful cities in Poland. Can you please help us with a good itinerary, where to stay, for how long, mode of travel etc. We shall be travelling from Colombo, Sri Lanka and need to keep Greece in the itinerary.

Very helpful information. We are working on a two week winter trip that (we think) needs to begin and end in Vienna. Is there a circular path that you would recommend that accomplishes that? Krakow seems too far, and we’ve been to Salzburg, although we could revisit. Would appreciate your thoughts.

Hi Margaret, thanks for your comment! A great Central European route that would work for two weeks could be Vienna-Graz-Maribor-Ljubljana-Vienna. Not too long of journey times between cities, they’re all absolutely lovely and you can easily get a lot out of them in a two-week period. Alternatively, you could head to Prague and travel a bit around the Czech Republic as well. Hope this helps!

Maggie and Michael. Wonderful to get your latest thoughts on Europe, especially with pictures. With more countries opening up it is certainly getting our travel mojo moving. Even here in Canada there is more talk of tourism. And those of us with 2 shots are very anxious to travel. Thanks again for the very motivational communication.

Happy to hear that you’re fully vaccinated and getting ready to travel again, David! Hope that you can hit the road and explore someplace new soon.

Hi Team, We are travelling to Eastern central Europe, July 2019 we have booked sail trip around Croatia, though we have 3 days before we sail, we could fly from Prague to Zadar, or do a 3 day tour from Prague to Zadar through Bled, Lubjiana, Zagreb then plitvic lake Zadar, but having trouble working out the options.

Hi Peter, I think 3 days isn’t enough to see all of Bled, Ljubiana and Zagreb! I’d suggest either picking one place to stop on the way or flying between Prague and Zadar and spending more time in the Czech Republic. Hope you have a great trip!

Hello Michael,

I am interested in your Poland Itinerary. You haven’t included Gdansk, is it worth visiting this place or is it better to discover Wroclaw instead? I am interested in Warsaw and Krakow of course. Is late April/early May a good time to visit Poland? Look forward to hearing from you Thank you,

Hi Peter, I haven’t been to Gdansk before, however, Wroclaw is my favourite city in Poland so I definitely recommend visiting there if you can! Weather can still be variable at that time of year but crowds will be a lot less than the summer months. Hope you have a great trip!

Gdansk is such a beautiful city, I would totally recommend to visit it. However, it is located in the very north of Poland which could become an inconvenience in terms of times and schedules

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

APRIL SALE:   Book now and get   up to 60% off!

Classic Europe

• Fully Guided
• Coach / Bus

Places You’ll See

• Stay in the heart of the Swiss Alps
• Discover London, Paris, Venice and Munich
• Cruise along the iconic canals in Amsterdam
• Free days in Paris, the Swiss Alps and Rome
• Introduction
• Day 1 Start of tour in London
• Day 2 London - Paris
• Day 3 Paris: Free Day
• Day 4 Paris - Burgundy - Swiss Alps
• Day 5 Swiss Alps: Free Day
• Day 6 Swiss Alps - Pisa - Tuscany
• Day 7 Tuscany - Florence - Rome
• Day 8 Rome: Free Day
• Day 9 Rome - Venice
• Day 10 Venice - Munich
• Day 11 Munich - Rhine Valley
• Day 12 Rhine Valley - Amsterdam
• Day 13 Amsterdam - Bruges - London
• Day 14 End of tour in London

Want to read it later?

Download this tour’s PDF brochure and start tour planning offline

What's Included

• Accommodation
• Additional Services

Where You'll Stay

Customer photos.

Operated by Expat Explore Travel

Expat Explore is one of the industry’s leading coach tour operators. Their core mission is #TravelMadePossible - to make travel fun, convenient and affordable for travellers from all over the world. They offer a selection of more than 60 itineraries that explore destinations across Europe, North America, Africa, the Middle East and Southeast Asia.

Sustainability Initiatives

Animal Welfare

Supporting Destinations

Sustainability Programs

Your Peace of Mind Options

Cancellation policy.

A transparent overview of applicable fees.

Customer Reviews

• Overall Rating Excellent 4.5
• Itinerary Excellent 4.5
• Guide Excellent 4.6
• Transport Excellent 4.6
• Accommodation Good 3.9
• Food Good 4.0
• Tour Operator Expat Explore Travel 4.4
• Most Recent
• Most Popular
• Highest First
• Lowest First
• AW Andrea · 16th April 2024 The Classic Europe tour with Expat was amazing. Everything was very convenient and well organised. Adam our tour guide and Florin our driver did wondeful jobs to make sure we saw and did everything on schedule and gave us special treats with some extra... Show more Trip date: March 2024
• TK Tim · 8th April 2024 Awesome tour. Great people. Super tour guide and driver - Adam & Florin. Trip date: March 2024

• KW Kathy · 22nd March 2024 Our tour was everything we expected and more. Roma our tour guide was knowledgeable and demonstrated a true passion for the history of the places we visited and was always happy with a tip or recommendation to make our experience that much better.... Show more Trip date: March 2024
• PD Paul · 18th March 2024 Very regimented, but it had to be in order to accomplish all the sites we were going to see our tour operator. Roma was fantastic. Trip date: March 2024
• AC Alex · 18th March 2024 Great experience, memories for a life time. Trip date: March 2024

Dates & Availability

Pay-by-instalments

Take advantage of our 0% interest instalment plan on selected departures. Learn More

• Upcoming departures
• August 2024
• September 2024
• October 2024
• December 2024
• August 2025
• September 2025
• October 2025
• Get Instant Confirmation Tuesday 7 May, 2024 Monday 20 May, 2024 English Almost Sold Out Multiple Room Types €2,625 Confirm Dates
• Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 12 May, 2024 Saturday 25 May, 2024 English Almost Sold Out Multiple Room Types €2,625 Confirm Dates
• Tuesday 21 May, 2024 Monday 3 Jun, 2024 English Sold Out Based on Double Room €2,625 See Similar Tours For These Dates
• Get Instant Confirmation Tuesday 4 Jun, 2024 Monday 17 Jun, 2024 English Filling Fast Multiple Room Types €2,625 Confirm Dates
• Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 9 Jun, 2024 Saturday 22 Jun, 2024 English Almost Sold Out Multiple Room Types €2,625 Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• Get Instant Confirmation Tuesday 18 Jun, 2024 Monday 1 Jul, 2024 English Filling Fast Multiple Room Types €2,625 Only Pay 10% Deposit Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• Sunday 23 Jun, 2024 Saturday 6 Jul, 2024 English Sold Out Based on Double Room €2,625 Only Pay 10% Deposit See Similar Tours For These Dates
• Get Instant Confirmation Tuesday 2 Jul, 2024 Monday 15 Jul, 2024 English Almost Sold Out Multiple Room Types €2,625 Only Pay 10% Deposit Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 7 Jul, 2024 Saturday 20 Jul, 2024 English Almost Sold Out Multiple Room Types €2,625 Only Pay 10% Deposit Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• Get Instant Confirmation Tuesday 16 Jul, 2024 Monday 29 Jul, 2024 English Filling Fast Multiple Room Types €2,625 0% Interest Instalments Only Pay 10% Deposit Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h

Frequently Asked Questions

Whilst internal flights are covered for certain itineraries, you will have to make your way to the meeting point for the start of your tour. When booking flights be mindful of departure times and possible delays. Tip: We suggest that you start comparing prices the moment your deposit is paid to avoid costly flights.

We have a set minimum age of 10 for our tours, but we're happy to consider younger children on a case-by-case basis. Just let us know your request, and we'll do our best to accommodate it. Expat Explore reserves the right to accept or decline the request at our discretion. We want to ensure everyone has a great time exploring with us!

We make every effort to include local cuisine on our tours to ensure an authentic experience for you. You'll receive an email before the tour begins, where we'll ask for your dietary preferences. We always have a vegetarian option, and we'll work hard to accommodate any other dietary needs or preferences you may have.

Contactless payment is widely accepted across Europe – it’s best to bring a payment card with no overseas withdrawal fees. * Keep in mind that certain optionals are payable in cash to your tour leader whilst on tour. We suggest that you talk to your Tour Leader about when & where to draw cash to pay for the optional excursions.

While Expat Explore cannot assist with booking pre or post-tour accommodation, we recommend Booking.com for affordable accommodation options prior to and after the tour. If hotel information is available, we can provide you with the details in advance so that you can book accommodation at or nearby the start hotel. Please request this by sending a message through on the conversation page.

While Expat Explore endeavours to stay current on all major entry requirements, we are not a registered visa agent. We are, however, able to make things a little easier by providing you with the required supporting documents for a visa application once your tour is paid in full. It is a requirement of the embassies that tours are paid for in full before visa support documentation is requested and applications are made. When you have made the final payment for your booking, simply reach out to our Customer Support Team to request your visa support documents and confirm which embassy you will be applying to.

This is up to you and will vary depending on how much you wish to spend on snacks, drinks, souvenirs etc. We do not include entrance fees to attractions and museums. We do, however, provide you with free time to see everything you want, and our tour leaders will have all the information on pricing and locations so you can manage your own budget. Please refer to your tour-specific pre-departure information and optional excursions guide for further details.

It's your responsibility to arrange sufficient travel insurance for your trip. When you travel with Expat Explore, both you and your personal belongings do so at your own risk. A comprehensive insurance policy should cover medical expenses for illness or accidents before or during the holiday, as well as reimbursement for lost holiday funds due to cancellation, curtailment, or other insurable events. Make sure there are no exclusions that would limit coverage for the activities included in your tour. We generally recommend WorldNomads because they cover a wide variety of nationalities, but you are welcome to use any supplier that offers you the most comprehensive plan. You are able to obtain travel insurance through one of TourRadars partners, XCover. Please reach out to receive a quote.

We embrace travelers of all ages and backgrounds, prioritizing attitude and mindset over age restrictions. However, our tours are fast-paced and jam-packed with experiences. Regrettably, individuals with mobility limitations or those using wheelchairs may find this tour challenging. Comfortable walking shoes are essential for exploring quaint towns and navigating cobblestone streets. We want every traveler to fully enjoy their journey, so we encourage reviewing the itinerary carefully before making your booking decision.

When you book for more than one person, we will by default group you together in the same room(s), unless you request single supplements or specifically request us not to. If there are unequal numbers (3, 5, 7 etc.) then the remaining traveller will be roomed with another passenger of the same gender, unless you opt to add a single supplement (subject to availability) to your booking. Please note that minors under the age of 18 cannot share with another traveller outside of your group's booking. If you are making separate bookings and would like to share the same room(s), please send us an email with the booking references for each of the travellers and the details of your preferred rooming allocation.

Got a question about this tour?

Reach out to our travel experts.

Good to Know

• Currencies € Euro Belgium, France, Germany, Italy and Netherlands £ Pound Sterling England Fr. Swiss Franc Switzerland

As a traveller from USA, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa you will need an adaptor for types C, E, F, L, J, G. As a traveller from England you will need an adaptor for types C, E, F, L, J.

• These are only indications, so please visit your doctor before you travel to be 100% sure.
• Tick-borne encephalitis - Recommended for Germany and Switzerland. Ideally 6 months before travel.
• Unfortunately we cannot offer you a visa application service. Whether you need a visa or not depends on your nationality and where you wish to travel. Assuming your home country does not have a visa agreement with the country you're planning to visit, you will need to apply for a visa in advance of your scheduled departure.
• Here is an indication for which countries you might need a visa. Please contact the local embassy for help applying for visas to these places.
• For any tour departing before 16th June 2024 a full payment is necessary. For tours departing after 16th June 2024, a minimum payment of 10% is required to confirm your booking with Expat Explore Travel. The final payment will be automatically charged to your credit card on the designated due date. The final payment of the remaining balance is required at least 50 days prior to the departure date of your tour. TourRadar never charges you a booking fee and will charge you in the stated currency.
• Some departure dates and prices may vary and Expat Explore Travel will contact you with any discrepancies before your booking is confirmed.
• The following cards are accepted for "Expat Explore Travel" tours: Visa, Maestro, Mastercard, American Express or PayPal. TourRadar does NOT charge you an extra fee for using any of these payment methods.
• Your money is safe with TourRadar, as we only pay the tour operator after your tour has departed.
• TourRadar is an authorised Agent of Expat Explore Travel. Please familiarise yourself with the Expat Explore Travel payment, cancellation and refund conditions .
• Insurance Unless otherwise mentioned, TourRadar does not provide travel insurance. We do however recommend purchasing it through our tried and trusted partner, World Travel Nomads .
• Accessibility Some tours are not suitable for mobility-restricted traveller, however, some operators may be able to accommodate special requests. For any enquiries, you can contact our customer support team , who are ready and waiting to help you.
• Thrace January 2025 tours
• Western Europe Luxury tours
• Mainland Greece 2 week tours
• Moselle Luxury tours
• A Vintage Tour of India
• Zen Discovery: Mekong Delta Yoga & Cultural R…
• 10 Best Safaris in January
• Western Europe Travel Guide
• Official Trailer | Behind The Bucket List: Season 1
• Episode 2: Expect the unexpected in Sicily - we climbed Mount Etna! | Behind The Bucket List
• Episode 3: Enchanted by Tuscany - Renaissance art & culture | Behind The Bucket List
• Episode 4: We Conquered Rome in a Golf Cart! | Behind The Bucket List
• Best way to Travel - Group Tours - Fun, Easy & Affordable Trips with Expat Explore
• Top of Europe, Jungfrau Glacier & Ice Palace Optional Excursion - Switzerland - Expat Explore
• How to make Dutch Clogs - Amsterdam Tours - Expat Explore Travel Tips
• Venice Holidays - Affordable Italy Coach Tours - Expat Explore Travel
• Fun, Affordable Switzerland Coach Tours - Expat Explore Travel Stories
• Affordable & Fun - Group Travel Packages - Expat Explore Stories
• Travel - It's Better Together - Expat Explore

Keep Exploring Europe

• Family Trip to Europe Itineraries (From 1 to 3 Weeks)
• Best 3 Weeks Europe Itineraries 2024/2025 (with Reviews)
• Best Explorer Tours and Trips 2024/2025
• Europe from London
• Europe Explorer
• 14 days Europe
• Operators in Europe
• Classic Europe Tours in Western Europe
• Explorer Tours
• Western Europe Tours
• Europe Tours
• Family Tours
• Group Tours
• Fully Guided Tours
• Coach / Bus Tours
• Historical Tours
• England tours
• France tours
• Switzerland tours
• Italy tours
• Germany tours
• Netherlands tours
• Belgium tours

11 EPIC 2-Week Europe Itinerary Options [2024 UPDATE]

Trying to plan a 2-week Europe itinerary but don’t know where to start? This complete Europe travel guide will help you figure out which region in Europe is best for you and which itinerary would best suit your travel preferences!

Europe tops the list of leading destinations for travelers across the globe with its pristine, Mediterranean beaches, medieval history, sumptuous cuisine, and picturesque landscapes. But, with so many countries and options to choose from, finding a 2-week itinerary to suit your needs can be daunting!

With over a dozen European countries under my belt and years of personal traveling experience, I have created the best itineraries to suit every traveler. From the beachbums to the hikers, and the history buffs to the nature enthusiasts, there is a European itinerary for everyone!

Here is my list of the best itineraries across the continent, each containing the top activities of the region. I’ve also included tons of useful information on how to plan your trip, how to select the countries you should visit, and more!

Happy Travels!

11 Incredible 2-Week Europe Itinerary Options

Whether you want to visit Central, Western, or Northern Europe, we have a special itinerary for every travel style and budget!

✈️ Now, before you set out your door en route to the airport, be sure to check out these Essential Tips for Traveling to Europe for the First Time ! Even if it’s not your first trip to the continent, you’re likely to find some helpful tips for your next go-around.

✈️1. London & Paris: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

This combination makes for a fantastic Eastern Europe itinerary! With so much to see and do in both, you’ll want at least a few days in each to explore the nooks and crannies of these gorgeous cities.

This trip can be shortened to fit within one week, but keep in mind these are two of the largest cities in Europe.

They have a lot of incredible sites and activities to offer that you won’t want to miss out on, not to mention you’ll need some time to sit back and enjoy a cup of tea (or a glass of wine) and a freshly baked croissant!

Day 1 : Arrive in London Day 2 : Big Ben, the Tower of London, the London Eye Day 3 : Buckingham Palace and the Changing of the Guard Day 4 : Walking Tour of the City Day 5 : Harry Potter tour Day 6 : Train to Paris: Eiffel Tower and the Arc de Triomphe Day 7 : Les Champs-Élysées and the Notre Dame Day 8 : Museums: Orsay and Louvre Day 9 : Explore some neighborhoods: Montmartre and Le Marais Day 10 : Day Trip to the Palace of Versailles Day 11 : Picnic in the Luxembourg Gardens Day 12 : Get lost in the Latin Quarter Day 13 : Paris Catacombs and catch a show at Le Moulin Rouge Day 14 : Return home

With 20 arrondissements in Paris and over 600 square miles in London, it’s safe to say the possibilities are endless when designing a trip to these cities. But, you really can’t go wrong!

Each day can be customized to fit your goals. Looking to relax by the Seine and have a picnic? Do it. Not really into shopping? Skip the Champs-Élysées and spend time listening to the singing bells of the Notre Dame Cathedral.

In London, opt to check out the local art scene and make your way through its numerous museums.

Looking for a day trip from London? Windsor Castle, Bath, and Stonehenge are most popular for visitors looking to escape the chaos of the city for a day, and with their incredible cultural heritage and stunning architecture, there’s no wondering why.

London and Paris offer fantastic opportunities to immerse yourself in Europe while avoiding complex itineraries and long-haul journies between destinations. Pair them together for a classic 2 week Europe trip full of beauty, romance, and charm.

Related Articles on Paris

✔️ Why Visit Paris? 25 Reasons to Visit Paris, France ✔️ Is Paris Safe? A Full Guide on Safety in Paris ✔️ Souvenirs from France: 45 Unique French Souvenirs ✔️ Best Time to Visit Paris: 7 Things to Consider ✔️ 27 Incredible Day Trips from Paris ✔️ 17 Beautiful Beaches Near Paris ✔️ 27+ Magical Things To Do in Paris at Night ✔️ Wine Tours in France: 15 Top-Rated French Wine Tours

✈️2. Amsterdam, Bruges & Luxembourg City: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Medieval architecture, sweeping canals, and charming squares await in these three cities seemingly based on a storybook. Evidently frozen in time, the magic of these cities can be felt by even the most jaded of travelers, and surely won’t disappoint your inner child!

Stroll the windy, cobblestoned alleyways and take a boat ride through the web of canals in Amsterdam and Bruges, but find yourself watching the changing of the guard and getting lost in the Casemates du Bock of Luxembourg City.

These cities offer everything from traditional design to modern cafés and boutiques and represent the epitome of European travel.

Day 1 : Arrive in Amsterdam Day 2 : Bloemenmarkt & Canal Boat Ride Day 3 : Red Light District (if it’s your style) & Jordaan neighborhoods Day 4 : Van Gogh Museum & Anne Frank House Day 5 : Day Trip to Zaanse Schans Day 6 : Optional Day in Brussels & train to Bruges Day 7 : Train to Bruges Day 8 : Canal Boat Ride & Belfry of Bruges Day 9 : Rozenhoedkaai (Quay of the Rosary) & Market Square Day 10 : Train to Luxembourg City Day 11 : Casemates du Bock & the Grund Day 12 : Walking tour of the Old Town Day 13 : Day Trip to the Mullerthal Trail Day 14 : Return home

Now, you’re probably wondering why I’ve chosen Bruges over Brussels… and the answer is simple. I’m all about getting out of the basic tourist spots (Bruges is still very touristy, but has far more medieval character and beauty to it), and going beyond the first train stop in a new country.

Yes, while traveling from Amsterdam to Bruges, you will most likely be stopping in Brussels. I’m not going to tell you not to get off the train, but I will say that when debating between Bruges vs Brussels , I can honestly say that most people choose Bruges over Brussels.

My best suggestion is to add a day to your trip so you have time to explore both.

Luxembourg City may be small, but it certainly packs a punch. Often overlooked by travelers, it is a true gem that has so much to explore.

Have some extra time? Head up north to the Mullerthal Region of Luxembourg where you’ll find dreamy, moss-covered forests scattered with graceful waterfalls and filled with tall trees (it reminds me of the forests depicted in The Hobbit films!)

These cities have so much to offer and this is one of my personal favorite European itineraries on this list… just remember to bring a camera and good walking shoes.

Related Articles

✔️ One Day in Bruges: The Ultimate Bruges Itinerary ✔️ One Day in Ghent: The Ultimate Ghent Day Trip ✔️ One Day in Brussels: A Brussels Itinerary for First Time Visitors ✔️ The Perfect 3 Days in Belgium Itinerary ✔️ 17 Authentic Souvenirs from Belgium to Bring Home ✔️ Paris or Amsterdam: A Complete Comparison ✔️ Barcelona vs Lisbon: The Ultimate City Comparison ✔️ The Perfect Day Trip to Luxembourg from Brussels ✔️ Amsterdam in Spring: Why Spring is the Best Time to Visit Amsterdam ✔️ 2 Days in Amsterdam: The Ultimate Amsterdam Itinerary ✔️ 25 Authentic Souvenirs from Amsterdam To Bring Home ✔️ One Day in Amsterdam: Full Guide & Best Things To Do and See

✈️3. Chamonix, Courmayeur & The Matterhorn (Zermatt): 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Fellow hikers and adventure seekers, this is the trip for you! Surrounded by the breathtaking Mont Blanc Range and the various snow-capped peaks of the Alps, there is no end in sight to hiking trails of all difficulty levels and spectacular landscapes worthy of a thousand photos.

Even if you aren’t someone who enjoys a good hike, there are plenty of options to take cable cars up these majestic mountain ranges to enjoy the stunning scenery. Trust me, your pictures won’t do your experience justice.

Coming from someone who jumped off the Mont Blanc Range (with a paraglide strapped to me!), the sights are truly unparalleled, and you won’t believe you ever even debated the option of skipping it.

So, here is my best 2-week Europe itinerary for exploring this region to the fullest, just be sure to bring a jacket (yes, even in summer) if you plan on making your way up to the top of these mountains!

Day 1 : Arrive in Chamonix, France Day 2 : The Montenvers Train to Restaurant le Panoramique Day 3 : Aiguille du Midi Cable Car Day 4 : Adventure Activities (Hiking, Paragliding, or Snow Sports) Day 5 : Explore th e c harming Alps town Day 6 : Train to Courmayeur Day 7 : Skyway Monte Bianco Cable Car Day 8 : Explore the quaint villages of the Aosta Valley (Dolonne, La Saxe, Entrèves and Villair) Day 9 : White Water Rafting Day 10 : Train to Zermatt Day 11 : The Gornergrat Railway (Europe’s highest mountain railroad) Day 12 : The Matterhorn (learn about it here ) Day 13 : Ski Day Day 14 : Return home

Chamonix , Courmayeur, and Zermatt not only provide stunning scenery at altitude but also at the ground level in the center of lovely villages and neighborhoods. Nestled between sections of the magnificent Alps, these towns provide a cozy, small-town feel you don’t get in other places in Europe.

Being encircled by the striking mountains is both awe-inspiring and rejuvenating and should be experienced by travelers of all types! Do yourself a favor, and head to the French, Swiss, and Italian Alps on your next European getaway.

✈️ When it comes to bucket list experiences, Chamonix often tops the list for Europe. If it’s already caught your eye, be sure to check out this Ultimate Europe Bucket List: 101 Experiences to Have in Europe as well!

✈️4. Barcelona & The French Riviera: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

As one of my personal favorite destinations in all of Europe, Barcelona is a true gem. Boasting sweeping coastlines and a vibrant art scene, it can easily be combined with the nearby French Riviera for the ultimate beach vacation.

If this magical city is high on your European bucket list, be sure to check out my list of the Best Things To Do in Barcelona at Night !

Combined with the magic of the French Riviera, beachbums will have their fill of endless crystal clear waters, and soft, white-sand beaches to get between their toes!

This is the ultimate vacation for those looking to relax and unwind in the Mediterranean with a little European flair.

Day 1 : Arrive in Barcelona Day 2 : Antoni Gaudi’s Park Güell and Walking Tour Day 3 : Beach day Day 4 : Las Ramblas, the Gothic Quarter, El Born, Gràcia, and El Raval Day 5 : Train to Dramont Day 6 : Beach day in Dramont & stroll the Old Town Day 7 : Day trip to one of the Cote d’Azur islands Day 8 : Beach day in Nice & explore the Promenade des Anglais Day 9 : Day Trip to Cannes and walk the Boulevard de la Croisette Day 10 : Optional beach day or hiking day Day 11 : Day Trip to Antibes Day 12 : Day Trip to Monaco Municipality Day 13 : Optional beach day or hiking day Day 14 : Return home

With some of the best beaches in not only Europe but the world, the French Riviera should not be overlooked by anyone, regardless if you are someone who could spend 10 hours or barely last 10 minutes on a beach.

The panoramic scenery is simply breathtaking and the region boasts exciting activities, too.

Windsurfing, paddleboarding, kayaking, hiking, and snorkeling are just a few activities visitors can enjoy during their stay. Not to mention the coveted secret gems tucked between rock formations all around the region that are filled with clear waters, tropical fish, and few tourists.

While Barcelona and the French Riviera are situated an approximately 9-hour train ride from each other with line switches, your efforts will be well rewarded.

Aim to set aside a minimum of 10 days for this trip, but preferably 2 weeks to ensure you have ample time to rejuvenate on the warm, Mediterranean beaches without feeling rushed.

✈️5. The Best of Italy: 2 Week Europe Itinerary by Train

Italy is one of the most popular destinations on any 2 week Europe trip and for good reason! With everything from its fresh cuisine, Mediterranean beaches, cliffside villages, snowy mountains, and historical cities there’s something for everyone.

While it’s easy to spend a month in Italy and not go down the same street twice, not everyone has that kind of time (but if you do… go for it!)

This itinerary is designed for slightly longer than 2 weeks because less time won’t allow you to see all the major sites as well as relax and enjoy your time on the beaches and really explore the towns.

Of course, you can always cut some sites and activities out, but be sure to choose wisely. This is my best Italian itinerary for those looking to get lost in the birthplace of their family’s heritage, or simply live like a local and eat delicious food. Mangia!

Day 1 : Arrive in Milan Day 2 : Duomo di Milano Cathedral & strolling the streets Day 3 : Train to Venice & boat ride along the Grand Canal Day 4 : St. Mark’s Square & The Bridge of Sighs & Rialto Bridge Day 5 : Train to Cinque Terre Day 6 : Roam the fishing village & Cinque Terre hike Day 7 : Beach day Day 8 : Train to Florence & Climb the Steps to Duomo overlooking the city Day 9 : Giotto’s Campanile & Palazzo Vecchio & Museums Day 10 : Train to Rome & the Colosseum (a UNESCO World Heritage Site) Day 11 : Train to Naples for the best pizza in Italy Day 12 : Rent a boat or take a day tour to Capri Day 13 : Train to Positano (Amalfi Coast) & explore the city Day 14 : Positano Beach Day 15 : Train to Bari & explore the old town Day 16 : Train back to Rome & return home

Italy often receives high recognition for one of the most popular destinations in Europe, and it definitely deserves it. There truly is something for everyone and with their convenient train system, there’s no end to the itinerary possibilities.

✔️ Pro Tip: Keep in mind that the trains can change sporadically so be sure to arrive early to ensure you’re at the right departure gate!

✈️6. Iceland’s Ring Road : 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Iceland’s infamous Ring Road is well known for its awe-inspiring sites and magical landscapes. To really discover the best this loop has to offer, opt to rent a car and drive at your own pace. This way, you’ll be able to allow yourself ample time at each stop and not be on a tour bus’ schedule.

Renting a car and planning a road trip can have its fair share of frustrations, so if you would enjoy some assistance with your bookings, transfers, and ensuring you’re going to see the best the area has to offer, check out Nordic Visitor’s Self Drive Tours !

They have local travel experts handpick your accommodations, offer free transportation from the airport, set up your Enterprise car rental, and create a comprehensive itinerary designed specifically for you.

While you can technically complete Iceland’s Ring Road in about 7-10 days, we suggest spending 2 full weeks. This will not only allow you to take your time in each place, but it will also increase your chances of spotting wildlife and the northern lights!

Day 1 : Arrive in Iceland & Blue Lagoon Day 2 : Snaefellsnes Peninsula and National Park Day 3 : Snaefellsnes Peninsula and National Park Day 4 : Goðafoss Waterfall in Northern Iceland Day 5 : Whale Watching in Húsavík Day 6 : Ásbyrgi Canyon Hike Day 7 : Dettifoss and Selfoss Waterfalls & Lake Myvatn Day 8 : Eastern Iceland Fjords and Fishing Villages Day 9 : Explore the local Fishing Villages Day 10 : Skógafoss, Fjaðrárgljúfur, and the Black Waterfall Day 11 : First Half of the G olden Circle Day 12 : Second Half of the G olden Circle Day 13 : Day Trip to Vik Day 14 : Reykjavík & Return Home

For optimal time in each major site on this itinerary, I highly recommend setting aside at least 12 days to complete this trip. It can be done in 7 days, but you’ll have less time at each location, and may end up feeling rushed or missing out on some exciting opportunities Iceland has to offer!

This trip can also be done in either direction: clockwise or counterclockwise. But, if you’re someone who likes to leave the best parts of a trip until the end, I suggest starting in Reykjavík and heading clockwise around the loop (how it is laid out above).

This saves some of the most beautiful parts of the country for last which can be a great way to end your Icelandic vacation.

Both a popular tourist destination and secluded island, Iceland makes for a magical 2 week Europe itinerary with its countless, giant waterfalls, black sand beaches, striking mountains, and windswept coastlines.

Be sure to pack warm layers no matter what season you plan on traveling and always, always, always pack a bathing suit… there are dozens of gorgeous hot springs all over the island!

✔️ Pro Tip: If you plan on visiting in winter, be sure to rent a vehicle with high-quality snow tires and chains. Service can be limited and food and gas stops can be few and far between. Ensure your vehicle comes with 24/7 roadside assistance and always carry extra blankets, food, and water in the vehicle. To figure out how to budget for a trip to Iceland, check out this guide: Is Iceland Expensive? The Ultimate 2024 Breakdown

✈️7. Oslo, Stockholm & Copenhagen: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

These cities are some of the most vibrant (both culturally and literally) in all of Europe! Walk the colorful streets along Nyhavn harbor in Copenhagen , swim in the Baltic Sea surrounding Stockholm, or take in the picturesque scenery from the Bygdøy Peninsula in Oslo.

Sweden, Norway, and Denmark are a part of the Schengen Area of Europe which signifies a zone of countries involved in the protection of freedom of movement of people and have similar laws regarding external borders and fair judicial systems.

These countries boast a high quality of life and low criminal ratings, making them fantastic destinations for everyone! You can expect to meet friendly, hospitable people, and experience a relaxed, positive vibe while exploring the region.

For families traveling with kids to older couples and everyone in between, Oslo, Stockholm, and Copenhagen make for the perfect 2 weeks Europe itinerary!

Day 1 : Arrive in Oslo Day 2 : Explore the City Day 3 : Bygdøy Peninsula & Museums Day 4 : Akershus Fortress & the Royal Palace & Mathallen Food Hall Day 5 : Oslo Fjords Tours Day 6 : Fly (or take a train) to Stockholm & Gamla Stan Old Town Day 7 : Explore the City Day 8 : Swim in the Baltic Sea & Canal Boat Tour on the Royal Canals Day 9 : Day trip to Ørland Day 10 : Fly (or take a train) to Copenhagen Day 11 : Strøget & The Old City Day 12 : Nyhavn Harbor Day 13 : Rosenborg Castle & Christiansborg Palace Day 14 : Return Home

Oslo sits in a network of fjords, all offering incredible views of the surrounding landscapes and dramatic vistas, so it would be silly not to take advantage of a boat ride through these fjords for a spectacular vantage point.

Bookings can be made through the highly rated company, Fjord Tours , several months in advance here !

As for Stockholm, be prepared to witness extremely fine, white sand beaches and picturesque harbors throughout your stay. Some of my family’s heritage goes back to the municipality of Ørland , an island connected by a striking bridge with beautiful gardens, stunning beaches, and unique history.

Easily reached in under 2 hours by car, this island makes for a great day trip away from the more touristy city of Stockholm.

If you love to travel or often seek out those quintessential European towns, there’s a good chance you have seen at least a picture of the famous Nyhavn Harbor in Copenhagen.

Lined with colorful, cookie-cutter buildings and elegant schooners, this town is one of the most sought after in all of Europe. Be sure to stroll the harbor at night for the ultimate romantic experience!

✈️ Planning this trip for your honeymoon? Be sure to check out these 9 Incredible European Honeymoon Itinerary Options for 1 Week, 2 Weeks, + 1 Month !

✈️8. Munich, Prague, & Vienna: 15 Days Europe Tour Itinerary

These popular tourist destinations are well known across Central Europe for their lovely squares, medieval architecture, and pedestrian-only cobblestoned streets. But, that’s not all!

Full of traditional European charm and romantic ambiance, there’s no wonder why this is one of the most popular European itineraries among tourists.

For the ultimate experience, I highly recommend traveling during the off-season in September, during Germany’s world-renowned Oktoberfest festival. Traditional German activities combine with endless food and brews, authentic lederhosens, and dancing!

You will also get to experience lower accommodation and flight costs ( bonus! ) during this time of year.

Head to Germany, Czech Republic, and Austria to immerse yourself in the classic charm of old-world Europe while diving deep into the contemporary lifestyles of modern Europeans.

Day 1 : Arrive in Munich Day 2 : Marienplatz Square Day 3 : Oktoberfest (if visiting in September, highly recommended!) Day 4 : Day Trip to Nymphenburg Palace Day 5 : Train to Prague Day 6 : Wenceslas Square & Old Town Square & Astronomical Clock Day 7 : Charles Bridge & The Lesser Town & Prague Castle Day 8 : Lennon Wall and St. Vitus Cathedral Day 9 : Train to Vienna Day 10 : The Hofburg & Belvedere Palace Day 11 : Catch a Showing at the Vienna State Opera House Day 12 : Day Trip to Schönbrunn Palace Day 13 : Hundertwasser House, Austrian Gallery Belvedere, and Austrian National Library Day 14 : Travel west to Salzburg Day 15 : Return home

For the most convenient method of travel among these countries, I highly suggest using the Eurail . With frequent trains between dozens of European cities daily, there’s no stressing about how to get from one destination to the next, but just be sure to book your train tickets as soon as they become available. This typically occurs between 60-120 days prior to your travel dates.

Munich , Prague , and Vienna are also extremely walkable, leaving no reason to rent a car.

Have more time for travel? Consider tacking on other popular destinations including České Budějovice in the Czech Republic and Salzburg in Austria (home to famous composer Wolfgang Mozart).

If you’re a fan of sophisticated music and shows, be sure to get tickets to a play at the Vienna State Opera House… one of the most paramount opera houses in the entire world!

✈️9. Athens & The Greek Islands: Europe Itinerary 3 Weeks

There is so much more to Greece than just delicious feta cheese (yes, it is incredible) and beautiful sunsets. Think whitewashed villages painted with deep blue rooftops, rugged coastlines, white and black sand beaches, and marvelous ancient ruins.

Also, the entirety of the islands are covered in vibrant, blooming wildflowers adding supreme brightness to the country. So, if you have time for a 21 days in Europe itinerary, you won’t regret spending it in Greece!

Even if you aren’t a beachbum, this itinerary has something for everyone. Are half-day hiking treks more your style? Check out Mount Ida on the island of Crete or Mount Zeus on Naxos (supposedly Zeus’ birthplace) for sensational views of the rugged coastlines and crystal clear, blue waters of the Meditteranean.

In Greece, you can also expect to find incredible cuisine boasting fresh, local ingredients grown on the islands. Fish, grilled meats, olives, taramasalata, and other dips are highly popular among both locals and visitors.

If you aren’t really interested in most of these foods, don’t fret, they also have some options more geared for tourists.

Ferries frequent between islands all over Greece, so be sure to check out some of the other islands available on your route, and if you have time, spend a day there!

Each island is unique in both design, scenery, and activities, so be sure to do a little bit of research if the islands I have mentioned below don’t seem to excite you. But, to be honest, I truly believe anyone could enjoy themselves on this Greece itinerary!

This Europe itinerary has been created for 3 weeks since we believe that is how long you’ll need to get a really good feel for each island’s unique characteristics. If you only have 2 weeks, simply remove a couple of the islands that are on the itinerary below.

Day 1 : Arrive in Athens Day 2 : The Parthenon & The Acropolis Day 3 : Ferry to Mykonos Day 4 : Delos Ancient Greek Ruins & Little Venice Day 5 : Beach Day (highly recommend Ftelia Beach & Elia Beach) Day 6 : Ferry to Naxos Day 7 : Apollo Temple & The Old Town Day 8 : Beach Day (highly recommend Plaka Beach & Mikri Vigla Beach & Kato Koufonis i) Day 9 : Ferry to Santorini (also known as Thera) Day 10 : Akrotiri Archaeological Site & Watch the Sunset on Oia Day 11 : Akrotiri Lighthouse & Explore Fira (the capital) Day 12 : Visit the Village of Pyrgos Day 13 : Beach Day Day 14 : Day Trip to Anafi Island Day 15 : Beach Day (highly recommend Kamari and the black sand beach of Perissa) Day 16 : Ferry to Crete Day 17 : Elafonisi Isle Day 18 : Rocca a Mare Fortress & Heraklion Day 19 : Beach Day (highly recommend Vai Beach) Day 20 : Beach Day (highly recommend Preveli Beach) Day 21 : Ferry back to Athens & Return Home

Whether you want to spend your Greek Island vacation basking in the sun on one of the hundreds of beaches and secret coves or you want to discover the truth behind the lost city of Atlantis at the Akrotiri Archaeological Site , this culturally extravagant country should have its very own 21 days in Europe itinerary.

Although it is often combined with a trip to Italy, I believe there is so much to do and see on the 6,000 islands of Greece (yes, you read that right) to give it the spotlight it deserves.

This trip can be shortened if you’re willing to pack more into your days, but be sure to factor in some time to relax and unwind, because Greece is one of the best places in the world to just sit back and enjoy the view.

✈️10. An Irish Road Trip: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Rolling hills, scenic vistas squared off by stone wall boundaries, and sheep… so many sheep! Don’t let me forget to mention the gorgeous, rugged coastlines, vibrant shades of green, and endless pubs bustling with traditional Irish music that will make you dance the night away, I know I did!

Ireland is one of my favorite places in Europe and I highly suggest adding it to your 2 week Europe itinerary or creating an entire trip centered around this one country (like I did!)

Road trips are a great way to go at your own pace and really take the time to appreciate your surroundings and truly relax. Ireland is just the place for that.

Ireland is a destination filled with wonderful, hospitable people, beautiful scenery, and inspiring heritage that will entice you to keep coming back. On my next trip to Ireland, I’ll be road-tripping once again since I truly believe it is the best way to see the beauty of this country.

Day 1 : Arrive in Dublin Day 2 : Guinness Factory & The Temple Bar Day 3 : Drive to Kilkenny & Kilkenny Castle Day 4 : Drive to Cork & stroll Wild Atlantic Way Day 5 : Sightseeing in Cork & Blarney Stone Day 6 : Drive to Killarney – Sightseeing & Ross Castle Day 7 : Killarney National Park Day 8 : Drive to Dingle on the Dingle Peninsula Day 9 : Slea Head Drive up to Adare – short pitstop on route to Limerick Day 10 : King John’s Castle & The Hunt Museum Day 11 : Drive to Cliffs of Moher & stay in Doolin Day 12 : Pub crawling through Doolin Day 13 : Drive to Galway & Trad On The Prom (Traditional Irish music and dance show) Day 14 : Drive to Shannon airport and return home

Ireland always leaves a lasting impression on my heart. There truly is nowhere like it in the world that makes you feel so “at home” while overseas!

From the people to the music and the breathtaking scenery, not to mention the endless charming pubs overflowing with refreshing brews, Ireland is one of my favorite places in the world and should have its very own 2 week Europe itinerary.

Have I convinced you to travel to Ireland? Be sure to check out these other helpful resources!

✔️ Ultimate Ireland Packing List: 22 Important Items You’ll Need ✔️ The Perfect Two Days in Dublin Itinerary ✔️ 7 Best Rated Cliffs of Moher Tours from Dublin ✔️ 19 Perfect Day Trips from Dublin ✔️ The Greatest Ireland Itinerary and Guide: Routes + Tips for 1-3 Weeks in Ireland ✔️ Where to Stay in Cork Ireland – A County Cork Guide ✔️ Dingle Accommodation: Where to Stay in Dingle Ireland ✔️ Is Dublin Safe? An In-Depth Look at Safety in Dublin, Ireland ✔️ 27 Authentic Souvenirs from Ireland to Bring Home

✈️11. The Best of Portugal : 2 Week Europe Itinerary for Families

Ever had a pastel de nata (traditional Portuguese egg custard tart) while strolling the windy streets of Lisbon? If not, it will change your life! In Lisbon , you’ll find a sea of red clay roofs perched on a hilltop above the ocean.

In Porto , vibrant buildings rest side by side on a harbor, surrounded by iconic bridges and large street markets.

Then, there’s the Algarves … an entirely different world set on the far south of the country.

The southern coast of Portugal boasts stunning beaches enclosed by intricate cliffs and vibrant wildflowers. If you’re up for a little swimming (or kayaking!), you can find secluded beaches hidden away by the sea that reveal themselves with the outgoing tide.

The Algarves offer some of the most spectacular coastlines across the Mediterranean and Europe, so if you’re a true beachbum, you had better add them to your 2 weeks Europe itinerary!

The best part about Portugal is that it’s extremely family-friendly. From the beaches to the cities, it’s easy to get around, everything is relatively affordable, and there are tons of family-friendly hotel options everywhere you go.

Day 1 : Arrive in Porto Day 2 : Douro River Sightseeing Cruise & Miradouro da Vitória Day 3 : Extra Day in the Douro Valley Day 4 : Explore the Baixa, Bolhao, & Ribeira Districts Day 5 : Train to Lisbo n and sightseeing Day 6 : Torre de Belém & Ride Tram 28 & Alfama District Day 7 : Train to Sintra & Pena Palace Day 8 : Quinta da Regaleira , Castelo dos Mouros, and Cabo da Roca Day 9 : Train to Lagos Day 10 : Kayak or Boat Rental around the caves Day 11 : Beach Day Day 12 : Walk the streets of Faro and souvenir shopping Day 13 : Beach Day Day 14 : Train to Lisbon and return home

Portugal offers everything from bustling city life to remote beaches, all with vibrant scenery and quirky design! There’s something special about Portuguese culture; it combines traditional European style with fresh, modern urbanity.

Looking for fresh seafood? Just wait until you get the chance to pick your very own fish or crustacean out of a tank and have it cooked right there for you… now, that’s fresh!

Portugal not only offers a wide range of delectable foods but also boasts stunning artistry in the form of hand-painted and hand-crafted pottery. There is no end to the exciting opportunities waiting to be had in this beautiful region.

Portugal is one country that should be included on any 2-week Western Europe itinerary!

Related Articles on Portugal

✔️ 9 Top-Rated Wine Tours from Porto ✔️ 25 Authentic Souvenirs from Portugal: What to Buy in Portugal ✔️ 21 Best Portugal Packing List Items for 2023: What to Wear in Portugal ✔️ The Ultimate Day Trip to Sintra Guide & Itinerary ✔️ The 10 Best Beaches in Cascais – Your Ultimate Beach Guide

✈️ If all of these trips sound amazing but you aren’t sure where to start, read up on How to Plan a Trip to Europe in 9 Easy Steps to ease your travel worries!

2-Week Europe Itinerary Country & City Suggestions

✔️ For First-Time Europe Travelers :

If this is your first time visiting Europe, I suggest selecting an itinerary that allows you ample time to explore each destination (or choose just a single destination!)

My London & Paris and Munich, Prague & Vienna itineraries are perfect for beginners with their simple method of travel and common weather and style similarities, allowing you to pack with ease.

✔️ For the Beach Bums :

Looking to relax on some of the most beautiful white-sand beaches in the Mediterranean and across Europe? My Barcelona & The French Riviera , The Best of Italy , Porto, Lisbon & The Algarves , and The Greek Islands itineraries are your best options for that. Gorgeous coastlines and turquoise blue waters await!

✔️ For the Hikers :

If you’re seeking some sweet hikes offering panoramic vistas and rugged landscapes, check out The Alps: Chamonix & Courmayeur & The Matterhorn , The Greek Islands , and Iceland’s Ring Road itineraries.

✔️ For the Foodies :

Want to eat your way through a country (or several?) I’m the same way! Be sure to take a look at my itineraries for Italy , France , Munich , Prague , and Vienna . In my experience, these have been some of the best places to find incredible food.

Although, when traveling throughout Europe, I have rarely had a bad meal so be open to trying new things.

Squid ink pasta, flambéed octopus, and Ireland’s black pudding all left a lasting impression on me, so don’t be afraid to get out of your comfort zone and experience the cuisine that makes a country unique!

How to Plan a 15 Days Europe Tour Itinerary

So, you know you want to embark on a trip to Europe. Fantastic! That’s the first step. Next, I am going to show you exactly how to decide which countries to include on your 2 week Europe itinerary, how to get around, and how to choose your accommodations.

➡️ Step 1: Which Countries Should Be On My 2-Week Europe Itinerary?

This one can be daunting, to say the least! There are dozens of countries you can choose from, and finding one that’s right for you can be tricky. After all, you don’t want your first experience to be a dud, so let’s put a little research into finding out what you are looking for out of your trip.

You can also check out my travel suggestions above to get a good idea of some itineraries you might enjoy based on your travel style!

Ask yourself: what am I looking for? Beautiful beaches, windy, cobble-stoned streets, medieval history and architecture, luxurious cuisine, famous museums, mountains, traditional folk music?

What is it that makes you say “Yes! That’s what I want to do on my vacation” . Once you find your “wow” factor, you can start to narrow down which country or countries you want to visit.

I suggest making a list to help you keep track of the ones you especially want to visit, then crossing items off your list based on the following factors:

➡️ Step 2: How Much Time Do I Have to Travel in Europe?

Do you plan on traveling to Europe for a few days, a week, 2 weeks, a month, or more?

Knowing your timeline will really help you decide on how much of a region you can cover. Depending on your travel style (i.e. backpacker vs luxury), a few days to a week can usually only give you enough time to really discover a single country or a small region between countries.

If you have more than a week available, consider combining a couple of countries to get the most out of your trip! My itineraries above range from 10-18 days, but can be easily shortened by removing an activity or region.

The bottom line is you can squeeze as much or as little into your time as you want, but think about how you want to feel when you get home. Do you want to have seen a ton of amazing sites , but be tired ?

Or would you rather take your time and possibly see less, but feel rejuvenated on your return from vacation? Your answer to this should guide how much you try to fit into your time.

➡️ Step 3: Getting Around on Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Is it possible to do a 2 week Europe itinerary by train? Yes! Train travel is extremely popular across Europe and offers thousands of different route possibilities. So, don’t be so certain that flying will automatically be faster and easier (or cheaper!)

Dealing with airports can cause a lot of unwanted stress during a trip, so do a little research and see how far you are from your destination. If you’re already in Europe, train travel might be the better option. Not to mention it is far more scenic.

➡️ Step 4: Choosing Accommodations for Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Are you traveling to a big city like Paris or London, or to a remote island off the coast of Greece?

Depending on your destination, you’ll want to choose an accommodation that fits both your style and your needs. For me, I like to stay in unique places that offer something more special than a chain hotel can. I enjoy local bed & breakfasts, Airbnb’s , and cabins that bring me closer to the local beauty of a particular place.

When in Paris, I enjoyed staying in tall lofts that overlooked the city, but in Ireland, I opted for charming b&bs and cottages with fields of cows.

It’s all about getting immersed in the culture of a specific place and enjoying where you stay because if you don’t like where you’re staying, it can really put a damper on your trip (trust me!)

➡️ Step 5: Departure

So you have decided where you are going, how you are getting there, and your accommodations. Now, all you have to do is get ready for departure! Plan your ride to the airport or train station ahead of time and pack up all your travel documents and necessities.

I always suggest leaving a printed copy of your passport in your home country and one in your luggage in case it were to be lost or stolen. This way, you or a family member can help prove your citizenship and return home.

Also, print copies of your flight tickets, accommodations, and any train or bus tickets in case your phone gets wet or lost.

Departure is the most exciting part of a trip for me… just before you leave when the anticipation of experiencing a whole new world really sets in. Enjoy this time, because when you return, you’ll be itching to get back on another plane.

This is what we in the travel world call “the travel bug” , and once you’re hooked, you’ll never want to stop traveling.

Map for Planning Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

You can use this map to start planning your route and to get an idea of where the countries that you may want to visit are located.

For example, while combining a trip to France with Spain would be both simple to plan and efficient, adding a trip to Romania with France may be a bit difficult.

Europe Itinerary 2 Weeks Budget

Depending on your travel style (budget vs luxury) , the season of travel, how many people you are traveling with and if any of them are dependents (i.e. children, in-laws, etc.), and your destinations, this will vary greatly.

Below I have provided a list of guidelines for average costs on budget, mid-range, and luxury travel during the peak season and shoulder season. Budgets will vary from country to country, so be sure to do individual research on each country that you plan on visiting.

➡️ Accommodations per night:

Budget : €10-€70 (single occupancy) Mid-Range : €80-€160 (double occupancy) Luxury : €180-€400+ (double occupancy)

➡️ Flights per person:

Shoulder Season (from the U.S.) : between €200-€500 Peak Season (from the U.S.) : between €500-€1,100

➡️ Food per person per day:

Breakfast: €2-8 Lunch: €5-15 Dinner: €10-35

FAQ: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Is Europe Safe?

Yes and no. Just like every country in the world, each country within Europe is going to have its safe and not-so-safe areas. It’s impossible to generalize Europe as a whole as “safe” when anything can happen there just like anywhere else in the world.

If you are worried about feeling safe on your trip to Europe, do some research (but not too much!)

If you are heading to Berlin, Germany , then research some best practices for traveling around the area. Is it safe to walk around at night? Are there any streets or neighborhoods you should avoid?

All of that information can be easily found with a quick Google search. Do your best to not overdo it though since you’ll likely just end up making yourself more nervous.

Once you have a good idea about the more seedy areas of a destination, you’re all set. Do your best to avoid them on your trip then follow other basic precautions such as walking in groups, not trusting strangers, and only ordering rides through reputable companies (like Uber).

✔️ Pro Tip : If you research where you live, you’ll probably find equally unsettling results… but that doesn’t stop you from living there, does it? No. So, don’t let safety precautions about a new destination scare you!

When is the Best Time to Visit Europe?

Most people you ask this question to are going to say that the summer months between late May and August are the best time to visit Europe.

And while they would be correct in terms of weather and longer summer hours, they are forgetting to mention that this is also when you’re going to be surrounded by swarms of tourists.

What does this mean for you? Well, for starters, you can practically guarantee long wait times at restaurants, landmarks, and attractions each day of your vacation. I’m sure that the idea of standing in line for every part of your day doesn’t really appeal to your idea of “vacation”, right?

Additionally, this is also when prices skyrocket in terms of flights, accommodations, tours, and food. If you’re looking to visit Europe on a budget, then avoiding the summer months is key.

If you prefer fewer tourists in your pictures, shorter wait times, and want to spend less money, then I highly suggest visiting during the off-season months of April through May and September through October .

During these months, you’ll find incredible deals on flights, accommodations, and even tour groups, so you can live the luxury life in Europe without emptying your wallet!

✈️ If you feel like taking the budget route or simply like to take the less traveled path, check out these amazing Backpacking Europe Routes for 2 Weeks !

How Many Days is Enough to Visit Europe?

1-2 weeks is usually enough time to visit Europe depending on what you want to do and see. But, if you’re honestly attempting to see all of the different regions of Europe, well… you’re going to need a lot more time than that!

For us, we found a 10-day European itinerary to be optimal. This amount of time typically allows travelers to explore at least a few different cities in several countries or travel to numerous locations in one specific country.

It allows provides enough time for both sightseeing and rest days, so you can return from your vacation feeling excited and refreshed.

Among the itineraries listed below, you’ll find schedules ranging from 10 days to 3 weeks. But, if you only have 7 days for your European itinerary you can easily transform one of my shorter itineraries into something that has been customized to fit your time needs.

Also, if you can finagle a 1 month Europe trip itinerary, then you can easily add on destinations or time to one of my other itineraries!

Is 2 Weeks Long Enough for Europe?

No, 2 weeks is not long enough to see all of Europe. But, it is long enough to see and do a lot in just a few countries in Europe!

Even though it doesn’t look like it on a map, Europe is huge. It would take somebody years to really see all of the best sites and do all of the best activities in each country in Europe.

In just 2 weeks, you’re going to be seriously limited on time. But, that’s okay! Instead of trying to squeeze too much into your itinerary, opt to choose just a few countries (or even just one country!) and do everything you want in those countries.

If you try to see and do too much, you may end up feeling rushed, overwhelmed, and disheartened when you realize how much stuff you’re going to miss out on.

For example, if you’re thinking of including France on your 2 week Europe itinerary, you wouldn’t go to just Paris and call it a trip. I mean, you could … but you’d be missing out on Normandy, the wine regions, the French Alps, the French Riviera… you get it.

Trust me when I say: “It’s far more valuable to see everything in one country than to see the bare minimum in five countries.”

So, while a 2-week Europe itinerary is not long enough to see and do everything on the continent, it is long enough to get a really good taste of what Europe has to offer!

How Many Countries Should I Visit in Europe in 2 Weeks?

Owing to the continent’s great public transportation system and small size in comparison to other continents, you can get around quite easily and efficiently in Europe.

But, every country has SO much to do and see, so it’s going to depend on where your interests lie.

If you are only interested in seeing the capital city in every country (definitely not recommended), then you could probably see between 8-10 countries during your 2 week Europe itinerary.

But, if you want time to relax, explore, and wander around a few different places, then between one and four countries is the sweet spot in our opinion .

This way, you have plenty of time to see all of the major sites in each place, and you don’t have to spend your entire vacation rushing from place to place.

Coming up with multi-week Europe itinerary ideas can be stressful, but if you stick to this general rule of thumb you can practically guarantee you’ll have a pleasant trip!

What is the Best Way to See Europe in 2 Weeks?

Unfortunately, even though Europe is far more compact than the U.S., Africa, Asia, or South America, it’s still very big and can’t be seen in just two weeks.

But, that doesn’t mean that you can’t get a really good taste for what Europe has to offer in that time! You simply need to be diligent in picking efficient routes and travel methods so you can get the most out of your 2 week Europe trip.

Over the years, we have found that the best way to get around Europe is to take advantage of their amazing public transportation system… the Eurail!

With thousands of routes to thousands of destinations, there really is no limit to where you can go with a Eurail pass. You can choose your pass based on your needs, so if you want one pass for just France for 10 days, you can book it!

If you want a monthly pass that allows you to go from country to country whenever you decide, you can do that too!

Europe’s train system is affordable, dependable, convenient, and very easy to use which is why most travelers take advantage of it.

I don’t recommend renting a car in Europe unless you plan on taking road trips to very specific towns and villages that aren’t accessible by train.

The roads in Europe, generally speaking, tend to be uneven, bumpy, covered in potholes, full of pedestrians, and made of broken cobblestones. Many European roads are also one-way and street signs aren’t always in English.

It’s far easier to take the train from place to place, then take day trips to smaller towns and villages and use a bike or the metro to get around the big cities.

How Should I Get Around Europe?

In our opinion, the best way to get around Europe is via train travel on the Eurail. Car rentals are also a great way to get around in Europe since they allow you to be completely on your own schedule and see the smaller, off-the-beaten-path villages and towns.

However, it really depends on the country (Ireland is a great country to do a road trip with a rental car!), but most of the time I would recommend just taking the train or flying between countries if you aren’t comfortable with a rental in a foreign country.

The European trains can be exceptionally scenic, but they aren’t always the most efficient. If you are traveling between countries with a big distance between them, it’s usually a more efficient option to fly.

If driving a car across Europe doesn’t scare you, then you also have the option of renting an RV or camper van and living in it while you travel! This can saves you tons of money on accommodations and eating out, so it’s a win-win if you have the time to drive everywhere.

✔️ Pro Tip : If you do plan on driving everywhere, keep in mind that you may need an international driver’s license depending on the countries you go to. Also, not all car rental companies allow you to bring rental cars over international borders, so you may need to rent multiple cars from multiple different agencies. If you plan on putting your car on a ferry to Europe so you can avoid this hassle, it’s going to cost you a very pretty penny…

Do I need a Visa to Go to Europe?

Depending on your citizenship, you may or may not need a Schengen Visa to enter the EU (European Union).

U.S. citizens do not need a visa to go to Europe. As a tourist, you are allowed to spend up to 90 days in 26 European countries visa-free. However, if you are a foreign national living in the U.S., you may or may not need a visa depending on your nationality.

Here is the list of countries that Americans can visit without a visa for up to 90 days.

There is a list of over 100 countries that will be required to obtain a Schengen Visa to enter the EU. You can take a look at the list here .

Is Europe Expensive?

In general, Europe is expensive. But, depending on where you decide to visit, it can actually be quite affordable!

Portugal, for example, offers some of the lowest rates on tourist accommodations, tours, attractions, and food across the continent. Switzerland, on the other hand, is continually listed in the top 3 list for most expensive countries in the world. Norway and Iceland aren’t far behind, either.

If you want to stay on a budget during your 2 week Europe itinerary, choose your destinations wisely.

Of course, not eating out at every meal and not doing every attraction you see will help immensely, but in the end, the destination is going to play a big role in how much money you spend overall.

Is $10,000 Enough for 2 Weeks in Europe?

$10,000 is absolutely enough for 2 weeks in Europe (depending on your travel style) . While Europe is known for some pricy destinations, $10,000 can indeed get you a comfortable and memorable two-week trip. It’s all about how you budget and plan.

That budget can cover your flights, accommodation, meals, transportation within Europe, and even some fun activities and souvenirs. You can save by staying in lesser-known hotels or bed & breakfasts instead of luxury resorts.

Eating at local markets and cafes rather than high-end restaurants can also give you a taste of authentic cuisine without breaking the bank. Don’t forget that some of the best experiences in Europe are free: exploring the cities, admiring architecture, and basking in the rich history.

I would even go as far as to say that $10,000 can be disproportionate to what you’ll need for a 2-week trip if you’re traveling solo or with one other person, since I’ve returned to Europe many times, each never exceeding $2,000 for 7+ days with my husband.

Of course, we’re light packers and usually stay in mid-range hotels with a focus on our budget, but we definitely do a lot of exciting activities when we’re in town too! If you aren’t flying first or business class, aren’t staying in luxury 5-star suites, and you book your accommodations in advance with some attention to seasonal rates, you’ll be able to visit Europe for far less than $10,000.

What is the Average Cost of a Two Week Trip to Europe?

The average cost of a two-week trip to Europe can vary greatly based on several factors, such as the time of year, the countries you’re visiting, your accommodation choices, and how much you plan to sightsee or dine out. But as a general range, you might expect to spend anywhere from $2,500 to $3,500 per person, including flights.

This estimate includes modest accommodations (think 3-star hotels, bed & breakfasts, or vacation rentals), meals at a mix of inexpensive local spots and nicer restaurants, public transportation, and admission fees for major attractions.

Remember, this is just a ballpark figure. If you travel off-season, eat more meals from food trucks and the supermarket, or stay in budget accommodations, you could spend much less.

Conversely, if you opt for luxury hotels, dine at high-end restaurants, and take part in exclusive tours, your costs could be significantly higher. The key is to budget accordingly and plan your trip based on your personal preferences and financial comfort zone.

By setting your budget ahead of time, you’ll be able to create a 2-week European itinerary that fits your budget needs without sacrificing too much on the things you want to enjoy!

What Currency is Used in Europe?

Since 1999, the European Union has used the Euro . If you’re coming from the U.S., it will look similar to Monopoly money… but don’t be fooled.

It actually has a higher value than the U.S. dollar and many other currencies, so when you exchange your money you’ll get fewer euros in return.

For example:

✔️ $1 USD = 0.91 euros ✔️ $1 CAD = 0.73 euros ✔️ $1 AUD = 0.68 euros

So, while it doesn’t almost look like play money, don’t forget that it’s actually a very expensive currency to hold so you don’t want to be careless with it.

Do Most People Speak English in Europe?

During your 2-week Europe itinerary, you’ll find that many people do speak English, especially in the capitals and main cities. English is taught in most European schools from a young age, so much of the working class can understand and speak English.

However, you will find smaller towns and villages where the locals don’t know much English at all, if any. This is especially true in the smaller towns of France, Belgium, Spain, and even Italy. This is why it’s important to brush up on your language skills before your trip!

If you’re heading to France , Spain , Luxembourg , Germany , or similar, you can use my French and Spanish articles to help you start learning! They are all linked at the bottom of this post for your convenience .

The Top-Rated Tours in Europe

Even if you prefer to roam on your own, there are some amazing tours offering unique experiences that you won’t get unless you book a tour in Europe.

I, personally, am not a fan of group tours, so I wouldn’t recommend these unless I didn’t truly believe they would improve your travel experience. Take a peek at some of the tours below and decide if one may be right for your trip.

If you’re traveling with a group, check out the private tours … psst! They’re really great for introverts 😉

✔️ Normandy D-Day Small-Group Day Trip with Omaha Beach, Cemetery & Cider Tasting ✔️ Montmartre Hill Sweet & Savory French Gourmet Food & Wine Tasting Tour ✔️ Champagne Day Trip with Moet&Chandon, Reims Cathedral & Family Winery from Paris

✔️ Barcelona Tapas and Wine Experience Small-Group Walking Tour ✔️ Montserrat with Cogwheel train, Tasting in a Boutique Winery with Tapas or Lunch ✔️ Full-Day Tour Ávila and Segovia from Madrid with Tickets to Monuments Included

✔️ Sintra Full-Day Private Tour – A Journey through Wonderland ✔️ Lisbon Traditional Boats – Sunset Cruise

Netherlands

✔️ Day Trip to Zaanse Schans, Edam, Volendam and Marken from Amsterdam ✔️ Amsterdam Canal Cruise in Classic River Boat With Drinks & Dutch Cheese

✔️ Brussels Chocolate Beer Waffle and Belgian Whiskey All-in-One (Small Group) Tour ✔️ Private Tour: Treasures of Flanders Ghent and Bruges from Brussels Full day

✔️ Austrian Apple Strudel Cooking Class including Lunch in Salzburg ✔️ Hallstatt Small-Group Day Trip from Vienna

Czech Republic

✔️ The Best of 2 Countries in 1 Day: Bohemian and Saxon Switzerland ✔️ Cesky Krumlov: Full-day tour from Prague and back ✔️ Prague Foodie Tour

✔️ Semi-Private Standard | Santorini Catamaran Cruise with Meal and Drinks ✔️ Full-Day Private Tour: Essential Athens Highlights plus Cape Sounion and Temple of Poseidon ✔️ Private Biblical Tour of Ancient Corinth & Isthmus Canal from Athens & Corinth ✔️ Athens Highlights: A Mythological Tour

✔️ Small-Group Tour of Colosseum Underground, Arena, and Forum ✔️ Small-Group Wine Tasting Experience in the Tuscan Countryside ✔️ Cinque Terre Day Trip from Florence with Optional Hiking

Switzerland

✔️ Tandem Paragliding Experience from Interlaken ✔️ Lucerne Walking and Boat Tour: The Best Swiss Experience ✔️ Chocolate Flavours Tours Geneva: 3-hour Chocolate Tasting and Old Town Visit

✔️ Grand Day Trip around Copenhagen ✔️ The Art of Baking Danish Pastry

How to Visit Europe on a Budget

Europe is expensive, there is no denying that. But, there are tons of ways to travel Europe on a budget! Don’t believe me? I visited a dozen European countries on a college student’s budget and got to see everything I would still want to see today had I not gone then.

Take my advice and follow these steps:

✔️ Visit Multiple Countries

What? Yes. The more countries you visit on one trip, the cheaper it tends to be. Of course, this depends on which countries you visit, but you can save a ton of money by traveling to multiple countries via train travel and cheap flights.

If you want to visit France and Spain from the U.S., you wouldn’t fly to France then fly back to Spain the following summer, would you? Well, some people would and I can guarantee they wish they didn’t spend the money on 2 roundtrip flights instead of just one multi-city flight.

✔️ Eat with the Locals

If there is a street food cart or cafe overflowing with locals, eat there. I can practically guarantee the food quality is going to be insanely good and the prices will be a lot more reasonable than if you were to sit down at a restaurant.

Anywhere you go or walk by where a waiter immediately runs up to you with a menu, just keep walking (also politely say “ no, thank you ” of course). These are usually tourist restaurants and the prices will be sky-high compared to most other eating establishments.

You can also save money by getting food at grocery stores (the food quality is almost always very good) and eating small meals on the go.

Want my other best tips for visiting Europe on a budget? Get them at the bottom of this post!

✈️ Now that you have everything you need to know for planning a trip to Europe, be sure to take a peak at these 5 Things You Must Include on Your Travel Essentials List !

Scams to Look Out For in Europe

✔️ The Pickpocket

The picture pretty much explains what pickpocketing is. When you’re distracted and someone comes along and snatches something off of you, whether it be your phone, wallet, jewelry, or something valuable, it’s sneaky stealing and you need to watch out for it.

Typically, most places around Europe are very safe and all you need to do is follow basic safety precautions (i.e. stay with people you trust, don’t walk alone at night, etc. etc…).

But, pickpockets are extremely common across Europe and unsuspecting tourists are at the heart of the problem.

Don’t be silly and leave your phone on a cafe table when you go to the bathroom. Don’t leave your purse hanging on the back of your chair and don’t leave anything valuable where people can easily see and take it.

✔️ The Active Petitioner

See people yelling at or coming up to tourists looking for them to sign a petition? Keep walking.

Most of the time, whatever they are petitioning is fake. Why? Because they are either trying to get your personal information (i.e. name, phone number, or email) so they can send you spam, or they are just trying to distract you while you get pickpocketed.

If you see a petitioner, just keep on going.

✔️ Street Games

Whether it be dice, playing cards, cups, or the like, don’t play and don’t stand around to watch. The players get scammed owing to the fixed dice or playing cards and the onlookers get pickpocketed.

Again, only watch street artists from afar to prevent falling victim to scams and petty theft.

✔️ Streetside ATMs

Very popular in Prague, scam artists will actually put an invisible scanner over the card reader so they can steal your information when you go to withdraw money.

Additionally, streetside ATMs are designed to make you withdraw insanely high amounts of money with no option for small bills.

If you need currency, only use ATMs found inside a secured building with cameras. Never use an ATM you see on the street.

Other Helpful Resources for Europe

Packing List for Europe in Winter: A Full Country by Country Guide Minimalist Packing List for Females Traveling to Europe 30+ Best Places to Visit in Europe in December 25 Best Places in Europe for New Years Celebrations 73 Best Places to Visit in Europe in January 2024 30+ BEST Places to Visit in Europe in March 2024 30+ BEST Places to Visit in Europe in April 2024 28 Best Places to Visit in Europe in July (from a Backpacker!) 20 Best Places to Visit in Europe in May 2024 (Weather & Tips!) Is Azerbaijan in Europe? The Facts for 2024 Is Norway in Europe? Norway & the EEA EFTA States

If you’re heading to Europe and want to brush up on your French or Spanish, check out our language resources below!

✔️ Good Morning in French: 17 Helpful French Greetings ✔️ Good Night in French 17+ Ways (& Audio Pronunciation) ✔️ What Time Is It in French 11+ Ways: How to Ask and Tell Time in French ✔️ Saying No in French 31+ Ways (& Audio Pronunciation) ✔️ 33+ Ways to Say Thank You in French (with Audio) ✔️ How to Say Nice to Meet You in French 15+ Ways ✔️ 1-10 in French: Learn to Count from 1-10+ in French (with Pronunciations)

~ Spanish ~

✔️ How to Say Goodnight in Spanish 33+ Ways ✔️ Learn Numbers 1-100 in Spanish (with PDF Guide)

How To Travel Around Europe On A Budget

With just pennies to my name, I figured out how to travel to some of the most expensive countries in Europe…

Hint: you won’t be staying in hostels!

Overall, no matter when you decide to visit, where you decide to go, and who you decide to travel with, a trip to Europe is always a good idea! You can find everything from enchanted castles, ancient ruins, stunning beaches, snow-capped mountain ranges, bustling cities, and everything in between on this enticing continent.

I hope you found some useful ideas in this article and are inspired to start planning your very own 2-week Europe itinerary .

Hey there! I'm Emily Concannon, a seasoned globetrotter who has backpacked her way across over a dozen European countries, immersing myself in the diverse cultures, languages, and cuisines of the region.

My passion for travel transcends personal experiences; I've spent years learning how to transform my globetrotting knowledge into personalized itineraries for fellow travelers worldwide.

With a tally of 26 countries (and counting!) under my belt, my day job involves extensive research on different countries which often leads me to booking a new adventure every chance I get!

• Meet the Team
• Work With Us
• Itineraries
• Italy Travel Guide
• Hawaii Travel Guide
• Travel Tips

How to Plan a Trip to Europe (2-Week Europe Itinerary)

If you’ve been wanting to visit Europe for a while, you’re probably super excited to begin planning your trip and building your Europe itinerary. In this post, we’re going to show you how to plan a trip to Europe that you’ll never forget!

We know from experience that planning a trip to Europe can be quite overwhelming because there are so many places to go and things to see. You want to make sure you add everything possible to your Europe itinerary. Believe me, we understand how important travel planning is!

We’ve been traveling around Europe for more than 10 years. We now spend at least 2 weekends per month traveling in Europe. That’s why we’ve prepared this Europe trip planner for you.

If you have at least 10 days to spend in Europe, this itinerary will cover all the top spots you must see. Do keep in mind that traveling in Europe can be expensive. You also have to be very wise in your planning to make everything fit together perfectly.

You can fly between cities cheaply if you plan it right. Or you can plan to travel with the Eurail Pass, though this option will take longer.

Let’s get your dream European vacation started. Here’s how to plan a trip to Europe, and see as much as humanly possible in 10-14 days.

Quick. Check these necessities off your prep list!

• Travel insurance : Travelex has reliable coverage at a reasonable price. You can search for the insurance you need on their website, and filing a claim is easy.
• The right luggage can make or break your trip. These hard-sided suitcases come in all different sizes, with spinner wheels and TSA-approved lock.
• Renting a car? Discover Cars helps you search and compare offers from all the top companies. Don’t forget to check if you need an International Drivers License.

Table of Contents

Where to Go in Europe

Europe is full of history, bustling cities, incredible sights, unique places to stay , and – my favorite – amazing food! There are a good number of tourist destinations that just about anyone planning a trip to Europe would want to include in the itinerary.

But, obviously, with just 10-14 days in Europe, there’s no way you can cover them all. We’ve chosen the top destinations that we feel you can fit comfortably into 10+ days.

Planning for Europe? Here’s more…

• How to Plan a 2-Week Trip to Europe

Ultimate Summer Europe Packing Guide

• 11 Charming Small Towns & Cities in Europe

Here are the top destinations we recommend visiting in 10+ days in Western Europe: London (I’m still considering this Europe even if it’s no longer in the EU), Paris , Venice , Rome , Berlin , and Amsterdam .

We love all of these cities for different reasons as you’ll see below, but if you can’t fit them all in, you might need to decide between them. For instance, if you’re wondering if should I visit Paris or Rome , consider aspects like cost, activities, and your own personal interest in those activities.

If you have additional time, you could add Munich , Barcelona , Dublin , and/or Edinburgh . We also suggest checking out some of the more charming and small towns in Europe . Or maybe you’re into history – there are so many great medieval towns to visit .

You might want to take a look at this post with 50 of the best street food destinations in Europe before you decide where to go. There are quite a few that would persuade me.

How to Spend 2 Weeks in Western Europe

There are really two perfectly acceptable ways to take a vacation in Europe. Either way can be quite rewarding, but it depends greatly on your travel style how much time you want to put into planning, and what trips you are looking to book for.

Option 1: Book a pre-planned guided tour

A guided tour is the easiest option, by far. While Europe is very easy to get around for travelers, it can be difficult to figure out how to get from place to place, and very tedious trying to decide what to do in each location.

A pre-planned tour won’t give you the same freedom to do what you want, but it is completely planned out for you and you will always have a guide along to help you with anything you need.

Option 2: Plan your own trip

Planning your own self-guided tour of Europe gives you ultimate freedom to choose what you want to do and when. You can go to the places you want, without a group to tag along with.

The drawbacks are that you have to plan it all out yourself, which can be daunting.  Check out these additional Europe travel tips to help with your planning.

We will give you the options for both below, including a pre-planned tour we highly recommend and a 14-day self-guided itinerary to follow.

Guided Tour of Europe

If you want to try a guided tour, I recommend a Classic Europe 14-day tour.

This tour is run by Expat Explore Travel and includes everything except International airfare, extra excursions that aren’t in the tour itinerary, and personal incidentals.

» See more information about the Classic Europe tour .

The 14-day itinerary includes:

• Start in Amsterdam
• Drive through Brussels for a quick stop en route to Paris
• Visit Burgundy and the breath-taking Swiss Alps
• In Italy , see Pisa, Tuscany, Florence, Rome, and Venice
• Travel into Munich and Bavaria in Germany , then to Nuremberg and Berlin
• Head back to Amsterdam

There are other Europe tour options with varying destinations. Check out the website to see all options with this tour operator .

Self-Guided Tour of Europe – Plan Your Own Travel Itinerary

With a good plan of action, your 2-week Europe trip will run smoothly and provide you with a comprehensive overview including some of the main countries in Western Europe.

If this schedule seems too ambitious for just a 10 day Europe trip, you can always extend your stay in the cities that interest you most and decide not to visit others.

There’s no right or wrong way to do it. It’s entirely up to you.

Day 1-2: London

Arrive in London . Take the Heathrow Express from the airport to your hotel.

You’ll want to stay in West London for easy access to all the top sights. London is very walkable. To get around to all the sights in a day or two, you’ll want to get your walking shoes on.

You can take a hop-on-hop-off bus tour if you’re not up for the walking. For foodies, we highly recommend spending some time doing any of these fun foodie activities in London .

The city is one of the best for restaurants in the world. If you want to take a day trip from London, we suggest Stonehenge , Bath , or Windsor . They’re all very close by and offer a fantastic experience.

In London, be sure to see these sights:

(You can purchase tickets in advance for these activities. These links are affiliate links to activities we’ve done and recommend.)

• Tower of London (with the Crown Jewels)
• Tower Bridge Experience
• Shakespeare Globe
• Churchill War Rooms
• Westminster Abbey & Big Ben
• View from the Shard
• Kensington Palace
• Kew Gardens

How to Spend One Day in London

Things to Do in Windsor: A Perfect Day Trip From London

21 Fun Foodie Things to Do in London

Where to Stay in London: We recommend the Trafalgar St James by Hilton . It’s in a historic building in a really prime location. The hotel and rooms are designed in art deco and the rooms are really spacious and bright. ⇒  Read reviews on Trip Advisor .

Day 3-5: Paris

Travel to Paris on the Eurostar train . The journey takes just 2 hours from St. Pancras Train Station.

Don’t forget to take a picnic lunch and a bottle of wine with you to enjoy on the train. There are so many things to do in Paris . In only two days, you can cover a lot of ground. You can do a few of these great foodie activities , see the top sights on a walking tour, or join this fun gourmet bus tour for a multi-course meal on a double decker tour bus.

You’ll want to either plan on walking a lot, or acquaint yourself with the Paris Metro map and take short trips in between sights. You can also take the Paris hop of hop off bus to get between sights.

Check out our 3-day Paris itinerary that will help you plan what to see.

In Paris, be sure to see these sights:

• Eiffel Tower
• Notre Dame (closed for renovations)
• Seine River Cruise
• Luxembourg Gardens
• Arch d’Triomphe
• The Avenue des Champs-Élysées
• Louvre Museum
• Sacre Coeur & Montmartre

How to Spend One Day in Paris

3-Day Paris Itinerary for First Timers

9 Fun Foodie Things to Do in Paris

Where to Stay in Paris: The best location to stay in Paris is 6th Arrondissement. It is the Latin Quarter. The heart of Paris. And it’s the best location for tourist who are planning to see everything. Here are 8 top hotels with an Eiffel Tower view . We recommend the boutique 4-star  Hotel Parc Saint Severin . The rooms are larger than most in Paris and they’re nicely refurbished. Plus it’s a really great location. The metro is really close.  ⇒ Read reviews on Trip Advisor.

Day 5-7: Venice

Venice is just one of those places you have to visit at least once in your life. It’s an incredibly enchanting city, with so much character that you feel a little like you’re floating around in a Disney movie.

The views across the Grand Canal are so beautiful, and the narrow alleys can lead you to get lost in a city of charm. Everywhere you turn is another incredible view, and a gondola floating by in the distance. It’s one of a kind.

With so many great things to do in Venice, you really need to set up a good itinerary before you leave, to make sure you fit everything in. 

Check out our shortcut guide to all the best parts of Venice, which will help you plan. Definitely make time for a Venice food tour .

The food in Venice is great, if you know where to look. And you can check out our YouTube video for the top 10 things to do in Venice , if you need more ideas.

You can pre-book some of the activities. I would definitely pre-book the activities below, so you don’t miss out.

• Venice Gondola Ride and Serenade
• Eat Like a Local: 3-hour Venice Small-Group Food Tasting Walking Tour
• Legendary Venice St. Mark’s Basilica and Doge’s Palace

Essential Travel Guide to Venice, Italy [Infographic]

Top Foods to Try on a Venice Food Tour

Guide to the Best Wine Regions in Italy

Where to Stay in Venice:

Ai Patrizi di Venezia   If you’re staying for 3+ nights, I highly recommend this apartment. It’s in the perfect location, is incredibly comfortable and clean, and has a kitchenette. We sometimes prefer an apartment to a hotel so we’re not being bothered by housekeeping. This place is a gem. | Read Reviews or Book a Stay Hotel Londra Palace   If you’d rather stay in a hotel because you like the extra amenities, then Hotel Londra Palace is a great choice. It’s in a very good location, only 5 min walk from St. Mark’s Square, with free wifi and a restaurant. Some rooms have a balcony and an incredible view. | Read Reviews or Book a Stay

Day 8-10: Rome

Rome is a city that will capture your heart the moment you arrive. It’s amazing to see so much history packed into one place, and so much of it is scattered right in the middle of a modern city. There’s really no where else like it. Plus the food. You have to go on a food tour and witness it first hand.

If you’re planning a trip, we’ve got you covered with our shortcut travel guide to Rome : an informative and helpful infographic that will give you a quick peek at all the top things you should plan to do in Rome. Here’s our 3-day itinerary to help plan it all out.

Top things to put on your itinerary:

• The Colosseum : This monumental amphitheater is one of the most recognized symbols of Rome, offering a peek into the world of ancient Roman gladiators. Try to book a guided tour to get the full historical context.
• Roman Forum & Palatine Hill : Located near the Colosseum, the Roman Forum was the political, commercial, and judicial center of ancient Rome. The Palatine Hill, according to Roman mythology, is where the city was founded by Romulus.
• Pantheon : This best-preserved monument from the Roman Empire is a marvel of architectural design, with its impressive dome and the oculus at its center.
• Vatican City : Here, you can visit St. Peter’s Basilica, the Vatican Museums, and the Sistine Chapel, with Michelangelo’s renowned frescoes. Be sure to dress modestly as a sign of respect.
• Trevi Fountain : Throw a coin into this iconic fountain to ensure your return to Rome. It’s beautiful during the day, but consider a visit at night when it’s lit up.
• Piazza Navona : This square is home to Bernini’s famous Fontana dei Quattro Fiumi (Fountain of the Four Rivers), as well as various artists, musicians, and street performers.
• Spanish Steps : Climbing these steps from Piazza di Spagna to Piazza Trinità dei Monti offers a wonderful view. The nearby shopping district is a must for fashion enthusiasts.

PRO TIP: Skip the line tickets are necessary in Rome, especially during high season. You won’t waste time waiting in huge lines.

• Eating Europe’s Twilight Trastevere Tour  (We loved this tour! Read about it here .)
• Faster Than Skip-the-Line: Vatican, Sistine Chapel and St. Peter’s Basilica Tour (definitely worth it)
• Colosseum and Ancient Rome Small-Group Tour

What To Do in Rome in 3 Days

Essential Travel Guide to Rome, Italy [+Infographic]

Eat Like a Local on a Rome Food Tour

Where to Stay in Rome

The best location in Rome depends on what you want to accomplish during your stay, but it’s always best to be centrally located so you can walk to all of the main attractions. 

Two great choices in the affordable luxury range are  The Inn at the Spanish Steps  (with a gorgeous roof-top pool) and  Il Palazzetto . We also really enjoyed staying at  Nerva Boutique Hotel  in the popular Rione i Monti area.

Day 10-12: Berlin

Berlin is a very modern city with a good art scene, many museums, great food options, and cultural/historical things to see and do. It’s a sprawling city so you’ll want to be ready for public transportation. 

There are a few Berlin attractions and sights you don’t want to miss like these we’ve listed here:

• Brandenburg Gate : This iconic symbol of Berlin was once a symbol of division during the Cold War, but now stands for German unity and is a must-see.
• Berlin Wall Memorial and Checkpoint Charlie : No visit to Berlin is complete without learning about its Cold War history. The Memorial provides an insightful look into the era of the city’s division.
• Reichstag Building : The seat of the German Parliament, the building’s glass dome offers a panoramic view of the city. It’s a good idea to register in advance for a visit.
• Museum Island : Home to five world-class museums, including the Pergamon Museum and the Neues Museum. The latter houses the bust of Nefertiti, an ancient Egyptian queen.
• Alexanderplatz and TV Tower : A large public square and transport hub in the central Mitte district, featuring the iconic TV Tower (Fernsehturm) which provides excellent views over the city.
• Holocaust Memorial (Memorial to the Murdered Jews of Europe) : A poignant, powerful monument to one of history’s darkest times.

The best way to see all of these sights is on this Discover Berlin half-day walking tour . The tour is really inexpensive and is the best way to learn the historical and cultural past of Germany, while see the top sights.

Foodies will also want to check out Markethalle Neun , an indoor market with international food vendors, especially on Street Food Thursdays! Also plan for a beer tour and a Berlin food tour in order to taste the best parts of the city!

Essential Travel Guide to Berlin, Germany [Updated 2024]

Berlin is a city that holds a certain mystery, due to its interesting history that forever changed the world. ...

Where to Stay in Berlin

One of my favorite hotels is the  Hotel am Steinplatz, Autograph Collection . It’s located right in the center of the city, conveniently located for transportation, so you can easily get around to the top sights. There’s a bar, restaurant, and really comfortable rooms. ⇒ Read reviews on  Trip Advisor .

Day 12-14: Amsterdam

As a tourist, you’ll likely find Amsterdam to be a very welcoming and fun place to explore. The canals and old cobblestone streets make it the quintessential European city, and it’s just so easy to get around. Read our full guide to 3-days in Amsterdam for the full rundown.

The many activities in Amsterdam include history, art and food. I think a good plan to tackle the city includes a bit of walking tour, interspersed with stops to try the local food and drinks.

Be sure to try bitterballen, poffertjes, and frites (which you can get with dozens of different sauces), along with all the cheese. There are dozens of different canal cruises you can take that are often paired with cheese, beer, wine or even pizza.

For drinks, we recommend stopping at some of the beer bars , like Proeflokaal Arendsnest and Beer Temple, as well as the top cocktail bars like Tales & Spirits and Flying Dutchman. And don’t forget to sample the genever at Proeflokaal ‘t Kelkje, one of the best places in Amsterdam to taste genever!

Here are a few links to our favorite tours and activities in Amsterdam so you can purchase your tickets in advance:

• Amsterdam Canal Cruise in Classic River Boat
• Skip-the-line Rijksmuseum & Van Gogh Museum Guided Combo Tour – Private Tour

Eat like a local in Amsterdam with Eating Europe Food Tours – there are 5 tours available:

• Jordaan Food Tour
• Jordaan Food & Canals Tour
• Amsterdam at Twilight Food Tour
• Food Tour in Haarlem
• A Taste of Life in Haarlem

Essential Travel Guide to Amsterdam [Updated for 2024]

Where to Find the Best Beer in Amsterdam

Where to stay in Amsterdam

We like staying near Dam Square in central Amsterdam. It’s fun and lively, close to or within easy walking distance of many of the top attractions, and easily accessible for public transportation. 

Radisson Blu – This is a nicely-decorated 4-star hotel located directly on a canal near Rembrandt Square. Great place to stay.  Read Reviews on Trip Advisor

Tips for Planning a Trip to Europe

Best time to go to europe.

When you decide to go to Europe should be based on what type of experience you want to have. A lot of people make it a priority to go to Europe in the summer because that’s when they take vacation, or when the kids are out of school. 

However, everyone else is doing the same thing. That means July-August is high season and there are a lot of visitors. Attractions are packed, lines are long, prices are high, and it can be really hot outside.

The best weather in Europe can be found from late March to early June and from late September to early December. This is considered the shoulder season in Europe and there will be less people and lower prices.

We prefer to travel during these times because it’s just so much easier. And the nicer weather makes all the difference.

We especially caution against traveling in Italy in August. It is one of the hottest months and the weather can be a real hindrance to your happiness.

Getting to Europe

Many top airlines from around the world have direct flights into London. It’s probably one of the easiest cities to get into.

Check Skyscanner for great deals on airfare. We prefer to fly into London for the ease of it all, but you can skip London and fly directly into Paris, if you wish.

Also keep in mind that airfare is lower on the shoulder and off season than it is during the summer. (See this article for more on how to find great airfare ).

We also recommend flying into one city and out of another, so you don’t waste some of your holiday time flying back to the starting point. Using the multi-city option on Skyscanner , you should be able to find this option without the fares getting to high.

Getting Around Europe

When planning your Europe itinerary, keep in mind the distance between each destination. Europe seems small, but it takes a while to get between destinations. In most cases, you’ll need at least a half day to get between locations, more if taking the train.

Once you arrive in Europe, you can either fly or take the train between cities. We prefer to take early morning or late night flights, to avoid burning active hours in our destination.

Flying is relatively cheap on budget airlines like Ryanair and EasyJet . We fly with them all the time.

There are fees for any extras you add, and checking luggage can be expensive, so do be mindful of that.

See here for an idea of what it costs and the flight times for each of the legs in our itinerary:

• London to Paris: $50
• Paris to Venice: $85
• Venice to Rome: $70
• Rome to Berlin: $95
• Berlin to Amsterdam: $70

Via Train – Eurail Pass

Another way to travel around Europe in by train. You can purchase individual train tickets for each journey you wish to take. That will help you mix and match, if you want to fly between some cities and take the train between others.

However, a more economical way to go by train is with a Eurail Pass. The price of the Eurail Pass varies depending on your needs. They range from $250 to over $1000. For the itinerary we laid out in this post, you would need a 5 days within 1 month pass, which costs $326 (updated 2019).

This allows you to travel on any 5 days over a period of a month. There’s also a 7 days in one month pass for $388, if you think you’d like to tack on another destination. These passes entitle you to travel on specific trains only.

You can’t just show up and get on any train, but you don’t need reservations except for the high-speed and overnight trains (which also require an extra fee). They’re only for non-European travelers. And they can only be used for the class of service booked.

Travel Documents – Schengen Area

Always verify the entry requirements and travel documents needed for each specific country you are trip planning for as requirements can vary. You can check with the embassies or consulates of the countries you’ll be visiting or use official government travel websites for the most accurate and current information.

Ensure that your passport is valid for at least six months beyond your planned return date. Some countries may have different requirements, so it’s always a good idea to check the specific entry requirements for the countries you plan to visit.

Depending on your nationality and the specific European countries you plan to visit, you may or may not need a visa. Citizens of the United States can generally enter the Schengen Area (a group of 26 European countries that have abolished passport control at their mutual borders) for short stays of up to 90 days within a 180-day period without a visa. However, if you plan to stay longer or visit countries outside the Schengen Area, you may need additional visas.

Tipping in Europe

Yes, you do need to tip in Europe. However, it’s not at the custom level of the U.S. There are some key differences.

First of all, 10% is the norm for tipping in a nice restaurant. You can give more if you had a stellar experience, but that’s more like 12%. Not 20%. In a cafe or deli, just round up your bill to the nearest dollar. If it was €3.80, leave the .20 cents as a tip.

In pubs in London and bars in Europe, tipping isn’t expected on small amounts.

Whatever you do, always check the bill for a service charge. There are MANY places throughout Europe now that charge a set service fee and include it in the bill. This is often 10 or 12%. If this fee has been added to your bill, there is no need to tip.

Eating in Europe

Since you’ll be visiting many different countries while in Europe, the food will be very diverse. You will have the best overall experience if you’re willing to try all the foods you come across and have an open mind that you mind really like something you’ve never tried before.

• In London, you should have a Sunday roast , Fish and Chips , a Steak & Ale pie . See our foodie guide to London for more.
• In Paris, are you daring enough to try frog’s legs or escargot ? Definitely make room for crepes and a Croque Monsieur . See our foodie guide to Paris for more.
• In Italy, you’ll find an unimaginable array of pasta dishes , pizza, dried meats, and cheeses. Berlin has a very international food scene. It’s not just Schnitzel and sausage anymore.
• And in Amsterdam, you must try the frites , the bitterballen and the  Poffertjes (pancakes).

In every city, there is now a food tour taking place. We always recommend going on a food tour first thing when you arrive because it gives you a very good overview of the foods you should look out for and where to find them.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is $5000 enough for a trip to europe.

With careful planning and budgeting, $5000 can allow you to have an enjoyable and fulfilling trip to Europe. However, the amount of money you need for a trip to Europe can vary widely depending on several factors, including the duration of your trip, the countries you plan to visit, your travel style, and the activities you want to experience.

How early should I plan my Europe trip?

Starting to plan your Europe trip 6 months in advance is a good timeframe, especially if your trip involves multiple destinations, is during the peak season, or requires visas. This allows you to also get your accommodation booked in advance. However, if your trip is relatively simple and during the off-peak season, you might be able to start planning 3 months before your travel dates.

What’s the best time to visit Italy?

Italy is a year-round destination, but many people prefer the spring (April to June) and fall (September to October) when the weather is pleasant, and tourist crowds in Italy are generally smaller at this time of year.

YOU MIGHT ALSO LIKE

21 Most Charming Small Towns & Cities in Europe

8 Unique Places to Stay in Europe & UK

21 Best Places to Spend Christmas in Europe

Now you know how to plan a trip to Europe, and we’ve given you a 2-week itinerary to follow. What are you waiting for? Whether you take a guided tour or do this Europe 2-week itinerary on your own, I am certain you will find it to be the most exciting and rewarding trip you’ll ever take.

Europe is fascinating and full of surprises. Let us know how your trip to Europe turns out!

Be Prepared For Travel Planning is the most important part of any successful trip. Do it the easy way:

🧳 Travel Packing List | ✔️ Why You Need Travel Insurance | ✈️ What to Do Before You Leave Home

• Find and book the best hotel (our favorite booking site is Expedia)
• Research flight options (our favorite tool is Skyscanner )
• Book a tour (we always use Viator to find the best tours)
• Rent a car through Discover Cars (they search the best deals for you!)

21 of the Best Cities to Visit in Europe

18 Best Wine Regions in Europe for Wine Lovers

Like this post? Why not save it to your Pinterest board ?

Laura Lynch, creator and writer of Savored Journeys, is an avid world traveler, certified wine expert, and international food specialist. She has written about travel and food for over 20 years and has visited over 75 countries. Her work has been published in numerous guidebooks, websites, and magazines.

15 thoughts on “ How to Plan a Trip to Europe (2-Week Europe Itinerary) ”

A great two-week itinerary for those looking to see the capital cities of Europe Laura – and totally agree with the London food choices! We are heading to the UK early next month and the Sunday roast and fish and chips ( with curry sauce) are high on our agenda;) Also an afternoon tea with clotted cream! 🙂 Thanks for sharing this thorough article. Shelley x

I always love a good cream tea!

I am planning on visiting Europe – more like a backpacking trip. And believe, I probably have read all the possible articles about “How to Self Organize Europe Trip” and this is the first article which covered everything I needed to know in a simple and minimal way. I couldn’t thank you enough, Laura. Really helpful!!!!!

Glad you found it useful, Sneha. Enjoy your trip.

This is awesome, thank you ❤️

Thank you for ALL of this great information. I’m in the beginning stages of planning a vacation for my family of 6. We will fly out of JFK – probably late June 2023 and we would like to visit: London, Paris, Venice, (Rome maybe) and Barcelona. Does the order of countries make sense? And know we would do train from Paris to Venice – but what would you suggest for the rest of the trip as far as traveling between countries? Thank you!

Hi Jill. That trip route sounds good. You can actually do all trains, if you don’t mind overnight travel, to save time. I would likely take the Eurostar from London to Paris, fly to Venice, train to Rome, and flight to Barcelona. You can easily get low-cost airline flights between all of those places.

Hi Laura, do you know whether the flight from Paris to Venice would be very busy? We definitely want to hit up London, Amsterdam, Paris and Italy (Venice/Florence/Rome) but felt that 14 days was ambitious for us. We also were hoping to avoid flights as much as possible due to the mass flying and worry it might take forever at the airport during August/September.

Hi Linda. The flight from Paris to Venice is likely always full, but it’s not a bad experience. We fly these routes all the time. You could also take the train! If you want to take a slower journey and actually cover it well, I would recommend 3 weeks for that trip. It is quite ambitious to do it in 2 weeks, but most people don’t have that much vacation time.

Hi and thank you so much for sharing all of this information! I am planning a summer trip for next year and am just researching to get a jump start on things and saving up!

I have a question…is there a way to add in the Almafi coast in this itinerary easily? What would you suggest as far as when you would add that? Before or after Venice…etc. and how many days would you recommend there? I was planning to do a boat day there.

Hi Cassandra. We were just in the Amalfi coast! You’ll love it. If you have time, I would suggest doing this itinerary the opposite way – starting in London and ending in Naples. Then you can visit the Amalfi coast and travel home from Naples.

Thanks so much for the in-depth wonderful article you turned out here .God Bless You

Hi there! This is really helpful!! I’m just confused, and trying to follow the map you post at the top. Just underneath your header “Self-Guided Tour of Europe – Plan Your Own Travel Itinerary”, there’s a map with a travel route posted. But that map does not match up with the route that is detailed below. The map appears to start in London and go to Paris, and them double-back to Amsterdam. But in the written itinerary, you talk about going from Paris to Venice, but this is not shown as the route on the map, and there’s no mention of how to get from Paris to Venice. Just trying to figure out if I follow what’s posted on the map, or what is outline in the written itinerary?? THANK YOU!!!

Hi Sherry. It looks like Amsterdam just got inserted in the wrong place on the map. I’ve updated it to be last instead of 3rd. Although if you wanted to fly into London and out of Rome, you could still put Amsterdam 3rd in the itinerary.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Travel Resources

• Travel eSIM
• Install eSIM
• Delivery Options

Loading Cart

Your Perfect 14 Days Europe Travel Itinerary

However, if it is the first time you visit Europe, you can feel overwhelmed by all the information you find on the internet. If you are planning this trip from scratch and you are doing it by yourself, you are probably going to feel 14 days are not enough to visit Europe.

Of course, you will not be able to enjoy all the famous places, but if you make a good itinerary you will have time enough to visit – at least – some of the most emblematic destinations of the continent.

You should start this wonderful tour in an organized way to take advantage of the time and enjoy the trip as much as you can. This continent has a lot of beautiful cities! However, you only have 14 days to visit the number of places you can. We recommend you to start in Spain, specifically at Seville. Discover where to go in this great city:

Day 1: Seville

Seville is the capital of Andalucia, and it is one of the most colorful cities in Spain. People from Seville are very kind and you can find art everywhere. Here are some of the places you should visit:

• Real Alcazar: You can start visiting this palace. It is one of the most ancient palaces in the world; it is from the XI century. All its rooms are references to several cultures such as Arabian, gothic and baroque culture.
• Cathedral of Seville: You should visit this cathedral depending on your religious beliefs. It is one of the most spectacular Gothic cathedrals around Europe. Another peculiar fact is that you can see the remains of Christopher Columbus there.
• Triana: Local people tend to say that you cannot visit Seville without going to this place. It is a neighborhood with the authentic market next to the bridge Isabel II. There are a lot of spots where you taste typical dishes from the region like salmorejo, which is a cool soup of tomatoes, pieces of bread, garlic and a little bit of olive oil.
• Spain Square: For Spanish people, it is probably the most beautiful square in the country. You can see benches and ceramic tiles from around 48 Spanish provinces. It was built in 1929.
• The Golden Tower: Now in the twilight of the afternoon you take a walk around this place , do not expect to see any piece of gold. This name was given to the tower because of the reflection that causes the tower in the river.

The second city will be in Madrid. Keep in mind that to get there it takes you 2 hours and a half by train. So you have to wake up early.

Day 2: Madrid

When you arrive at the capital of Spain you will notice that it is the center of the squares, pubs, stores, galleries, parks and fashion. Take a look at some of the most visited places in Madrid:

• Atocha Station: You can go to this station and walk around its tropical garden. You may know that this place is a railway complex that is located near the Emperor Charles V. It is the most crowded station in the country.
• San Miguel Market: Travelers not only look for monuments, in fact, they also look for other simple things like markets. This is the most popular option; it is located in a square that has the same name. This private market keeps its original iron structure from the beginning of the XX century.
• Las Ventas: This popular attraction is considered to be the 3rd best bullring in the world, after a bullring from Mexico and another one from Valencia, also in Spain.
• Great Way: This place is full of stores, wonderful buildings, and a relaxed atmosphere. It starts at the Alcala Street and ends in Spain Square. It is famous as well for its cinemas and theaters, so it is known as the Broadway from Madrid.
• The Royal Palace: here you can enjoy beautiful sunsets or you can go to the Debod Temple that is another magical place to see unique twilights.

To get to the third and final city of this country, it will take you almost 3 hours. The next city is Barcelona so remember to get some rest to recover the necessary energies to face the next adventure.

Day 3: Barcelona

This is a wonderful city and you could start the tour at the following places:

• Basilica of the Holy Family:  Many people visit this emblematic place, so you have to go very early. The doors open at 8:30 in the morning.
• Gaudi Avenue: After the Holy Family you can go for a walk along this wooded avenue until you get the following spot.
• The Bunkers of Carmel: If you are looking for the best landscape for a wonderful photo, you must go to this place . You will have the sea in front of you for a perfect picture.
• Las Ramblas: This is the most famous street in the city and it is always full of tourists. You can start at Catalunya Square and make a stop at the Canaletas Fountain. You can continue walking until the Columbus Monument. You will find a lot of stores, street artists, flower shop and more.

Stay connected with 4G LTE Internet throughout Europe with a Prepaid Travel SIM Card!

Day 4: Marseille

Now let’s go to the neighbor country France. A wonderful city to start knowing this lovely country is Marseille. It is around 7 hours by train or 1 hour by plane.

• Old Port: All the essence of Marseille emerges from this place. This port has been there from the ancient age.
• Panier Neighborhood: This is a historical place that has been reconstructed but it conserves its streets. You can find artists’ workshops, traditional stores and some houses made of stones.
• The Mucem: It is a museum of the European and Mediterranean civilizations. It is also a beautiful architectural enclave; the Fort of Saint-Jean and the new building of Rudy Ricciotti are united by a runway.
• The Vallon des Auffes: If you want to be near the sea and the fishing boats, you may go to this place . It has become a charming neighborhood that keeps aspects of a picturesque port.

Day 5: Lyon

This city is 1 hour and a half from the previous point. Lyon is one of the most important cities of France after the capital. It has a good sense of culture, excellent gastronomy, and unforgettable places.

• The Lumiere Museum: This museum was built in homage to the famous brothers who gave life to the images. In this center, you will find the inventions that made possible the cinematography, a replica of this first device and an exhibition of the great industry that was generated since then.
• Museum of the Fine Arts: It is, after the Louvre, one of the most important art museums in France, with collections of antiques from the Middle Ages to the 21st century and paintings by artists like Rubens, Rembrandt, Monet, Van Gogh, Picasso or Matisse, as well as some sculptures by Canova or Rodin.
• Jean Cathedral: It was built between 1180 and 1480, so the building mixes Romanesque and Gothic elements. Unfortunately, most of his sculptures were destroyed in the 16th century in the called Wars of Religion. However, it still conserves the stained glass windows of the 11th century and the great jewel of the building, its astronomical clock. This clock shows the positions of the Earth, the Sun, the Moon and the stars over the city of Lyon.
• Notre Dame of the Fourviere Basilica: Today it is a center of pilgrimage since throughout history the Virgin protected the inhabitants of Lyon from pests and epidemics and in the nineteenth century the citizens promised to build a new sanctuary if the Prussian invasion was avoided.
• Archaeological remains of the Fourvière: The Romans were the first inhabitants of this hill in the former settlement of Lugdunum. Today, the remains of what was a great theater are preserved.

Day 6: Paris

The next destination is the French capital. It is 2 hours by train from Lyon city. Paris is ideal for a romantic stop. Discover where to go in Paris:

• Eifel Tower: This is the most important symbol of Paris. You can go to the top floor at night and do not worry if the lights suddenly start blinking like distant shooting stars, it’s completely normal. Being in this high tower in the most romantic city in the world is just an incredible experience!
• Art Nouveau Signs: You can also enjoy the street artists around the city or take a picture in this famous place from the subway.
• Galeries Lafayette Viewpoint: You can there to get one of the best views of Paris and the best part is that it is completely free.
• Trocadero Gardens: It is possibly one of the best places to get beautiful pictures. You can also contemplate the Eiffel Tower from this point.
• The Louvre Museum: Without any doubt, this is the most famous museum in the city. The thing is that it would take you almost the whole day to see each one of the works exhibited there. You may begin with the star, The Gioconda by Leonardo Da Vinci.

Day 7: Milan

Now it is time to say au revoir to Paris and say ciao to Italy. This destination is known as the fashion capital. It will take you 6 hours and a half to get there by train from Paris to Milan or 1 hour and a half by plane.

• The Duomo of Milan: You cannot say that you went to Milan without going to the Duomo. It is the main “attraction” and the most important symbol of the city. It is in the center of the city, so it is quite simple to get there. The easiest way to get there is by subway, green line or yellow line. If you take the correct exit you will be surprised with the Duomo in front of you. If you have time and the day is good, you have to climb to the terrace of the Duomo. It is an unforgettable experience.
• The Basilica of S. Ambrosio: He is the patron saint of Milan city. The Basilica of St. Ambrose, after the Duomo of Milan, is the most important church to visit in the city.
• The Sforzesco Castle: This castle was perfectly restructured. You can visit the museums that are inside and spend quiet time in Parco Sempione, just behind the castle.
• The Branca Tower: Here you can enjoy a particular view of Milan. The Branca Tower is located in Parco Sempione so you can visit it after the Sforzesco Castle.

Day 8: Rome

This is time to go to the capital of the country. You can get this destination in 3 hours by train. It is difficult to choose a few things to do in Rome. It is the capital of the most powerful Empire, the place of the gladiators, wars, as well as the city of love and romance and. Rome is a true open sky museum.

• The Coliseum: This place is one of the most photographed and most visited monuments in the world. Built-in the 1st century as the place where the Romans had fun attending fights between gladiators and ferocious animals.
• The Roman Forum: It is located a few steps from the Colosseum. It is one of the most important archaeological areas in the world. The Roman Forum was the center of the social and commercial life of the entire Roman Empire. In their palaces, there were commercial transactions, in the government buildings laws were passed, convicts were sentenced and the most important decisions of the empire were made there.
• The Pantheon: It is the best-preserved ancient building in the whole city of Rome. Made in the 1st century by order of the consul Agrippa as a temple dedicated to all gods. Now it is a catholic temple where the remains of many illustrious characters of Italy rest.
• Fontana di Trevi: If you want to come back to Rome do not forget to throw a coin into the fountain. It is considered the most beautiful fountain in the world. This elegant Baroque fountain was designed in 1735 by Nicolo Salvi on the ancient aqueduct of the Virgin Water.
• The Spanish Steps – Trinita dei Monti: It is probably the most attractive and most visited square in all of Rome. It is a beautiful square of the 18th century; its shape is elongated and triangular and is near the Pincio Hill. It is connected to the church through the monumental Escalinata de Trinidad dei Monti.

Day 9: Venice

The next stop is Venice. It is 3 hours and a half by train from Rome. Some of the emblematic places you should visit are:

• Saint Marco Square: This is the icon of Venice. When you get this point you can also admire the Basilica of Saint Marco.
• The Great Canal: Instead of cars or motorcycles, you can see gondolas and little ships in this way. You can admire the most beautiful palaces that once belonged to powerful families.
• Ponte dei Sospiri: These were not romantic sighs. It refers to horror sighs because prisoners walked through this bridge before being executed. Nowadays it is a symbol of the city.
• Sestiere: If you have extra time, do not miss the opportunity to go to the neighborhoods of the city. There 6 really popular; Cannaregio, Castello, Dorsoduro, Saint Paolo, Sait Croce, and Sanit Marco. Each one has a particular essence.

Day 10: Munich

Time to leave behind the romanticism and the gondolas to know the next country. Now let’s go to Munich. This Bavarian city has a great history, a privileged location to discover one of the most beautiful regions of Europe and an interesting culture that will make you fall in love with it.

• Marienplatz: In this spectacular square is where the Neues Rathaus is located. This is the main square in Munich. In its surroundings, there is a great multitude of shops and restaurants. If you love football, you will like this place because this is where Bayern Munich shows its trophies to fans.
• Hofbrauhaus: This place has a great history inside. It is known that Hitler held meetings on the top floor of the building. It is also very famous for its beer, so do not hesitate to try it.
• Odeonsplatz: In this building, Hitler was arrested in 1923. However, years later when he came to power, he made Odeonsplatz a Nazi sanctuary. Those who were not related to the regime took another way to avoid passing in front of the building. Right now there is no trace of that black past and it is a very interesting building to see in Munich.
• BMW Welt: If you are a big fan of cars, this place is a good choice for you. You will notice the automotive tradition of the city. BMW is one of its main brands and that is why they have a lot of museums dedicated to this brand. Without a doubt, the BMW Welt is the best car exhibition and it is completely free.

Day 11: Berlin

Here comes the capital. Berlin is at 4 hours by train from Munich and it is just a funny, interesting, amazing and cosmopolitan city.

• The Brandenburg Gate: It is the symbol of Berlin since 1791. After the fall of the Wall, it has become the icon of German reunification.
• Checkpoint Charlie: You can cross this famous place that divided the American zone and the Soviet zone.
• Mauer Park Karaoke: You can go there to hear people singing. And if you dare, you can try singing German songs as well.
• Watergate: If you like dancing you must go to this disco club. It is one of the famous disco clubs around Berlin and Europe. There also are Weekend, Farbfernseher and Ritter Butzke.
• Berlin Walls: Although most of it was demolished in the 90s, there are still some fragments of the wall that divided the city for 28 years. You can know all its history and visit the remains.

Day 12: Hannover

Hannover is the next destination and it offers other kinds of natural landscapes and also modern and popular malls. It will take you about 2 hours by train to get there.

• The Marktplatz: It is located in the old town of Hannover, so it is an ideal starting point to explore the city. In the square are some of the most impressive Gothic structures of this state capital, dating from the XIV and XV centuries.
• The Red Thread: It is a route of 4.5 kilometers that will take you through 36 buildings and monuments in the middle town of Hannover. On the way, you can stop to contemplate historical places such as the church of the Market, the Opera House, the August Kestner Museum and the new town hall.
• The Emst-August-Gallery: It is a shopping center located ten minutes walking from Hannover Hauptbahnhof station. Several activities, events, and concerts are held throughout the year in this place, especially on holidays. There are more than 100 luxury brand stores, such as H & M, Tommy Hilfiger, and Adidas.

Day 13: London

The next destination is one of the most exciting cities in the world. It has a lot of attractions and tourist places. London is a multicultural city, full of open-minded-people with different lifestyles.

• Camden Town: Far from the more traditional atmosphere of London, its main place is the Camden market, full of alternative stores, live music with DJs and a great atmosphere. You can invest one Sunday morning touring the market and then eat at one of its many spots.
• The Westminster Palace and Big Ben: In this palace, you will find the British Parliament and Big Ben, its famous Clock Tower, which has become the icon of London. Located near the Thames River, it is one of the 4 World Heritage Sites of London. This clock is one of the most punctual in the world.
• Tower Bridge: It is the most famous bridge in London and one of the best things to do in London. This stone drawbridge over the River Thames was built in 1894 and its name is due to the proximity to the Tower of London.
• Westminster Abbey: It is the oldest and most famous religious temple in London. Since 1066 almost all the coronation ceremonies of kings, English monarchs and even royal weddings have been held there.
• Piccadilly Circus: It is a small square that intersects several streets of London. The square stands out for its large video screens and neon billboards, where you can also see its famous fountain with the sculpture of Eros.

Day 14: London

Remember that this is your last day on the ancient continent. So, you must enjoy this day overall. That is why we recommend you to spend one more day there.

• St James Park: Located near the Buckingham Palace, it is one of the favorite parks in London for locals and tourists. Besides being the oldest of the Royal Parks of London, it allows you to disconnect from the city, something that is often necessary after spending hours in the center of one of the most visited cities in the world
• The London Tower: The London Tower is a huge castle that has had different uses according to the stage of its history and it is another of the prominent places to visit in London. The White Tower, the Medieval Palace and the Royal Chapel of San Pedro stand out in this area.
• The Portobello Market: It is located on Portobello Road and most of its stalls and stores sell antiques. The best time to visit it is on Saturday mornings, where all the stalls are on the street, as well as fast food stalls, where you can have a snack.
• The Saint Paul’s Cathedral: It is 111 meters high and this makes it the second-largest cathedral in the world. The funeral of Winston Churchill and the wedding of Prince Charles with Diana of Wales were held there.
• The Buckingham Palace: It is the official residence of Queen Elizabeth II and also the place that housed many historical moments in London. In front of the palace is celebrated the most famous Change of Guard in the world.

We are completely sure there are many interesting places you will not have time to visit, but we hope you enjoy these perfect 14 days travel itinerary we chose for you. Let us know which other places we should add to this incredible Europe trip and share this article with your friends!

Travel SIM Cards

The Best International SIM Cards in 2023

Published on 28th November 2019

Travel Destinations

Plan the perfect trip to the USA | USA Holiday Guide

Published on 14th August 2020

• Destinations
• Travel Tips
• Travel With Us
• Paid Travel Internship
• TTIFridays (Community Events)
• SG Travel Insider (Telegram Grp)

14-Day Europe Itinerary: 6 Countries under S$1.8k with the Eurail Pass

Armed with the  7-day Flexi Eurail Pass , we set out to explore 6 countries over 14 days, for less than S$1.8k.

*Pst: Get 15% off your Eurail pass when you book before 1 Aug 2022.

One moment, you’re soaking at the Széchenyi thermal baths in Budapest. Next, you find yourself screaming your lungs out at the Wurstelprater — one of the craziest theme parks you’d ever visit. Finally, you’re in Rome, standing in front of the  Colosseum  — a seven wonder of the world checked off your bucket list. Here’s our 14-day Europe itinerary if you’re up to experience this mad rush of crazy adventures we had!

Although maximising our 7-day Flexi Eurail Pass  was a priority (i.e. visiting as many countries as we could), we also wanted to make sure we had enough time in each location to soak in the sights. Travelling conveniently and comfortably whilst getting to see iconic landmarks on a affordable budget was also on our list.

But travelling by train is expensive, you say. It’s true, traveling across Europe by buses and planes are in fact cheaper, but train travel is far more comfortable and hassle-free. You get to avoid long queues at airport customs or having your knees in a 90 degree angle for over 5 hours.

Starting from Munich and ending in Rome after 14 days, here’s how we covered 6 countries in Europe under S$1.8k!

Need help figuring out the nuts and bolts of the Eurail Pass? Hop over to our Eurail Pass Guide for everything you need to know before planning your Europe trip.

Budget Breakdown for 16 Days Over 6 Countries

Accommodation: S$349 Activities: S$296 Food and Drinks: S$365 SIM Card: S$34.80 Transport: S$530 (incl. Eurail Pass — S$362)

TOTAL: S$1,575 (rounded off) Click here for the detailed budget breakdown

Pre-Trip Essentials

1) Eurail Pass: Purchase your Eurail Global Flexipass from Klook at least 7 days before your trip. They deliver right to your doorstep for free!

* Update (as of 6 July 2022): Eurail Mobile Passes are now available. You can choose a start date later on when you’re ready to travel.

2) Connectivity:  You can preorder a portable WiFi device  that provides you with 500MB/day to share with 4 others! Alternatively, you can purchase this SIM card  ranging from 1GB to 6GB that covers you for 30 days.

Check Flights to Europe

This Europe itinerary starts in Munich, Germany! To get the best budget estimates, check flight prices on your date of travel here:

Can’t see the widget above? Check flights from Singapore to Munich here instead!

Day 1–2: Munich, Germany

Closest to the Bavarian Alps and home to many beer halls, we decided that Munich was the perfect location to begin our backpacking trip!

Highlights: – Visit a 3-tier beer hall in Munich – Take a day trip to the castle that inspired Disneyland’s Sleeping Beauty — Neuschwanstein Castle

Start at the Marienplatz

The central square of the city centre in Munich gained popularity during the 1972 Olympics where it was promoted as a walking venue. Since then, tourists come to visit this memorial site and the other historical spots around.

The first thing we had to check out at the Marienplatz was the Glockenspiel  — Munich’s lauded cuckoo clock!

You’ll find lots of buskers and there’s even a 12-minute figurine dance you can catch daily at 11AM, 12PM and 5PM (the evening show isn’t available in November and February).

Right in the middle of the Marienplatz is the The Column of St. Mary’s (pictured above), erected in 1638 to celebrate the victory of the Bavarians over the Swedish in the Thirty Years’ War. There’s also a statue of Virgin Mary and four puttis, each representing the overcoming of disease, war, heresy and famine.

In December, the Marienplatz is also home to Germany’s iconic Christmas markets so definitely stop by then!

Biergarten Viktualienmarkt for Lunch

Have an alfresco meal of bratwursts, schweinshaxe and sauerkraut at the  Biergarten Viktualienmarkt  just a 4-minute walk from the Marienplatz.

Even on weekdays, this place can be packed with locals enjoying €4 (S$6.35) beers and other local dishes! You might have to walk around a little before finding a spot.

We got our fix of bratwursts, schweinshaxe and sauerkraut here for a shared cost of €25.20 ($39.90).

Cost:  €10.30/pax ($16.30/pax) Opening Hours:  8AM – 6PM; Closed on Sundays Address:  Viktualienmarkt 9, 80331 München

St Peter’s Church at Sunset

Photo credit: Eat Explore Etc

The highlight would be the view from the top of the tower. Here’s the catch — there’s no elevator! Burn off your lunch and hike up 14 flights of stairs. We promise the view will be worth it, especially during sunrises and sunsets.

Photo credit: Thousand Wonders

St. Peter’s Church is the oldest in the district, but one of the emptier and more peaceful ones we’ve visited on the trip. On hindsight, I wished we’d spent more time here.

Do note that the entrances to the church and tower are different!

Entrance Fee:  Free unless you’re climbing the tower — €3 (S$4.75) [€2 (S$3.15) for those with a valid student ID] Opening Hours:  Mon – Fri, 9AM – 6.30PM; Weekends, 10AM – 6.30PM Address:  Rindermarkt 1, 80331 München, Germany

Ristorante CA`D`ORO for Pizza Takeaway

For something affordable and on-the-go, grab pizza from  Ristorante Ca`D`Oro  for €3.80 (S$6) a slice that’s only a block away from Jaeger’s Munich Hostel.

Opening Hours:  10AM – 1AM Address:  Bayerstraße 31, 80335 München, Germany

Picnic at Englischer Garten

Head to your local grocers to grab lunch before heading down to the  Englischer Garten.  If you’re not shy, you could even join some of the locals suntanning in the nudist garden!

Here, your picnic involves horses, not dogs, galloping past you.

Right past the nudist garden by the river is a waterfall, a place where many surfers ride the waves.

Address : Prinzregentenstrasse, 81925 Munich, Bavaria, Germany

Hofbräuhaus München for drinks

For late afternoon drinks, head to  Hofbräuhaus  — a 3-level beer hall with the occasional live band playing in front!

Only €8.90 for One Litre of Beer!

Cost:  €8.90 (S$14.10) Opening Hours:  9AM – 11.30PM Address: Platzl 9, 80331 München, Germany

Pasta E Basta for Dinner

An average of €10.60 (S$16.75) for cheap and great-tasting Italian cuisine with friendly service staff? Pasta e Basta deserves five stars!

The Risotto Mare (€8.95/S$14.15) is a definite must-try. This dish was jam-packed with fresh seafood and the rice was enveloped with rich tomato flavours.

Opening Hours:  11.30AM – 11.30PM Address:  Fraunhoferstraße 19, 80469 München, Germany

Day Trip out to Füssen, Germany

Muenchen Hauptbahnhof Station to Fuessen Station:  Regional Trains depart hourly from München Hbf Station to Füssen and takes about 2 hours. No fees or reservations required since it’s a regional train. Not all trains are direct so double check here to see which ones are!

15 minutes before we alighted at Füssen, we found ourselves gaping at the beauty of the Bavarian Alps.

Whilst Füssen has interesting sites such as the  Hohenschwangau Castle and  Linderhof Palace , we decided to dedicate the day to solely explore the Neuschwanstein Castle due to time constraints. This castle only allows visitors that are part of guided tours.

*Pro-tip:  Purchase your snacks and food at the convenience store before heading to the castle or train ride back. The only place to get food at the Neuschwanstein Castle is their cafe and prices are exorbitant there!

Neuschwanstein Castle

Exploring the outskirts of the Neuschwanstein Castle is free but you’d see very little compared to what is inside. For €12 (S$19), you can sign up for a guided tour  at the castle’s ticket center. It’s a 1.5km uphill walk from the ticket centre to the castle so do factor enough time to arrive at least 15 minutes before your allocated tour timing!

There’s also the option to ride up in a horse carriage for €6 (S$9.50) uphill and €3 (S$4.75) downhill but I personally would not recommend it as the horses look dehydrated and mistreated.

We weren’t allowed to take photos within the castle but got an interesting perspective viewing the castle, not only through the eyes of his servants — going through hidden passageways — but also enjoying the views from the King’s bedroom.

Neuschwanstein Castle’s ticket centre

Cost: €12 (S$19) for the guided tour Opening Hours: 8AM – 5PM How to get there:  After alighting at Füssen, take bus 73 or 38 to get to the village of Hohenschwangau , which is also the foot of all the attractions. It costs €4.60 (S$7.30) for a round trip and you pay the bus driver upon boarding.

Best view of the Neuschwanstein Castle 

Whether you decided to get on the guided tour or not,  Marienbrücke  is a must-visit as it’s one of the best viewpoints of the Neuschwanstein Castle from afar. You will see signs pointing to the Marienbrücke once you exit the castle.

*Pro-tip: Capture better pictures from the other end of the bridge. Majority of the crowd would be huddled at the entrance.

Munich Airport to Hauptbahnhof Station: The Lufthansan Express Bus Transfer ( S$16.10 via Klook ) runs every 15 minutes. The service picks you right from your terminal and stops at two different train stations   — Munich Nord/Schwabing or Munich Hauptbahnhof (main station at the City Center).

Accommodation in Munich:  Jaeger’s Munich Hostel   — a 5-minute walk from the Hauptbahnhof station. Dorm beds start from €25/pax (S$39.55).

Getting Around Munich:  The Eurail Pass lets you take the S Bahn for free but we explored the city on foot as the sights we visited were within walking distance. Local transport passes weren’t needed here.

DAY 3: Prague, Czech Republic

The architecture in the capital city of Czech Republic will make you feel like you’ve stepped into an old-school Disney movie — the brightly-coloured baroque structures and gothic churches, especially at the Old Town Hall, had us snapping away with each step we took.

Highlights in Prague: – Explore the Prague Castle – Have beers in a monastery – Walk through the scenic old town hall

Charles Bridge

We made this our first stop of the day to enjoy the serene beauty of the Vlava river. Charles Bridge is lined with amazing baroque stone statues, representing religious figures.

*Pro-tip:  Head here before 7AM to avoid the crowds. Most tour groups start streaming in at 9AM.

Address:  Karlův most, 110 00 Praha 1, Czechia

The Astronomical Clock at the Old Town Hall

The Old Town Hall boasts colourful buildings and gothic architecture. It also has lots of activities happening like fire-breathing performances, especially in the evening.

Photo credit: Prague.eu

The Astronomical Clock is currently under repair work until August 2018 but we were told that the clock was a beautiful spectacle with its movements, especially during its hourly performance.

Address:  Staroměstské nám. 1, 110 00 Staré Město, Czechia

Breakfast at Bistro Sisters

Photo credit: Lilies Diary

Get a soup and sandwich at the Bistro Sisters to begin your day! This cafe prides itself on using only fresh ingredients — no additives and as easy to grab as fast food.

Opening Hours:   Mon – Fri, 8AM – 7PM; Saturdays, 9AM – 6PM Address:  Dlouhá 727/39, 110 00 Staré Město, Czechia

Dancing House

You definitely can’t miss this quirky building — the arched lines and unique arrangements of the windows stand out against the older neighbouring buildings.

You can catch a view of Prague from the rooftop of the Dancing House  for a fee of 190 CZK (€7.40, S$11.70) but here’s a tip: get the same view for free by purchasing a drink at the cafe on top!

Address:  Jiráskovo nám. 1981/6, 120 00 Praha 2-Nové Město, Czechia

NH Hotel Cable Car for a view of Prague

Photo credit: Czech Up

Another great viewpoint of Prague would be from the mini cable car that takes you from one building of the hotel to another, starting at the main entrance of the  NH hotel .

*This funicular is currently undergoing some changes but will be available after August 2018.

Cost:  Free Address: NH Hotel,   Mozartova 261/1, 150 00 Praha 5, Czechy Prague

Walk around the Prague Castle and St. Vitus Cathedral

With an area of 70,000m², the  Prague castle  is so big, it’s even gotten into the Guinness Book of World Records as the largest ancient castle in the world !

If you only have time for one place here, it’s the  St. Vitus Cathedral . Look out for the intricate details at the entrance as well as the gorgeous stained glass windows that will probably spoil your expectations of every other stained glass window you’ll see on the rest of the trip.

Entrance Fees  Free Opening Hours:  6AM – 10PM Address:  119 08 Prague 1, Czechia

Strahov Monastery Brewery and Library

Photo credit: Prague Stay

After yet another climb, we were ecstatic to be greeted by the amount of beers available at the Strahov Monastery Brewery  — two of which are only available over specific seasons.

Our favourite was the Hazy IPA which paired well with the roast goose served with dumplings. Another thing we loved was the beef sirloin in cream sauce. They’re really generous with their gravies and that’s something we appreciated!

Photo credit: PraguebyKaty

We were a little disappointed with the Strahov Library . Situated across the brewery, the library stands alone as a building itself. Whilst the ceilings were stunning and rooms were magnificent, we had to pay on top of our entrance fees for a yellow sticker (€2 each) that allowed us to take pictures.

Entrance Fee:  €6 (S$9.50) Opening Hours:  10AM – 10PM Address:  Strahovské nádvoří 1/132, 118 00 Praha 1, Czechia

Getting From Munich to Prague:  Multiple trains run from   Munchen Hauptbahnhof Station (Germany) to Praha Hlavní Nádraží Station or Praha-Holešovice (Czech Republic) ~7.5 – 9hrs

Accommodation in Prague: Hostel Rosemary  — Dorm beds start from €10/pax (S$15.82).

Getting Around Prague: By foot since everything was nearby and convenient

DAY 4-5: Vienna, Austria

Third on our list: the capital of music home to many renowned musicians. We especially wanted to explore the woods that inspired Beethoven’s works, and an amusement park many have been raving about.

Highlights in Vienna: – Visit Schönbrunn Palace , the former summer imperial palace – Ride the craziest rides at the  Wurstelprater  amusement park – Take a day trip out to the Vienna Woods and Seegrotte Hinterbrühl  — an underground lake in a cave.

Visit the Kamelitermarkt

A quaint little farmers’ market,  Kamelitermarkt is a great place to explore and stop for brunch. Take note that these pop-up stalls are only here on Saturdays and close pretty early, so come in the morning!

Opening Hours:  Mon – Fri, 6AM – 7.30PM; Saturdays, 6AM – 5PM Address:  Karmelitermarkt, 1020 Wien, Austria

Kaffeestation

Photo credit: Falter

The coffee at Kaffeestation  was what we needed on a hot day to perk us up! €2.90 (S$4.60) for a cup of cappuccino was a steal for European standards. Look out for the little treats that they bake daily as well!

Opening Hours:  Mon – Fri 7.30AM – 6.30PM; Saturdays, 7.30AM – 5PM Address:  Stand 33-36, Karmelitermarkt, 1020 Wien, Austria

Tewa Karmelitermarkt

We shared a mixed platter comprising falafels, hummus and greek salad (highly recommended) and schitzel dish to share among 4 of us (€21.80, S$34.50 total) at  Tewa Karmelitermarkt .

Opening Hours:  7AM – 11PM; Closed on Sundays Address:  Stand 29-31, Karmelitermarkt, 1020 Wien, Austria

Laze at the Schönbrunn Palace

This former imperial summer residence offers guided tours but we realised there was so much we could explore on our own.

The bright yellow exterior of the baroque palace against the clear blue skies, with colourful flowers in the gardens definitely showcase why this UNESCO World Heritage Site  is one of Austria’s most significant monuments.

The gardens was what made the Schönbrunn Palace for me. You’d spot joggers enjoying their leisure run or families with picnics on the fields — the perfect place to laze about on a Saturday morning with your friends.

Entrance Fee:  Free without entry inside. Ticket prices inside vary from  €14.20 to €24. (S$22.45 to S$38) Opening Hours:  8AM – 5.30PM Address:  Schönbrunner Schloßstraße 47, 1130 Wien, Austria

Party at the Wurstelprater Amusement Park

If you told me you only had a day in Vienna, I’d point you straight to the  Prater ! What park can compete with a ride named “Olympia Looping” with 6 loops involved?

Cost:  Free entry. Individual rides range from €3 – €9 (S$4.75 – S$14.25) Opening Hours:  10AM – 11PM Address:  1020 Vienna, Austria

Austrian National Library

If the architecture doesn’t impress you, how about the fact that  Austria’s largest library  has 7.4 million items?

Harry Potter fans , think Hogwarts’ library. The mere exterior of the library will leave you breathless and thinking you’re in an old-school magical movie.

Entrance Fee:  €6 (S$9.50) Opening Hours: 10AM – 6PM; Closed on Mondays Address:  Josefsplatz 1, 1015 Wien, Austria

Relax at Burggarten

Flowers at the entrance of the garden forming a treble clef

Burggarten even has a statue of Mozart — a nod to the fact that Austria’s the city of music and has had many musicians such as Beethoven and Sigmund Freud as residents.

Opening Hours: 7AM – 5.30PM Address:  Josefsplatz 1, 1010 Wien, Austria

Schmetterlinghaus (Butterfly House)

Leave your jacket out as you enter this two-levelled greenhouse! The glasshouse at Schmetterlinghaus has man-made caves, lush greenery and waterfalls.

The botanical butterfly house is filled with vividly coloured butterflies. Watch them flutter by as they flit to the plates filled with apples. If you’re brave enough to grab one of the fruits, you can get one on your hands!

Entrance Fee:  €5.50 (S$8.70) Opening Hours:  10AM – 4.45PM; Saturdays, 10AM – 6.15PM Address:  Hofburg, 1010 Wien, Austria

Grab lunch at Centimeter I beim Rathaus

Centimeter I beam Rathaus  encapsulates the perfect Austrian experience with their generous portions and especially friendly staff. Our waiter even went the extra mile to serve us water for free when his boss huffed that it was chargeable.

Food-wise, the ribs were the definite showstopper.

Opening Hours: Sun – Thurs, 8.30AM – 12AM; Fri & Sat, 8.30AM – 1AM Address:  11, Lenaugasse, 1080 Wien, Austria

*Pro-tip: Unless you’re looking to mingle and socialise, visit this bar during lunch as it gets pretty packed during the evening.

Explore Hundertwasser House and Village

Full of vibrant colours and interesting architecture, this apartment was conceptualised by a local artist and brought to life, merging nature and man together.

You aren’t allowed to enter this residential building of the  Hundertwasser House as the lodgers wish to maintain their privacy, but you can take pictures of the exquisitely-designed exterior!

Opposite the apartments is the Hundertwasser Village . Decorated in the same manner as the Hundertwasser House, it has a cluster of souvenir shops, a gallery and a cafe. You may pay to enter the museum as well.

Entrance Fee:  Free Opening Hours:  9AM – 6PM Address:   Kegelgasse 37-39, 1030 Wien, Austria

Vienna Woods and Mayerling Guided Half Day Tour

We decided to embark on this half day tour as we were intrigued about Beethoven and how he explored the woods whilst living in Vienna. The history behind the underground lake and its relation to WW2 was what sealed the deal for us.

This Vienna Woods and Mayerling Guided Half Day tour took us to 3 spots — the memorial chapter at Mayerling, Heiligenkreuz Abbey and Seegrotte Hinterbrühl — each showcasing a different side of Vienna’s outskirts.

First, a bus tour throughout Vienna Woods , while the tour guide talks about Beethoven and his relationship with the woods that probably inspired a majority of his music. In the summer, he would walk around Vienna Woods with his notebook.

Next, the  memorial chapel at Mayerling where we learnt of the scandalous history behind the Crowned Prince and his relationship with his 17-year-old lover.

We were also brought to  Heiligenkreuz Abbey — currently the oldest Cistercian monastery in the world.

Photo credit: 500px

The show stealer though, was the underground lake at Seegrotte Hinterbrühl . After exploring the hidden site that was used by the Nazis to secretly produce one of their first jet fighters during WW2, you get on a boat that explores the lake.

Tour Cost: $80.20 Pick-up Area:  Operngasse 8, 1010 Vienna

If you’re not into tours, I recommend visiting only the underground lake for €11 (S$17.40).

Vienna State Opera House

Photo credit: Vienna Now, Forever

After the day tour, you’d be dropped at the  Vienna State Opera House  around 1.30PM, the perfect time to check for standing tickets at the ticketing house for the show of the day.

The Opera House boasts of tablets that are available for people to read translations during the shows. Guided tours are also available if you’d prefer to just take a look at the interior.

If you do get tickets, remember to dress for the occasion! Avoid ripped jeans and dress nicely.

Address:  Opernring 2, 1010 Wien, Austria

*Pro-tip:  Ask for the 3PM standing tickets that cost only €2 (S$3.16). Alternatively, arrive at 5.30PM and pay €3 – 4 (S$4.75 – S$6.35) for the 7PM show.

Der Wiener Deewan

Photo credit: allRestaurants

Der Wiener Deween  has a pay-as-you-wish Pakistan cuisine buffet popular amongst students. The buffet comes with a wide variety of dishes including salads and desserts. Drinks (except for water) come at an additional cost.

Photo credit: Mali Svijet

Cost: Pay as you wish Opening Hours: 11AM – 11PM; Closed on Sundays Address:  Liechtensteinstraße 10, 1090 Wien, Austria

Getting From Prague to Vienna:  Take the train from Praha Hlavní Nádraží Station (Czech Republic) to Wien Hauptbahnhof Station (Austria)

Accommodation in Vienna: Best Location Hostel   — €17/pax (S$26.90) for a private 4-bed dorm room

Getting Around Vienna:  The S Bahn line is free with the Eurail Pass but some of the places visited required us to use other lines. We purchased a 48-hour Vienna ticket , available at any cigarette store or online in advance for €14.10 (S$22.30). If you order it online you’ll have to print it first.

DAY 7-8: Budapest, Hungary

Budapest is 1 city with 2 personalities — in the day, Buda is brimming with activities. Once night falls, Pest wakes up! Thermal baths. Ruin pubs. Cheap accommodation. What’s more to explain? All these drew us to Budapest for our next stop.

Highlights in Hungary: – The Shoes on the Danube Bank — a tribute honouring the men of WW2 – Soak in the hot / cold Széchenyi thermal baths – Drink in one of Budapest’s famous ruin bars, Szimpla Kert.

Hungary Parliament

Sitting at Pest’s riverbank is the world’s third largest parliament building. The  Hungary Parliament also happens to be the largest and tallest building in Hungary.

Guided tours to the Hungary Parliament are available when the National Assembly is not in session.

Cost:  €9.20 (S$14.55) [for students aged 6 – 24] Opening Hours:  Mon to Fri, 8AM – 6PM; Weekends, 9AM – 4PM Address:  Budapest, Kossuth Lajos tér 1-3, 1055 Hungary

*Pro-tip:  Pre-purchase your tickets online as they are limited.

Shoes on the Danube Bank

Watching people place flowers and candles at the Shoes on the Danube Bank was a touching sight.

This memorial is a tribute to honour the men who were shot by firing squads during WW2 — they were commanded to remove their shoes, leaving them behind when their bodies fell into the bank.

Address:  Budapest, Id. Antall József rkp., 1054 Hungary

Lunch at Aurum Bistro

Splurging on ourselves a little on this day, we tried the  Arum Bistro’s  medvehagyma rizottó (wild garlic risotto) which turned out to be one of the best dishes on this trip! The risotto’s creamy garlic sauce goes perfectly with the moist and well-seasoned chicken.

Cost:  €14.30 (S$22.60) per person Opening Hours:  11.30AM – 12AM Address:  Budapest, Zrínyi u. 5, 1051 Hungary

St Stephen Basilica

Whilst enjoying lunch, we also savoured the view of the  St Stephen Basilica . Many cafes and ice-cream shops surround this area, providing the perfect place to admire the church.

This beautiful church is situated on the square that has the same name and honours the first King of Hungary St. Stephen. What’s interesting is that it’s as tall as the Hungarian Parliament building, making both of them the tallest buildings in Budapest — this symbolises their equal importance religiously and politically.

Address:  Budapest, Szent István tér 1, 1051 Hungary

Relax at Széchenyi Thermal Bath

One of the largest bath complexes in Europe is the  Széchenyi Thermal Baths . Though generally crowded throughout the day, the area is big enough to find your own comfortable space and relax in.

There are outdoor baths that are warm even during the cold seasons, and indoor ones with countless hot and cold baths to soak in. Varying temperatures of saunas are also available for you to sweat out in too!

Entrance Fee:   €15 (S$23.75) Opening Hours:  6AM – 10PM Address:  Budapest, Állatkerti krt. 9-11, 1146 Hungary

Dinner at Street Food Karaván

Plenty of food choices await you from numerous food vans here at Street Food Karaván . Options like vegan burgers, creamy smoothies or sinful nachos are available.

Photo credit: Happy Cow

The forest burger ( €4.70, S$7.45 ) and smoothies ( €4.70, S$7.45 ) from Las Vegans did not disappoint!

Opening Hours:  Sun – Wed, 11:30AM – 11PM; Thurs – Sat, 11:30AM – 1AM Address:  Budapest, Kazinczy u. 18, 1075 Hungary

Szimpla Kert

Your night isn’t complete without a visit to Szimpla Kert . Chill at this iconic party place with beers listening to live bands, or run around exploring the pioneer of ruin pubs. The pub is pretty big so there are counters all around to purchase your next drink.

Photo credit: Ruin Pubs

At some point, we found ourselves hanging out in a bathtub and I’m sure you’d able to find something more random when you visit.

Cost:  €3 (S$4.75) for a pint of beer Opening Hours:  Mon – Sat, 10AM – 4AM; Sun, 9AM – 5AM Address:  Budapest, Kazinczy u. 14, 1075 Hungary

Getting From Vienna to Budapest:   Multiple trains run from Wien Hauptbahnhof Station (Austria) to Budapest Keleti Station (Hungary) under 2.5hrs.

Accommodation in Budapest: Airbnb   — we paid € 6.28/ pax (S$9.95) a night for an apartment that came with laundry facilities and a kitchen.

Getting Around Budapest:  By foot or via transport apps like taxify .

*Pro-tip:  Change your currency to HUF before reaching Budapest. While most places accept €, the cost you pay in € is going to be a lot more than the current exchange rate.

DAY 9-10: Bled, Slovenia

If you’re looking for somewhere further away from cities, this quaint resort town surrounded by nature is a nice change of environment, home to the scenic glacial Lake Bled and Bled Castle.

Highlights: – Hike up to the Ojstrica Lookout Point to view Lake Bled – Eat the Original Lake Bled Cake – Dine at Ostarija Peglez’n, where we had one of our best meals during the trip

Dinner at Ostarija Peglez’n

Arguably the best meal we had on our trip, Ostarija Peglez’n ‘s food is worth every euro spent with its excellent food and kind staff.

Every dish is a winner in its own way — the tomato seafood risotto’s tanginess, the truffle pasta’s aroma fused in the creamy sauce, and the succulent prawns with roasted vegetables were all fantastic.

Cost:  €15/pax (S$23.75) Opening Hours:  11AM – 11PM Address:   Cesta svobode 19a ,  Bled 4260,  Slovenia

Hike up to see Lake Bled

You can hike up here any time of the day but we’d recommend getting up early to catch the sunrise at the  Ojstrica Lookout Point , which also gives you some time to enjoy the beautiful landscape of  Lake Bled  before tour groups arrive.

Pack some breakfast and make sure you wear proper shoes, because you’ll be hiking up 610 meters. The climb uphill for us took around 30 minutes but will vary depending on the weather.

Address:  Lake Bled, 4260 Bled, Slovenia

The Original Bled Cream Cake

Created in 1953, the specific 7x7x7 dimensions is one of the elements that make this Bled Cake iconic. You can find Bled Cakes in other cafes and supermarkets, possibly for even cheaper, but we thought to try the OG Bled Cream Cake found at Sava Hotel Bled .

Though slightly pricier, the contrast was evident when compared to the ones found in other cafes and supermarkets. The crumbly and flaky puff pasty on top provided the perfect textural contrast with the fluffy cream cake below. The others’ puff pastries, however, were soaked by overly-moist cake.

Cost:  €5 (S$7.90) Opening Hours: 9AM – 9PM Address:  152, Dunajska cesta, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia

Tobogganing at Straža Bled

Photo credit: Bled

For just €4 (S$6.35), you can ride a Toboggan sled in the summer or ski down over winter at  Straža Bled . It’s a mere few minutes walk uphill from the centre of Bled.

Opening Hours:  Sun – Mon, Wed – Thurs, 10AM – 8PM; Fri – Sat, Tues 9AM – 11PM Address:  4260 Bled, Slovenia

Getting From Budapest to Bled:  Budapest Deli Station (Hungary) to Ljubljana Station (Slovenia) to Lesce Bled Station (Slovenia).  

Accommodation in Bled: Vila Lipa   — a room for 2 – 4pax can go as low as €40 (S$63.30). Rooms are comfy and come with a beautiful balcony and spotless toilet!

Getting Around Bled:  The only time you’d need to get into a vehicle is from the train station to the villa. We hired a taxi that brought us to and from our accommodation for  €3 (S$4.75) each time.

DAY 11: Ljubljana, Slovenia

The capital and largest city in Slovenia, Ljubljana is lined with many bridges and cafes around the river. This environmentally friendly city was something we wanted to check out, especially when not many knew of the country!

Highlights:

– Cross the Dragon Bridge – Alternative art at the Metelkova Art Center, also a former military barrack

Cross the Dragon Bridge

Photo credit: Lonely Planet

While the Dragon Bridge is nothing out of the ordinary, the statues are a pleasant element! Not too far from the city centre, every pillar has its own dragon. The dragon bridge is a popular spot for selfies and Instagram posts.

Legend has it, that the tails of these dragons would wag if a virgin walks past! 😉

Address:  Resljeva cesta 2, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia

Check out the Open Kitchen Market

Photo credit: The Slovenia Times

Head down early to visit this Open Kitchen Market that only happens on Fridays. Since 2013, this market takes pride in selling yummy Slovenian and international delicacies from early spring to late fall.

Vendors sell a range of things from fresh strawberries and ice-cream to little glass trinkets and keychains.

It’s best to check their event calendar to see what’s happening that week.

Address:  Pogačarjev trg, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia

Druga Violina

Located in the old city centre, Druga Violina is a gostilna-style restaurant serving Slovenian cuisine in an al fresco setting.

We shared the Slovenska plošča platter (serves 2), an omelette and a steak for  €41.50 (S$65.65) altogether. The platter came with a generous mix of salad, mashed potatoes, fried chicken, a pork steak and more. We were stuffed at the end of the meal.

The drinks here are cheap as well — €2 (S$3.15) for a glass of rosé!

Cost: €10.40/pax (S$16.45/pax) Opening Hours:  8AM – 12PM Address:  Stari trg 21, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia

Metelkova Art Center

You can’t leave Ljubljana without visiting this hipster town!  The  Metelkova Art Centre  was a former military barrack and is currently the leading centre of underground music and art. It is pretty evident in all the walls of the buildings here.

Don’t be afraid to talk to the locals to find out what is happening, as there are performances occurring almost daily!

We paid €2 (S$3.15) to enter one of the buildings after making friends with an older gentleman. He invited us to watch his wife whom was performing with him that night; they were part of a Leftist movement. It was interesting to be exposed to something that we’d never seen in Singapore!

Address:  Metelkova ulica 10, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia

Getting from Bled to Ljubljana:  Multiple trains run from Lesce Bled Station (Slovenia) to Ljubljana Station (Slovenia) under 45mins

Accommodation in Ljubljana: Most Hostel   — single beds go as low as €15/pax (S$23.75). They come with a fridge, kitchen and an attached shower.

DAY 12-13: Venice, Italy

How can one not visit Venice when in Italy? Explore the city that was built on 118 little islands on water taxis and roam through the canals. Visit their museums and learn how Venice placed itself on the map with its history, lace and glass.

Highlights: – Ride the gondola in Venice – Visit Burano and learn about lace-making – Visit Murano for its high quality glass

After getting off at Venezia Mestre Station and checking into our hostel, we took a bus (53E or 19) into Venezia S. Lucia. The ride takes about 20–30 minutes.

Getting Around Venice: Since our accommodation was slightly out of Venice, we got the 48-hour pass ( €30/S$47.45) for unlimited water bus rides.

Ride the Gondola

To ride on the iconic gondola, head to the pick up point at Calle Larga dell’Ascensione — in front of the Poste Italiane (close to Correr Museum). Tickets cost from  €80 – €100 (S$126.55 – S$158.20) if  you purchase on the spot, so we  pre-booked ours at S$47 via Klook.  Each gondola carries 4–5 so you’d be able to enjoy the majestic city without crowding with tourists.

Piazza San Marco

One of the most famous squares in Venice, the architecture of St. Mark’s Square is immense and beautiful but the star here is the Basilica. Restaurants with orchestras playing and cafes offering teas and cute little cakes are also available for you to rest at.

Address:  Piazza San Marco, 30100 Venezia VE, Italy

Murano, The Glass Islands

Murano consists of 7 islands, linked together by bridges and is quite different compared to the main island — you’ll find the colours of the buildings much more vibrant and fewer tourists around.

Depending on where you’re at, getting to Murano can be tricky.  Here’s a guide  on how to get there based on your location.

In 1921, under the orders of the Doge of Venice, all Venetian glass makers had to move their furnaces to Murano. This action as a prevention against fires allowed Murano to build their reputation as the producer of high quality glass.

Currently, most glass factories in Murano give free showcases on how they make glass. They also have shops selling them.

*Pro-tip: When visiting shops, look out for the “Vetro Murano Artistico” trademark logo. This means they’re selling authentic Murano glass.

Visit the Museo del Vetro Glass Museum

Photo credit: Inexhibit

The  Museo del Vetro Glass Museum  should not be missed if you’re in Murano for their glass.

The extensive history of glass making from Venice to Murano is showcased here. Understand more of glass production history, and watch a video explaining how glass is made.

From time to time, glass-making demonstrations are held there too.

Entrance Fee:  €10 (S$15.80) Opening Hours:  10AM – 6PM Address: Fondamenta Marco Giustinian, 8, 30141 Venezia VE, Italy

Only 1 ferry runs between Burano and Venice — Ferry 12. It begins from Venice’s San Zaccaria stop (near St. Mark’s) and takes about 45 minutes.

Photo credit: Amusing Planet

Similar to Murano, its four islands are currently linked by bridges. Out of all three, Burano wins as the island with the brightest colours. Back in the day, families used to paint their homes a certain colour for themselves to earmark where their home began and ended. The tradition of painting their homes strong colours has since continued.

Burano also boasts of being a fisherman’s island with fresh seafood available at most of its eating joints.

The Lace Museum

Photo credit: livingVENICE

The Lace Museum  showcases the 16th and 17th century laces and history behind this specific textile. On certain days, you can capture lace makers at work.

Back then, the women of Burano would specialise in sewing a specific stitch. They’d combine all 7 stitches to create the lace, making it a delicate and calculated practice.

Entrance Fee:  €5 (S$7.90) Opening Hours: 10AM – 5PM; Closed on Mondays Address:  Piazza Baldassarre Galuppi, 187, 30142 Burano, Venezia VE, Italy

Eat at Ristorante Pizzeria Rio Novo

Craving for good pasta, we chanced upon this busy restaurant,  Rio Novo  and good pasta they had! We ate 4 different pastas — aglio e olio, pesto, bolognese and carbonara, that set us back an average of  €14.20 (S$22.45) per person. We even requested for a different type of pasta for our dish and they catered to it!

*Pro-tip:  Eat your meals outside of Venezia Mestre unless necessary; the dishes there are much cheaper and higher quality.

Address:  Santa Croce 278 , 30135 Venice, Italy

Getting from Ljubljana to Venice:  Take a bus from Ljubljana (Slovenia) to Trieste Centrale Station (Italy), then from Trieste Centrale Station to Venezia Mestre Station (Italy)

Accommodation in Venice:   Camping Rialto Venezia   — this was an amazing find outside of Venice: a camping ground providing clean shower and toilet facilities, with a mini mart to boot! We paid €11 (S$17.40) per person and scored 2 3-bed chalets for the 4 of us.

*Pro-tip:  Find your accommodations outside of Venice. It’s much cheaper and you get to interact with real Venetians. Plus, those are where you get to eat real Venetian food!

Day 14-15: Rome, Italy

Viewing one of the Seven Wonders of the World was a bucket list item for one of our friends. We decided to end the trip with Rome and help cross that out for her — the Colosseum! Italy’s capital city is also home to many other ancient ruins from the Roman Empire.

Highlights: – Make a wish at the Trevi Fountain – Visit the Vatican City (where the Pope lives) – Head down to the Colosseum (one of the Seven Wonders of the World) – Eat the best pizzas at Bonci Pizzarium.

Toss a Coin in the Trevi Fountain

According to the legends, you should prepare 3 coins to toss in the  Trevi Fountain  — the first to ensure your return to Rome, a second to meet someone from Rome and a third to secure your marriage with him/her! Of course, you could just throw as many coins and make as many wishes as you’d like.

We were told to either get there super early or late to avoid the crowds.

Address:  Piazza di Trevi, 00187 Roma RM, Italy

Climb the Spanish Steps

Photo credit: The Telegraph

Though many may complain that the Spanish Steps are just mere steps and nothing special, you’d be pleasantly surprised. Waiting atop the 130 steps is a huge array of beautiful flowers, with buskers serenading passers-by with love songs.

We even saw a couple taking their wedding photos there — made me wish I had a lover in Rome!

Address:  Piazza di Spagna, 00187 Roma RM, Italy

Note: As of 8 July 2019, sitting, eating and drinking on the Spanish Steps is illegal and can result in a fine of up to €400 euros. The ordinance also applies to other photogenic sites in Rome, like the Trevi Fountain.

Cajo & Gajo for Dinner

We chanced upon Cajo & Gajo when we saw how popular this place was, and how well they handled their customers. On a busy night, you’d even get a glass of white wine to drink while you wait.

Their Cartoc Calamari’s (€9, S$14.25) batter was perfectly crispy and the meat of the squid was just the right kind of chewy. We enjoyed a bottle of house wine paired with our pizza and pastas, leaving us spending  €16.75 (S$26.50)  per person.

Address:  Piazza San Callisto, 10, 00153 Roma RM, Italy Opening Hours:  10AM – 2AM

Arrive early at the Colosseum 

There’s no question why this iconic amphitheatre is one of the Seven Wonders of the World. Walk around the Colosseum and take in the sight of the beautiful ruins. It’ll transport you back to a time that countless movies have tried to recreate.

Unless you’d love to know every single detail, there isn’t a need to join guided tours to “skip lines” if you arrive early. You’ll be able to explore the area adequately yourself.

Admission is free every first Sunday of the month.

Entrance Fee:  €12 (S$18.90) Opening Hours: 8.30AM – 7PM Address:  Piazza del Colosseo, 1, 00184 Roma RM, Italy

*Pro-tip: If you’re traveling with a friend, get either of you to purchase the entrance tickets whilst the other queues to enter the Colosseum. It’ll also work to your advantage if you reach before 8AM.

Cross the Ponte Sant’Angelo

Cross this pedestrian-only bridge whilst on your way to the Vatican City. A scenic view of Castel Sant’Angelo can be observed from this bridge. Look out for the 10 various angel statues as well.

Address:  Ponte Sant’Angelo, 00186 Roma RM, Italy

Explore Vatican City and visit St. Peter’s Basilica

Remember to dress appropriately with your shoulders and knees covered as a form of respect.

Entrance Fee:  €15 (S$23.75) Opening Hours: 9AM – 4PM; Closed on Sundays. Address:  Piazza San Pietro, 00120 Città del Vaticano, Vatican City

*Pro-tip: Entry to   the Vatican Church is free every last Sunday of the month. If you’re unable to visit then, bring your student ID to enjoy discounts. Arrive 2 hours before opening hours as it’ll get crowded.

Chow Down at Bonci Pizzarium

Head over early to get your mind blown with the crazy amount of pizza toppings and combinations available at Bonci .

Opening Hours: Mon – Sat, 11 AM – 10PM; Sunday 12 – 4PM, 6 – 10PM Address: Via della Meloria, 43, 00136 Roma RM, Italy

Ending our Eurail journey in Rome with tasty pizzas was definitely a good way to conclude our trip!

Venice to Rome: Multiple trains run from Venezia Mestre Station (Italy) to Roma Termini Station (Italy) ~3.5hrs

Accommodation in Rome:   Mandarin Overseas Guesthouse   — single beds go as low as €20.50/pax (S$32.40).

Getting around Rome:  We didn’t buy the 48-hour bus pass; we bought a ticket whenever we rode the bus instead, costing us €1.50 (S$2.40) each time.

Travelling with the Eurail Pass

The Eurail Global Pass  is truly your ticket to exploring all of Europe. If it’s your first time, this is a great itinerary to start with but if you have the time, definitely maximise all 30 days of your pass — just be sure you have enough days left to catch your flight home!

Ticket office in Munich, Germany

With our 7-days in 1 Month Eurail Global Pass , we saved a total of S$161.35. You can check out our breakdown (on the second tab) but do note that train fares differ quite a bit everyday. This is because there are many trains taking varying routes to get from point A to point B.

For trains that require reservations, you can either reserve them at least two weeks before your trip — you’ll need to wait for the reservation tickets to be mailed to you in 7-10 working days — or just make reservations at the ticket office when you arrive in Europe on day 1.

More about the Eurail pass in this  Eurail Guide .

A huge part of rail travel is the experience of being in the train itself. Day trains offer some of the most scenic views and sleeper trains help save time especially when your journey is going to be half your day. Imagine going to bed in one country and waking up in another!

This Europe itinerary suggests taking day trains as the most economical option but if you’re short on time and willing to splurge a little (these can cost quite a bit more than a night in a hostel), we’d definitely recommend experiencing one.

For more on the Eurail Pass, check out our Eurail Pass Guide .

Start planning your own Europe backpacking journey now! Start with checking flight prices for your first stop:

If you can’t see the widget above, click here to check flights from Singapore to Munich .

This post was brought to you by Klook .

For more travel inspiration, follow our adventures on  Facebook ,  Instagram  and  YouTube !

  A post shared by The Travel Intern (@thetravelintern) on Aug 25, 2017 at 8:03pm PDT

RELATED ARTICLES MORE FROM AUTHOR

Ultimate JR Pass Singapore Guide — Step-by-Step Guide and New Updates (2024)

5D Singapore Itinerary Under ~S$150 — Things to Eat, See, & Do in Singapore on a Budget

7D6N Winter Norway Itinerary — All-in Under S$1.6k Incl. Internal Flights

Madeira Travel Guide — What to Eat, See, Do in The Most Beautiful Place on Earth

5 Europe Itineraries to Check Off While You’re Young — Perfect for First-Time Solo Travellers

Getting around Switzerland — How to Maximise Your Swiss Travel Pass

This is a good trip to travel 6 Countries Over 16 Days. cost of the tickets is low.

Very detailed itinerary! Nice! But when is best month to travel those places?

Hi Rhuel, we actually visited Europe in late spring/early summer for this, the weather was warm but the skies were clear! I’d personally recommend visiting during the shoulder seasons —— spring and autumn when Europe generally sees fewer crowds of tourists.

can you call out which days of 1-5 did u use for 7 days?

LEAVE A REPLY Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

11 Unique Things to Do in South Australia — Quirky Wineries,...

7 Boutique Hotels in Singapore For an “Out of the Country”...

How to Pay in China Without WeChat or Alipay — New...

11 Things to do in Clark, Philippines — A Quiet Adventure...

20 Things to Eat-See-Do in Sabah’s Capital Besides Climbing Mount Kinabalu

• Terms Of Use
• Privacy Policy

14-Day Europe Tours & Cruises

• Start Date Select Month April 2024 May 2024 June 2024 July 2024 August 2024 September 2024 October 2024 November 2024 December 2024 January 2025 February 2025 March 2025 April 2025 May 2025 June 2025 July 2025 August 2025 September 2025 October 2025 November 2025 December 2025 January 2026 February 2026 March 2026 April 2026 OR, More specific start
• Easy Active
• Challenging
• Barge Cruising
• Food & Wine
• Most Popular
• Private Yacht Charter
• River Cruises
• Scheduled Group Tour
• Solo Travel
• Wildlife & Safari Exploration
• Adventure Options
• Archaeological Site Visits
• Christmas Market Visits
• Cooking Classes
• Festival Visits
• Fly Cruises
• Helicopter Tours
• Horseback Riding
• Land & Sea Exploration
• Local Market Visits
• Northern Lights
• Photography Seminars
• Scuba Diving
• Small Ship Cruises
• Small Ship Sailing
• Spa Relaxation
• Stand Up Paddle Boarding
• Urban Exploration
• Village Visits
• Whale Watching
• Wilderness Lodge Exploration
• Wildlife Viewing
• Wine Tasting
• Adriatic Pearl
• Adriatic Sun
• Avalon Envision
• Avalon Expression
• Avalon Imagery II
• Avalon Impression
• Avalon Panorama
• Avalon Passion
• Avalon Poetry II
• Avalon Tapestry II
• Avalon Tranquility II
• Avalon View
• Avalon Vista
• Emerald Azzurra
• Emerald Dawn
• Emerald Destiny
• Emerald Liberté
• Emerald Luna
• Emerald Radiance
• Emerald Sakara
• Emerald Sky
• Emerald Star
• Emerald Sun
• Greg Mortimer
• L'Art de Vivre
• L’Impressionniste
• La Bella Vita
• La Belle Epoque
• La Nouvelle Etoile
• Le Bougainville
• Le Champlain
• Le Commandant Charcot
• Le Dumont-d'Urville
• Le Laperouse
• Lord of the Glens
• M/S Ambassador
• M/S Captain Bota
• M/S Invictus
• M/S Mama Marija
• M/S Mama Marija II
• M/S Sjoveien
• M/S Splendid
• M/S Stockholm
• Magna Carta
• MS Amabella
• MS Amacello
• MS Amacerto
• MS Amadante
• MS Amadolce
• MS Amadouro
• MS Amakristina
• MS Amalia Rodrigues
• MS Amalucia
• MS AmaMagna
• MS Amaprima
• MS Amaserena
• MS AmaSiena
• MS Amasonata
• MS Amastella
• MS Amaverde
• MS Amaviola
• MS Beethoven
• MS Botticelli
• MS Fernao de Magalhaes
• MS Fridtjof Nansen
• MS Gérard Schmitter
• MS Gil Eanes
• MS Infante Don Henrique
• MS L'Europe
• MS La Belle de Cadix
• MS La Boheme
• MS Lafayette
• MS Leonard De Vinci
• MS Loire Princesse
• MS Michelangelo
• MS Miguel Torga
• MS Mona Lisa
• MS Rhone Princess
• MS San Spirito
• MS Seaventure
• MS Seine Princess
• MS Spitsbergen
• MS Symphonie
• MS Vasco de Gama
• MS Victor Hugo
• MV La Belle de L'Adriatique
• MV La Belle des Océans
• MV Plancius
• MV Vikingfjord
• National Geographic Endurance
• National Geographic Explorer
• National Geographic Resolution
• Ocean Adventurer
• Ocean Albatros
• Ocean Endeavour
• Ocean Explorer
• Rembrandt van Rijn
• Renaissance
• River Duchess
• River Empress
• River Princess
• River Queen
• Royal Clipper
• S.S. Antoinette
• S.S. Beatrice
• S.S. Bon Voyage
• S.S. Catherine
• S.S. Joie de Vivre
• S.S. Maria Theresa
• S.S. Sao Gabriel
• S.S. Victoria
• Scenic Amber
• Scenic Azure
• Scenic Crystal
• Scenic Diamond
• Scenic Eclipse
• Scenic Jasper
• Scenic Opal
• Scenic Pearl
• Scenic Ruby
• Scenic Sapphire
• Scottish Highlander
• Sea Cloud II
• Sea Cloud Spirit
• Seabourn Venture
• Shannon Princess
• Silver Endeavour
• Silver Whisper
• Silver Wind
• Spirit of Scotland
• Star Clipper
• Sylvia Earle
• Ultramarine
• Variety Voyager
• Viking Cruises
• World Navigator
• World Traveller
• World Voyager

Spitsbergen Photography: Domain of the Polar Bear

• View iconic arctic wildlife
• Enjoy continuous daylight
• Cruise in a Zodiac
• Learn techniques from photographers

Classic Croatian Adventure

• Visit Zagreb with guide
• See lakes and stunning waterfalls
• Sail the coastline of Split
• Visit the Diocletian's Palace
• Visit Dubrovnik's historical places
• Visit an Oyster Farm in Ston
• Visit Hvar, a popular island escape

Spitsbergen In Depth: Big Island, Big Adventure

• Explore the arctic by Zodiacs
• Immerse in the icy realm of Arctic
• View numerous arctic bird species
• Encounter iconic arctic wildlife

Colors of Provence

• Enjoy Lyon's culinary delights
• Visit the Beaujolais wine region
• Join a Provencal cooking lesson
• Admire Antoni Gaudi’s works

Spitsbergen Circumnavigation: A Rite of Passage

• Explore Helsinki
• Discover Spitsbergen
• Experience Spitsbergen
• Lookout for Arctic wildlife

Arctic Saga: Exploring Spitsbergen via the Faroes and Jan Mayen

• Explore Aberdeen
• Discover Fair Isle
• Experience Faroe Islands
• Explore Jan Mayen

Spain, Morocco & Portugal

• View Bonifacio's natural beauty
• Explore luxurious Ibiza
• Discover charming Motril
• Visit Malaga to view architecture

Autumn Splendours: From Lofoten to the Norwegian Fjords

• Featuring Nick Rains
• Explore Lofotr Viking Museum
• Witness the cod fishing tradition
• Embrace Bronnoysund's environment

Svalbard Circumnavigation and Kvitøya : In-Depth Exploration in the Land of the Polar Bear

• Explore Longyearbyen
• Discover Nordaustlandet
• Experience Southeast Svalbard
• Explore Kvitøya

Sail into the Green: Azores Ahoy!

• Explore Ribeira Heritage
• Discover São Miguel
• Explore Historic Old Town in Porto
• Encounter Graciosa's Underworld

Gems of Southeast Europe

• Visit the Szekszárd wine region
• Discover Novi Sad
• Explore Vidin

Cruising the British Isles: Scotland, Ireland & England

• Experience a luxurious voyage
• Explore Edinburgh Castle
• Explore the Highlands
• Experience the fantastic history
• Drive through Western Isles

Essence of Burgundy & Provence

• Visit Chillon Castle
• Cooking class in Valence
• Explore Tournus
• Enjoy the “City of Gaudi” Barcelona

Impressions of the Seine & Paris

• Explore onet’s gardens in Giverny
• Discover Château d’Ambleville
• Visit Château de Harcourt Arboretum
• Enjoy Normandy’s beaches

Sailing with the Vikings

• Explore Tromso
• Discover Trollfjorden
• Experience Leknes
• Marvel at Bronnoysund

Arctic Odyssey: Svalbard, Greenland & Iceland

• Explore Greenland's Fjords
• Visit Greenland's National Park
• Enjoy Iceland's Westfjords' coasts
• Discover the Svalbard Archipelago

Spitsbergen - Northeast Greenland - Aurora Borealis, Including Long Hikes

• View the Northern Lights
• Visit Ittoqqortoormiit settlement
• Watch whale and seabird migration
• Observe cathedral-like icebergs

Top Europe Travel Destinations

• Czech Republic
• Danube River
• Douro River
• French Riviera
• Mediterranean
• Moselle River
• Netherlands
• Norway Fjords
• Rhine River
• Rhone River
• Russian Arctic
• Scandinavia
• Seine River
• Switzerland
• United Kingdom

Europe Trips by Departure Date

• 2024 Europe trips (638)
• 2025 Europe trips (319)
• 2026 Europe trips (11)
• May 2024 (273)
• June 2024 (287)
• July 2024 (295)
• August 2024 (290)
• September 2024 (248)
• October 2024 (231)
• June 2025 (140)
• July 2025 (143)
• August 2025 (141)

Top Experiences in Europe

• Europe Cruises (692)
• Europe River Cruises (221)
• Europe Cultural (160)
• Europe Luxury (154)
• Europe Wildlife & Safari Exploration (98)
• Europe Food & Wine (94)
• Europe Beaches (62)
• Europe Land Tours (36)
• Europe Barge Cruising (33)
• Europe Active (17)
• Europe Most Popular (17)
• Europe Private Yacht Charter (16)
• Europe Trekking (16)
• Europe Scheduled Group Tour (12)
• Europe Family (11)
• Europe Solo Travel (6)
• Europe Honeymoon (3)

Europe Trips by Duration

• 5 day trips (19)
• 6 day trips (9)
• 7 day trips (54)
• 8 day trips (271)
• 9 day trips (46)
• 10 day trips (72)
• 11 day trips (57)
• 12 day trips (49)
• 13 day trips (27)
• 14 day trips (33)
• 15 day trips (36)
• 16 day trips (12)
• 17 day trips (9)
• 18 day trips (6)
• 19 day trips (4)
• 22 day trips (3)
• 25 day trips (3)

Europe Trips by Activity

• Europe small ship cruises (413)
• Europe village visits (281)
• Europe wildlife viewing (199)
• Europe hiking (193)
• Europe wine tasting (160)
• Europe archaeological site visits (152)
• Europe whale watching (124)
• Europe biking (117)
• Europe urban exploration (111)
• Europe kayaking (77)
• Europe local market visits (76)
• Europe small ship sailing (51)
• Europe christmas market visits (36)
• Europe land & sea exploration (32)
• Europe adventure options (30)
• Europe snorkeling (17)
• Europe photography seminars (15)
• Europe cooking classes (14)
• Europe northern lights (10)
• Europe spa relaxation (6)
• Europe stand up paddle boarding (5)
• Europe horseback riding (3)
• Europe festival visits (3)
• Europe skiing (3)

Why Travel With Adventure Life

Recognized by.

• 1800-123-5555
• Travel Agent? Join Us

Get Travel Triangle in your pocket.

Get your app via sms

• Honeymoon Packages
• Family Packages
• Holiday Packages
• Holiday Deals
• Luxury Holidays
• Destination Guides
• Holiday Themes
• Plan My Holiday

Indian Destinations

• Uttarakhand

International Destinations

• Switzerland

• Sikkim - Gangtok - Darjeeling
• South Africa

Seasonal Packages

Water Activities

• Inclusions / Exclusions

₹ 199,499/- ₹ 216,847/-

• Tour Packages
• International
• Europe 14 Days Trip

Europe 14 days Trip Package Rated 4.3 /5 (based on 656 reviews) Europe 14 days Trip Package

Europe 14 days Trip Package 14 Days & 13 Nights

Enjoy the beauty of Europe

The hills of Switzerland beckon

The charm of Interlaken makes your love trip more beautiful

The breathtaking Interlaken in its beauty at full bloom

You would not be able to escape the beauty of Jungfraujoch

Hotel included in package:

• Amsterdam (2D)
• INTERLAKEN (2D)
• Zurich (2D)
• Venice (2D)
• Florence (1D)

Starting from:

₹199,499/- ₹216,847/-

Per Person on twin sharing

Price For The Month

TravelTriangle has served 4886 + travelers for Europe

This season, visit Paris, Amsterdam, Interlaken, Zurich, Venice, Florence, and Rome to experience these cities with its European culture that in some time inspired and motivated the entire world with its beauty and glory. These places would be perfect for you to visit with your friends and families as they are the most important people in your life and I am sure you will have a blast on your Europe trip itinerary for 14 days.

We have heard so much about these places and now it is finally time to visit Paris. Many attractions and activities are available for tourists to indulge in the city of love such as the world-renowned Eiffel tower and don’t forget to try their local dishes on your 14 days Europe tour itinerary that tastes really good and will be the perfect mouth changer you need to get away from your hectic schedule.

Amsterdam, Interlaken, and Zurich are other destinations to visit on your 14 days in Europe itinerary. This trip will take you across some of the most scenic views and historical buildings and ancient monuments of this place that are visited by tourists from many parts of the world and its popularity is ever growing.

On the other hand, you must be quite familiar with Venice, Rome, and France that offer popular attractions such as the Eiffel tower, Colosseum and tasty delicacies. The delicacies of these beautiful cities are a must eat. This food is very delicious and will offer you a change in taste and flavor that your body asked since the time you worked in your office desk and dreamed of a wonderful vacation.

This 14 days in Europe trip is recommended to be vacationing with people you love and enjoy yourself with as where there is love there is fun and alone you will still enjoy but with loved ones this experience will multiply itself by ten. So, decide on your choice and we hope you have a blast on your special best 14 day Europe itinerary.

• Witness astonishing view of Paris
• Enjoy your time at Paris Disneyland
• Explore the Mt Jungfrau and witness its breathtaking views
• Witness Europe’s biggest waterfall, Rhine Falls
• Enjoy the romantic waterways with Gondola ride

Paris: Arrival and Sightseeing

• Sightseeing

Other Benefits (On Arrival)

Welcome to a prodigious journey

Upon arrival, our representative will greet you at the airport and will transfer you to the pre-reserved hotel. Our team members will take care of the check-in procedure. You can relax and then head out. Later, visit the Eiffel tower and witness the astonishing views seen from the tower. Explore the night beauty of Paris. Also, go for the Seine River Cruise. Return to the hotel for an overnight stay.

Paris: Tour day

A fascinating day at Disneyland Paris

On the 2nd day of the trip, enjoy your breakfast and get ready for an amazing day. You will visit Disneyland and have a great time. You will be taken to Disneyland by a private van. Disneyland is an entertainment resort where many fun activities await you and you can enjoy your time here. This theme park was built with the aim of providing fun and entertaining hours for visitors. You can try some of the foods from the food stall and drinks too.

Amsterdam: Arrival and Cruise

Move to Amsterdam for your upcoming stay

On the 3rd day of the trip, enjoy your morning meal and pack your stuff. Check- out from the hotel and hop on the private van. Enjoy your ride to Amsterdam and watch green sceneries. After arrival, Check-in in the hotel with the help of our member. After completing the procedure, head out and enjoy your time on a cruise. You can shop, eat, drink, and take part in fun and active activities while on the cruise. Enjoy your perfect dinner at the cruise with the view of the sea.

Amsterdam: Hop-on-Hop-off City Tour

A lovely day at Amsterdam

On the 4th day of the trip, have your morning meal and get ready for a hop on and hop off a tour of the city. Amsterdam is one of the few cities in the world that has the urban flair of the area quite naturally intermingling with the art marvels that the city is known for. Get on a ride where you can witness each corner of Amsterdam with your pace. You will see each attractive spots of Amsterdam and can learn about those spots with a tourist guide. Later, return to the hotel for an overnight stay.

Interlaken: Arrival and Leisure Day

• Leisure Day

Move to Interlaken for your further stay

On the 5th day of the trip, enjoy your morning meal and get ready to move to Zurich. Pack your stuff and check- out from the hotel. Proceed to Zurich, from Airport using Swiss pass and head to the hotel after arriving at Zurich. Check-In in the hotel and throw your stuff at the room and head to the city. In the Evening, enjoy the Interlaken city where you can explore the night beauty of the city. The city looks amazing at night. You can go for clubbing, live show or take a boat ride. Later, return to the hotel for an overnight stay.

Interlaken: Excursion to Mt Jungfrau

• Full-day excursion

A wonderful day for Mt Jungfrau excursion

After enjoying your morning meal, head towards Mt Jungfrau for a full day of excursion. Mt Jungfrau offers many amazing views and a good time. This tour gives you the experience to remember. Mt Jungfrau is 3454 meters above the sea level where you will witness a different world.

Zurich: Arrival and Rhine Falls

• Half day City tour

A fascinating day at Rhine Falls

On the 7th day of the tour, enjoy your breakfast and get ready to move to Zurich. Check-out from the hotel on accordance time. After arriving at Zurich, check-in in the hotel of Zurich and relax for a while. At noon, go to the Rhine Falls, Europe’s biggest waterfall. If you want to experience the fall closely, then you must take a boat tour. You can enjoy fun activities like climbing and abseiling. Return to the hotel for overnight stay.

Zurich: Mt Titlis Excursion

• Mount Titlis

An Amazing tour to Mt Titlis

On the 8th day of the trip, have your morning meal and head out for an amazing tour to Mt Titlis. Visit the beautiful Glacier park where you can try snow tubing, even during the summer and create a great moment. Enjoy your lunch at one of the restaurants or relax with a hot drink at the terrace of the restaurant enjoying both views and food.

Venice: Arrival and Leisure Day

Move to Venice

On the 9th day of the trip, enjoy your breakfast and check-out from the hotel. Head out from the hotel and take a ride on a private vehicle to Venice for further astonishing moments. After arriving in Venice, you will be taken directly to the hotel. Check-In the hotel and complete the procedure. Relax in your remaining leisure time. You can do anything you want to do in the evening. You can visit top attraction spots of Venice with your loved ones, or you can go shopping.

Venice: Murano, Burano, and Torcello

• Torcello Island

A lovely day at Venice

On the 4th day of the trip, enjoy your morning meal and proceed for a half day tour. Visit Murano, Burano, and Torcello the three Islands in the Venetian lagoon. You will be taken to the Island by a speed boat. In the evening, go for a gondola ride which is the romantic waterways of Venice. After a thrilling day, return to the hotel for an overnight stay.

Florence: Arrival and Excursion to Pisa

Transfer to Florence for further thrill experience

Enjoy your morning meal and pack your stuff. Check-out from the hotel and head towards Florence on a private van arranged by us. After arriving in Florence, you will be taken directly to the hotel. Complete the procedure of check-in and get comfortable in your room. In the evening, proceed for an excursion to Pisa. Come back to the hotel at the end of the day for an overnight stay.

Rome: Arrival and Leisure Day

A leisure day in Rome

Enjoy your morning meal and pack your stuff. Check-out from the hotel and head towards Rome on a private van arranged by us. Since the day is at leisure, you can visit several attraction points in Rome. Get back to the hotel at the end of the day.

Rome: Vatican Tour and Leisure Evening

A Wonderful day of city tour

On the 13th day of the trip, enjoy your breakfast and head out for an amazing city tour. Rome is well known for its natural architectural designs and great places to visit. You will visit the Vatican museum where you will learn about the history of Rome, Sistine Chapel, and St. Peter Basilica where you will enjoy and explore various good things. Later in the evening, you will go shopping at the best shopping center in Rome.

Rome: Departure

The final day of the wonderful trip

Enjoy your morning meal, pack your stuff and check-out from the hotel. Our representatives will transfer you to the airport where you will catch a flight back to India with lots of memories and wonderful moments made during the trip.

Note: Our agents will provide you these or similar hotels depending on availability

Hotel scandinavia

Campo S.Maria Formosa, 5240, Castello, 30122 Venice, Italy

Hotel crystal interlaken

Rugenparkstrasse 13, 3800 Interlaken, Switzerland

Hotel bristol zurich

Stampfenbachstrasse 34 Zurich - 8035 , Switzerland

Hotel casa amsterdam

Eerste Ringdijkstraat 4, 1097 BC Amsterdam, Netherlands

Hotel san marco

Via Villafranca 1, 00185 Rome, Italy

Hotel kursaal ausonia

Via Nazionale 24 (nero), 50123, Florence, Italy

Hotel paris lafayette

23 rue des Messageries | 10th Arr., 75010 Paris, France

• Stay in 3 star hotels
• Meal plan: Daily Breakfast in the hotel
• Visa: Assistance
• Government Taxes/VAT/ Service Charges
• Travel insurance
• Unlimited sightseeing on Hop on Hop off a tourist bus and cruise facility
• Entrance tickets
• Disneyland 1 day 1 park ticket
• Romantic Gondola Ride
• Airport pick up and drop facility by private car
• Transfers facility
• Airport transfers: Arrival
• Airport Transfer: Departure
• Others: Other Inclusions
• Meal plan: Lunch and Dinner
• City taxes on the hotel
• Anything else which is not explicitly mentioned in trip inclusions.

Your Preferences

Where do you want to go?

FAQs for Europe

What are the cheapest countries to stay in europe.

Malta, Poland, Bulgaria, Montenegro, Czech Republic, Croatia, Estonia, Kosovo, are the cheapest countries to stay in Europe.

What are the things to pack when you are traveling in Europe?

A valid passport, a Credit Card instead of cash, Google maps, portable charger, Adaptor which is suitable in Europe, translator app, Luggage enough to carry your belongings, etc. are the things to pack while traveling to Europe.

What is the total flight duration from India to Europe?

The total flight duration from India to Europe is 9 hours.

Where can we exchange Indian currency to Euro currency?

You can change your currency at Bank or Money exchange but if you are exchanging a huge amount you should show your Visa passport.

What is the best way to commute within the European cities?

The hotels included in this Italy Honeymoon Packages are located within walking distance from the train stations and the HoHo tour pick-up points. But on the days at leisure, one could travel around the city on local buses, ferries or explore on foot.

650+ Verified Agents

Traveltriangle Verified

Stringent Quality Control

How It Works

Personalise this package.

Make changes as per your travel plan & submit the request.

Get Multiple Quotes

Connect with top 3 agents, compare quotes & customize further.

Book The Best Deal

Pay in easy installments & get ready to enjoy your holiday.

5 Europe Tour Packages

Read on to find out why our customers love us!

Ria's 14 days trip to Europe

Amitava's 15 days trip to europe.

AMITAVA ROY

New Delhi, India

Vipul's 15 days trip to Europe

Vipul Haran

Mumbai, Maharashtra, India

Swati's 13 days trip to Switzerland

Swati Bhise

Ankit's 14 days trip to Europe

Ankit Goyal

Europe Packages By City

Category Pages

• Couple Tour Packages
• Family Tour Packages
• India Tour Packages

International Tour Packages

• International Honeymoon Packages

Domestic Tour Packages

• Kerala Tour Packages
• Himachal Tour Packages
• Uttarakhand Tour Packages
• Goa Tour Packages
• Andaman Tour Packages
• Sikkim Tour Packages
• Europe Tour Packages
• Thailand Tour Packages
• Maldives Tour Packages
• Mauritius Tour Packages
• Bali Tour Packages
• Dubai Tour Packages

Duration wise Packages

• 2 Days Tour Packages
• 3 Days Tour Packages
• 4 Days Tour Packages
• 5 Days Tour Packages
• 7 Days Tour Packages
• 10 Days Tour Packages

Theme based Packages

• Luxury Tour Packages
• Budget Tour Packages
• Cruise Tour Packages
• Adventure Tour Packages
• Beach Tour Packages
• Wildlife Tour Packages
• Europe Tourism
• We are hiring!
• Testimonial
• Travelogues
• Terms and Conditions
• Privacy Policy

Corporate Office:

Holiday Triangle Travel Private Limited

Address: Plot No - 52 , 3rd Floor,

Batra House , Sector 32,

Gurugram - 122001 ,Haryana

Landline: 1800 123 5555

Connect with us on :

All rights reserved © 2024

• Work With Me

• Sierra Leone
• South Africa
• United States
• New Zealand
• Falkland Islands
• Netherlands
• Accommodation
• Electrical Gear
• Essential Gear
• Working Abroad
• Blogging Resources

Eastern Europe , Europe , Western Europe

10 epic europe itineraries for every season & budget.

First up, can I just say how exciting it is that you’re planning a European adventure!

At least I hope you’re planning to travel Europe, because otherwise you’ve probably landed on the wrong post!

And that’s because this article contains the top 10 Europe itineraries you need to take, alongside the best time and reason (or excuse!) to indulge in them.

From winter wanderlusting to summertime sojourns, first-time forays to Balkan bonanzas, I’ve got the ideal European itinerary for each and every scenario.

All you need to do is read through this list of 10, select the one that appeals most and then start planning!

And when it comes to planning, I’ve decided to help you out there too, so right at the end of this guide you’ll find a handy list of planning tools and tips that will be ideal for assisting you with the next stage of your adventure.

This means no matter whether you’re seeking Europe itinerary inspiration, or some preliminary advice about how to plan your adventure, this is the article for you.

Let’s get stuck in…

Related Posts

• Top 50 Things to Do in Western Europe
• 3 Best Eastern Europe Itineraries
• 15 Easy Steps to Planning the Perfect Trip

This page contains affiliate links meaning Big World Small Pockets may receive a small commission on any purchases at no extra cost to you.

#1 Perfect for Spring (March through May)

Barcelona, Valencia, Madrid, Seville, Granada

Time: 10-14 Days

Heading to Spain in the spring is probably the best idea you can ever have!

We all know this glorious Mediterranean country gets scorching in the summer, but visit between March and May and you’ll enjoy delightful temperatures that are perfect for sightseeing and hitting the beach.

If this is your first visit to Spain, then this itinerary is ideal for seeing the best of this country.

Classic coastal cities such as Barcelona and Valencia provide plenty of great museums and history (along with food and beach opps), and you can’t visit Spain and not spend at least a day or 2 in its capital Madrid.

Check out this 2 day Madrid itinerary for more info.

Then it’s time to head down to the southernmost region of the mainland to savour the delights of Seville and Granada – 2 of Andalucia’s most fabulous destinations.

Don’t miss the mighty Alhambra in Granada (learn about how to get your tickets here ), or the delightfully refined centre of Seville (discover my top things to do in this city here), both are shining jewels in Spain’s crown you can’t miss.

And with any extra time, why not consider some time at the nearby coast too?

Hitting one of these top 12 beaches in southern Spain , would make the perfect relaxing end to this Europe itinerary.

#2 Perfect for Summer (June through August)

Munich, Berlin, Prague, Vienna, Budapest

Time: 10 Days

This central European itinerary is ideal for the summer months – yes you may have to battle a few crowds, but the glorious weather you’ll get at this time of year will definitely help you see the best of this region.

Travelling from west to east, I recommend starting in Munich , where a couple of days will allow you to wander this beautiful Bavarian city, as well as enjoy at least 1 day trip to some of the fabulous castles around.

Afterwards, train or fly across Germany to the country’s vibrant capital, Berlin, where you can soak in the great atmosphere this city boasts during the summer months.

Ideal for budget travellers, Berlin is amazingly cheap for a European capital – learn more about how to see this city for less here .

From Berlin, it’s then just a short hop, skip and jump across to Prague in the Czech Republic.

Check out my list of the top 21 things to do in this Medieval capital for more ideas about how to spend an amazing couple of days here.

Spoiler alert, don’t miss the UNESCO-listed centre, the famous castle, National Museum or the beer!

Next, it’s on to Vienna – the grand and glorious Austrian capital.

Chock-full of cultural delights, including the famous Opera House, and some pretty iconic museums and galleries, sampling at least a few of the quintessential Viennese cafes here is also a must.

And finally it’s on to Budapest, the magnificent capital of Hungary, where ruin bars and public baths can (and should!) be enjoyed to the max!

Check out my ideal 3 day Budapest itinerary for more inspiration.

#3 Perfect for Autumn (September through November)

Porto, Lisbon, Algarve

Time: 7 Days

If you’re looking for the ideal warm weather escape, then Portugal is a great option for a Europe itinerary at this time of year.

I suggest starting your time in the north of the country, in the city of Porto, which has a convenient international airport for easy access.

The city centre can be explored in a day, but I highly recommend allowing 2 days for trips out of the city as well, including to the famous wine region of the Douro Valley – learn how to get there from Porto in this post .

It’s then time to catch a train, bus or drive to Lisbon, the Portuguese capital, where the sights of Belem, Sintra and this coastal capital itself await you.

Here’s my pick of the top 21 things to do in Lisbon.

And finally, catch the last of the season’s rays down in the Algarve – this dramatic, cliff-backed coastline in southern Portugal should not be missed!

#4 Perfect for Winter (December through February)

Helsinki, Lapland, Bergen, Oslo

Time: 7-10 Days

And with winter now lapping at your heels, heading to Scandinavia to really take in the cold weather, is the perfect Europe itinerary option.

Don’t miss the Finnish capital of Helsinki , or Lapland further north in this country, where snowmobiling, husky sledding, santa visiting, glass igloo sleeping and reindeer spotting all await you.

Learn how to plan your perfect festive Lapland trip here .

From there, it’s then time to head to Norway, to check out more winter wonderland action in the cute historic town of Bergen and the wonderful capital of Oslo.

#5 Perfect All Year Round

Amsterdam, Paris, Strasbourg, Venice, Rome

Time: 14 Days

But what if you’re looking for a top Europe itinerary that’s brilliant all year round?

Well, look no further than this fantastic 14 day route that will take you through some of the continent’s best cities.

Start in the canal-laden capital of Amsterdam and explore the fantastic array of museums and districts in this lively city – get your ideal 3 day itinerary here .

The Noord area just north of Centraal Station is ideal if you want to escape the crowds, otherwise, the Anne Frank house and the Van Gogh Museum are must-dos too.

Moving on, the French capital of Paris is just a short train ride and this iconic city is one that you can easily visit time and time again and not get bored of!

Check out my list of the top 10 free things to do in Paris here.

From the city of love, it’s then time to head east towards the Alsace region and the city of Strasbourg.

Famous for its vineyards and picture-postcard towns, getting out around Strasbourg to nearby towns and villages, such as Colmar, is a must.

Learn more in this article I wrote about my time in the Alsace wine region.

And then it’s time to motor southwards to Italy.

First up is the chance to visit dreamy Venice (restrict your stay here to 1-2 nights if on a budget!), before heading south to the living museum that is Rome , where treats such as the Colosseum and the Pantheon, not to mention the gelato, pizza and pasta, will make a decent dent in your bucket list!

#6 Perfect for First Timers

London, Paris, Ghent, Amsterdam

First time in Europe?

Then this itinerary is for you!

Hitting many of the top cities in the northwest of the region, it’s also easy to connect between all these destinations using the Eurostar and trains – perfect if you want to keep your carbon footprint low.

Start off in London, my home and a freaking marvellous city if I do say so myself!

There’s simply too much to do in this city to list out all the highlights here, but no matter whether you’re into history, shopping, street art, food, galleries, theatre, comedy, music, iconic views, parks or The Royals – London has something for you!

My list of the top 25 most famous buildings in London you should see is a good place to start.

Next, it’s on to Paris, another monolith metropolis.

The area around Pigalle is my fav, although the highlights of the Louvre, the Eiffel Tower, the Arc de Triomphe and the Musee d’Orsay can’t be missed either if it’s your first time here.

Next, hop on the train and head to Belgium.

Personally, I’d give Brussels a miss, but the lovely city of Ghent, just half an hour away, is a beautiful historic spot that’s wonderful to visit at any time of year.

And last but not least, it’s time to head to the final city of Amsterdam.

The Dutch capital is great fun and deserves a stay of at least 2 nights in my opinion.

If you’re visiting in the summer and can extend to 3 nights, then a day or overnight trip to the nearby Amsterdam coast is also worthwhile.

Learn why I loved this area so much here .

#7 Perfect for Budget Travellers

Sibiu, Brasov, Bucharest, Veliko Tarnovo, Plovdiv, Sofia

Time: 12 Days

A great tip for budget travellers in Europe…  the key to keeping things cheap when travelling in this region is generally to head east!

And that’s just what this itinerary does.

Taking in Romania and Bulgaria, these 2 beautiful countries will give you the chance to soak up dramatic mountains and historic cities aplenty.

I’d start by flying into Sibiu in the north of Romania, which boasts an international airport, and then taking at least 3 days to explore the wonderful villages, castles and hiking opps of the Transylvanian region – it’s definitely one of the top places to visit in Romania .

Then continue the fun in the city of Brasov , where nearby Bran and Peles Castles are must-sees.

From here, head to the Romanian capital of Bucharest for a day, before crossing into Bulgaria and hitting up the historic and pretty town of Veliko Tarnovo, which is just a few hours from the border.

Next, it’s on to one of the oldest cities in Europe, Plovdiv , before finishing up in the charming capital of Bulgaria, Sofia .

Don’t miss some of the day trips around this city, including to the Seven Lakes and Rila Monastery.

If you have extra time, then a trip to Bulgaria’s sandy coastline shouldn’t be missed either, especially during the summer months.

Learn more in this post I wrote about the best Bulgaria itinerary .

#8 Perfect for Mountain Lovers

Annecy, Interlaken, Trento, Innsbruck, Salzburg

Another European travel itinerary perfect for the mountains is this route, which will take you across the Alps in France, Switzerland, Italy and into Austria – ticking off some of the best destinations along the way.

Hit Annecy in France to begin your journey, before heading across to Interlaken in Switzerland (preferably by train) for some mind-blowing scenery.

Switzerland really is a jewel, but it’s also very pricey, so don’t stay too long if budgets are tight.

Next, it’s time to move to the Italian Dolomites, where Trento is the main hub of the region and the perfect place to start some incredible hiking adventures.

And finally, move up to Austria where the destinations of Innsbruck and Salzburg are filled with epic views, Alpine charm and a good dollop of Sound of Music enthusiasm, if that’s your thing!

#9 Perfect for Coast Lovers

Nice, Naples, Amalfi, Palermo

So after the mountains have had their turn, I thought it only fair to write a European itinerary centred around the coast too!

Of course, I love the lofty peaks as much as the next traveller but, if you read this blog a lot, you’ll know that my heart really always lies at the beach (it’s that growing up on a small island thing!)

For coastal lovers, I thought it best to begin this Europe itinerary in the southern French city of Nice – a pricey but charming destination that’s worth at least a couple of days.

From here, it’s then time to make your way to Italy, stopping at the northern city of Genoa for a night if you have the time, before motoring down to Naples and the Amalfi Coast.

The beaches here, like many in Italy, are stony and sit below steep cliffs, but the magnificence of the Italian towns in this area, coupled with some glorious coastal views and a few Aperols, really is hard to beat!

And after this, it’s time to hop on a train down to the southern island of Sicily for your sandy beach fix.

I suggest heading to Palermo, the buzzing island capital, which is a foodie’s paradise. These are my top 13 things to do in and around this city.

From here, you can then day trip or overnight to the glorious sandy stretch at San Vito de Lo Capo. Learn how to make the journey here from Palermo in this article .

Alternatively, head to the east of Sicily instead and make a beeline for the southern city of Siracusa.

Its coastal location is unparalleled in my opinion and, if you want an easy day trip from here, you can simply hop on a 15 minute train to the lovely free beach of Fontaine Bianche.

Check my list of the top Sicily beaches for more info.

#10 Perfect for Balkan Beginners

Belgrade, Sarajevo, Mostar, Dubrovnik, Kotor

And last but not least, we come to the 10 th Europe itinerary on this list and for it, we’re heading to the southeast of the region because it’s time to explore the amazing Balkans.

Start your time in the Serbian capital of Belgrade, where I recommend a stay of 1-2 nights and these 12 great things to do .

From here, hop on a bus to the wonderful Bosnian capital of Sarajevo, where taking a tour (and a couple of days) to learn more about the fascinating history of this city is a must. Check out this guide to Sarajevo I wrote.

Then it’s time to move another couple of hours south where Mostar deserves another 1-2 days of your itinerary.

Don’t miss the famous bridge of course (it’s an Instagram must!) and a great day trip to the beautiful nature and waterfalls around the city – learn why I loved it so much here .

Continue on to Croatia and the famous walled city of Dubrovnik , which is so high on Adriatic amazingness it’s hard not to fall in love with it like everyone else! Game of Thrones fans will be particularly enchanted!

And finally, finish up in the Montenegro coastal spot of Kotor.

Boasting a super cute harbour area, backed by a cobbled old town and a castle that looms over it, spending a couple of days exploring Kotor and the cute towns around it, such as Perast, is best done on foot and by bike.

Check out this guide I write to the city to learn all you need to know.

Just enter your details below and I'll email it you - simple!

Information will be sent to the email provided above

Europe Trip Planning Mini Guide

How to Travel to and Around Europe

If you’re flying into or around Europe, then check out budget airlines such as RyanAir, EasyJet and WizzAir for the best prices.

Using a comparison tool like Skyscanner will also help you find the best prices.

If you’re planning to use trains instead, then I highly recommend using Trainline who make booking and comparing rail journeys across Europe super easy.

And finally, when it comes to bus journeys, look no further than the fantastic Flixbus, whose rates are hard to beat!

Travel Money in Europe

When it comes to paying for things in Europe, you want to ensure you’re not being charged overseas transaction fees or getting poor exchange rates when using your card abroad, which is why I always take my Wise card with me.

The easy way to spend when travelling, with real exchange rates, no markups, no sneaky transaction fees and a free Euros account, you can use your Wise card just like a debit card in Europe… and it links easily with Google and Apple pay – sold! Grab yours here .

Travel Insurance for Europe

Alternatively, if you’re a long-term traveller, digital nomad or frequent remote worker seeking travel health cover, check out Safetywing’s Nomad Insurance policies.

SAVE IT TO PINTEREST!

And there you have it, my guide to the top 10 Europe itineraries.

With something for every one, every season and every budget, you’re bound to find the perfect travel route through this region.

Have you tried any of these itineraries out already?

Which is your fav?

Do let me know in the comments box below…

Creator of Big World Small Pockets, Stephanie Parker is a travel addict! Originally from Jersey in the Channel Islands, Stephanie adventures the world collecting tips, advice and stories, to share with a smile

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

That's how you plan a perfect trip

Top destinations

Amalfi Coast

Best tours of europe.

Start Planning with Triptile

Easy Trip Builder

Book All in One Place

Flexible Modifications

Travel with us.

3 Week Europe Itinerary: 10 Perfect Ideas

Are you looking for the best 3 Week Europe Itinerary? You’ve come to the right place.

Whether you are looking for classic Europe routes, driving itineraries, options for travel by train, or off-the-beaten path discoveries, we have you covered. 

These amazing European Itineraries cover everything from fairytale towns to UNESCO World Heritage Sites and everything in between.

Ready to find your dream 3 week Europe itinerary? Let’s go!

*Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links, which means we may receive a commission if you click a link and purchase something we have recommended. Please check out our  disclosure policy  for more details. Thank you for your support!

Unforgettable Europe in 3 Weeks – 10 Itineraries

1. where is the best place to visit in europe for the first time – england, france, the netherlands, and belgium.

If this is your first visit to the European continent, this is the ideal introduction.

Embarking on your maiden voyage to Europe? What better way to initiate your experience than through these four captivating countries? Each one offers a rich history, cultural variety, and culinary wonders.

This itinerary promises diverse and rich encounters during this 3-week adventure. These are some of the most popular destinations in Western Europe, so be sure to plan your trip early.

Hitting the Highlights – London, Paris, Amsterdam, and Brussels

• Day 1-5: London, England
• Day 6-10: Paris, France
• Day 11-15: Amsterdam, The Netherlands 
• Day 16-21: Brussels, Belgium 

DAY 1-5: London, England

Kick off your 3-week European adventure in England’s capital, London . A city steeped in history, here you will find some of the world’s most iconic landmarks, elegant squares, and vibrant neighborhoods.

Explore the Tower of London , Tower Bridge, Westminster Abbey, and Big Ben in your first couple of days.

For a bird’s eye view of the city head to the London Eye, Sky Garden, or the Shard. Be sure to catch the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace and spend time relaxing in Hyde Park.

For a true taste of British culture, we recommend a traditional afternoon tea experience at one of the city’s luxury hotels or the Brigit’s Bakery Bus tour offering tea and scones on wheels.

DAY 6-10: Paris, France

On Day 6, take a train ride or catch a quick flight from London to Paris. There are plenty of direct flights on budget airlines like easyJet or Ryanair. Spend the next few days immersed in the romantic capital of France.

No visit to Paris would be complete without  ascending the Eiffel Tower  or exploring the world-renowned Louvre museum. Stroll through the cobblestone streets of Montmartre and treat yourself to a delicious croissant from a local boulangerie.

At night, take a cruise along the Seine where you can admire the beautifully lit buildings and their reflections upon the water.

DAY 11-15: Amsterdam, The Netherlands

On Day 11, catch a train from Paris to Amsterdam . Wander aimlessly through the city’s streets, crossing over canals and exploring the neighborhoods.

There are so many fun and unique things to do in Amsterdam . Don’t miss a visit to the Van Gogh Museum , the Anne Frank House, and the Rijksmuseum.

Spend some time in Vondelpark and try traditional Dutch pancakes.

Some of our favorite day trips from Amsterdam include:

• Rotterdam to see the Cube Houses and explore the charming area of Delfshaven
• Volendam where you can learn how to make clogs and sample some cheese
• The Hague is home to Dutch Parliament and Mauritshuis where you can see the painting “Girl with a Pearl Earring”

DAY 16-21: Brussels, Belgium

On Day 16, travel from Amsterdam to Brussels, the final stop of this 3 week Europe itinerary. Experience Belgium’s vibrant history and architecture at the Grand Place, and don’t miss a chance to taste some famous Belgian chocolates and waffles.

Plan a day trip to Bruges and Ghent to experience some of Belgium’s most beautiful towns. Take a canal ride in Bruges and go back in time at Gravensteen Castle in Ghent.

What is the Best Time for this Itinerary?

The mild months of May, June, and September are perfect. The weather is usually comfortable and tourist crowds are manageable.

2. Timeless Journey through Classic Europe: France, Italy, Greece

If you are looking for a classic Central Europe vacation, why not take on this itinerary that hits the major highlights?

This tour offers an unmatched experience, covering three monumental countries. Each destination is uniquely steeped in ancient history, brimming with vibrant culture and culinary delights, promising a multifaceted tour through Europe.

Visiting the Classical Capitals of Europe

• Day 1-7: Paris, France
• Day 8-14: Rome, Italy
• Day 15-21: Athens, Greece

DAY 1-7: Paris, France

Begin your 3-week European holiday in France’s capital, Paris. The city captures hearts with its iconic landmarks, artistic heritage, and culinary sensations.

Paris offers plenty of unique tours that appeal to families. Step back in time and visit the Palace of Versailles (don’t forget to spend a little time in Versailles – the town!). Take a bike tour at Versailles , learn how to make macarons with a local chef , or dig into the city’s history on a Context Travel tour .

Ascend the Eiffel Tower, a timeless symbol of Paris, for a panoramic view of the city. Don’t miss the opportunity to stroll down the historic Champs-Élysées and visit the famous Notre Dame Cathedral (note – you can’t access the inside until December 2024, but it is still worth a visit).

With extra days you can taste your way through the  Champagne Region of France , or take day trips from Paris . Head to Normandy to learn about World War II history or visit the chateaux and wine estates of the Loire Valley.

DAY 8-14: Rome, Italy

On Day 8, embark on a flight from Paris to Rome. Dedicate the following week to discovering Italy’s capital, also known as the Eternal City.

Visit the historic sites in Rome . Explore the Colosseum, wander through the Roman Forum, and marvel at the splendor of St. Peter’s Basilica and the Sistine Chapel in Vatican City. Unleash your inner foodie with a traditional pasta or gelato-making class.

Don’t forget to explore the cobblestone streets of Trastevere, known for its vibrant nightlife and traditional Italian cuisine.

Explore the ancient ruins at Ostia Antica, visit two World Heritage sites in one day at Tivoli, and throw a coin in the Trevi Fountain.

If you have extra days, you can spend a day at the beach in Ostia, take in the art and architecture of Florence , or discover the lost city of Pompeii .

DAY 15-21: Athens, Greece

On Day 15, you’ll fly from Rome to Athens , the culmination of this classic European route. Athens is known as the cradle of Western civilization and democracy.

History unfolds as you step into the Acropolis, a UNESCO World Heritage site that is home the Parthenon, Erechtheion, and the Temple of Athena Nike.

The archaeological richness continues at the Ancient Agora, the nucleus of political and public life in ancient Athens.

The National Archaeological Museum is a must-visit, with artifacts spanning 5,000 years of Greek history.

Complete your Athens experience with a walk around the old neighborhood of Plaka, nestled at the foot of the Acropolis. Make plans to enjoy the sunset and breathtaking city views from Mount Lycabettus. 

Discover the temple of Apollo at Delphi and enjoy the island life away from the hustle and bustle of Athens in Aegina.

If you want to explore other islands, we recommend Crete, Santorini, Naxos, and Paros. Grab this Greece itinerary if you want everything planned for you!

When is the Best Time to Visit?

Enjoy this timeless journey during the Spring (April to June) and Autumn (September to October). During these months, the weather is typically pleasant and tourist crowds are fewer, ensuring a more relaxing trip.

3. Nordic Adventure: Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark

If you want to soak up Scandinavian and Baltic cultures, head to these Nordic countries. Here you will be met with unbelievable natural beauty and unique adventures.

This trip to Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark allows you to dive into their different cultures and create a 3-week experience you won’t soon forget.

The Best of the Nordic Countries

• Day 1-6: Oslo, Norway
• Day 7-11: Copenhagen, Denmark
• Day 12-16: Stockholm, Sweden
• Day 17-21: Helsinki, Finland

DAY 1-6: Oslo, Norway

Begin your Nordic journey in Norway’s capital, Oslo . The city seamlessly blends urban life with outdoor fun. Oslo boasts a range of must-see landmarks.

Visit the expansive Vigeland Park, delve into the Viking history at the Viking Ship Museum, and enjoy panoramic city views from the Holmenkollen Ski Jump.

Make time to travel the Norway in a Nutshell route to see the country’s breathtaking scenery.

DAY 7-11: Copenhagen, Denmark

On day seven make your way from Oslo to Copenhagen by train (7.5 hours) or plane (1 hour 10 minutes). The vibrant Nyhavn harbor, the enchanting Tivoli Gardens, and the iconic Little Mermaid statue await you in Copenhagen.

Our favorite day trips include Frederiksborg Castle, a quick 40-minute train ride to Hillerød, where you can explore the town, castle, and its gardens. For those who want to learn about Viking history, head to Roskilde where you can visit the Viking Museum and even head out on a Viking ship.

We highly recommend using a Copenhagen card for discounts on attractions and transportation. Wrap up your journey with Danish smørrebrød, cinnamon snails ( kanelsnegl ), and a local beer.

DAY 12-16: Stockholm, Sweden

On Day 12, make your way from Stockholm to Helsinki. It’s an easy flight with Norwegian, SAS, or Finnair. If you prefer the long route, there are ferries available.

The next five days are filled with Swedish splendor, from the streets of Gamla Stan to the impressive Vasa Museum , and the tranquil setting of Djurgården Island.

We also recommend the Skansen living history museum, learning about Swedish royalty at The Royal Palace, and visiting the city’s ICEBAR.

DAY 17-21: Helsinki, Finland

This last leg of your journey lets you explore Finland’s capital city of Helsinki with its avant-garde architecture, the historic Suomenlinna sea fortress, and the bustling Market Square.

Don’t forget to unwind in a traditional Finnish sauna and plunge into the ocean. If you would like to squeeze in one more country board a ferry for a day trip to Tallinn , Estonia. (And here’s what to do in Tallinn when you get there).

When is the Best Time to Visit Scandinavia?

The perfect window for this Nordic Adventure is during the summer months, from June to August. The weather is at its best, offering endless daylight due to the Midnight Sun, providing ample time to explore the stunning landscapes of the North.

4. Fairy Tale Road Trip: Germany, Austria, Czech Republic, and Hungary

Want to explore the far-away lands depicted in fairytales? Prepare for an enchanting 3-week journey through Germany, Austria, the Czech Republic, and Hungary. 

Each country has its own vibrant history, breathtaking landscapes, and fascinating architecture. A trip to these countries takes you straight to the land of fairytales.

A Classic Trip through the land of stories

• Day 1-6: Munich, Germany 
• Day 7-11: Prague, Czech Republic
• Day 12-16: Vienna, Austria
• Day 17-21: Budapest, Hungary

DAY 1-6: Munich, Germany

Start your fairytale journey in Munich , Germany. A city renowned for its historic charm, Munich offers stunning palaces, an automobile museum, and world-famous beer halls.

Explore the scientific artifacts at the Deutsches Museum, enjoy a traditional beer at the famous Hofbräuhaus, learn about automobile history at the BMW Museum, and soak up the cultural atmosphere in Marienplatz.

Take a day trip to Neuschwanstein Castle , known for its striking beauty that inspired Disney’s Sleeping Beauty castle.

Don’t forget to sample the hearty local cuisine, including pretzels, weisswurst, and strudel.

Of course, if you are in town at the end of September join in the largest beer festival in the world, Oktoberfest!

DAY 7-11: Prague, Czech Republic

On Day 7, travel from Munich to Prague, the capital of the Czech Republic and one of the cheaper cities in Europe for those on a budget. Known for its rich history, stunning architecture, and vibrant nightlife, Prague is a city that never ceases to amaze. 

Explore Prague Castle, stroll across the Charles Bridge, and enjoy a traditional Czech meal accompanied by a pint of their world-renowned beer.

Take a day trip to Cesky Krumlov to see one of the most beautiful places in the Czech Republic and explore the most quaint town you will ever visit.

DAY 12-16: Vienna, Austria

On Day 12, continue your journey to Vienna , Austria. The Austrian capital, synonymous with imperial palaces, musical heritage, and stunning architecture, promises a wealth of experiences.

Visit the opulent Schönbrunn Palace , stroll through the historic city center (a UNESCO World Heritage site), and enjoy a classical music concert at the Vienna State Opera. These are both some of the most beautiful places in Austria .

We recommend a guided walking tour, bicycle tour, or Segway tour that explores the famous sites in Vienna.

DAY 17-21: Budapest, Hungary

On Day 17, set off to Budapest , the final stop on this fairytale journey. The Danube River divides the city into Buda and Pest, and each one offers unique attractions and experiences. Don’t miss the imposing Buda Castle or the famous  Széchenyi Thermal Bath .

As night falls, witness the city’s iconic structures light up, such as the Chain Bridge and Hungarian Parliament building. We recommend taking a river cruise at night to see everything in its splendor.

We recommend taking a food tour to try lángos, strudel, and Hungarian wine.

Best Time to Visit the Magical Cities

To fully enjoy the outdoor adventures and stunning landscapes of this route, the best time to visit is during the spring (April to June) or autumn (September to October) when the weather is mild and the crowds are smaller.

5. Discovering Hidden Gems: Slovenia, Croatia, Montenegro, and Bosnia and Herzegovina

Delve into the European countries that were once one country – Yugoslavia. Head away from the well-traveled tourist routes on this 3-week Europe itinerary. You’re about to discover the underrated countries of Slovenia, Croatia, Montenegro, and Bosnia and Herzegovina. 

Each country has its unique allure. You will find vibrant cityscapes, idyllic landscapes, and an array of historical and cultural treasures. It’s a destination you’ll want to return to time and time again.

The Gems of Former Yugoslavia

• Day 1-6: Ljubljana and Bled, Slovenia
• Day 7-11: Zagreb and Plitvice Lakes, Croatia
• Day 12-16: Sarajevo and Mostar, Bosnia and Herzegovina
• Day 17-21: Kotor and Durmitor National Park, Montenegro

DAY 1-6: Ljubljana and Bled, Slovenia

Begin your unique journey in the picturesque city of Ljubljana, one of the most beautiful places in Slovenia . Get lost in Old Town, peppered with vibrant cafés and marked by the distinct Ljubljana Castle dominating the city skyline.

Take a leisurely cruise on the Ljubljanica River, flanked by lush green banks and elegant bridges, like the famed Triple Bridge and Dragon Bridge.

A day trip to Lake Bled is a magical experience. Nestled in the Julian Alps, this emerald-green lake, with a small island home to a 17th-century church and an imposing medieval castle perched on a hill, is nothing short of a fairy-tale scene.

Don’t miss the chance to ring the church bell on the island and make a wish!

DAY 7-11: Zagreb and Plitvice Lakes, Croatia

On Day seven, make your way to Croatia’s lively capital, Zagreb. Explore the historic Gornji Grad, home to the brightly tiled St Mark’s Church, and visit the quirky Museum of Broken Relationships.

Delight in local dishes like “strukli” in the bustling Dolac Market.

A trip to Plitvice Lakes National Park is an absolute must for nature enthusiasts.

The park is a magical world of 16 interconnected lakes, cascading waterfalls, and lush woodland home to diverse wildlife, including bears and wolves.

DAY 12-16: Sarajevo and Mostar, Bosnia and Herzegovina

On day twelve, head to the captivating city of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina’s capital. Explore the historical Bascarsija old bazaar, visit the Gazi Husrev-bey Mosque, and learn about the city’s recent history at the Sarajevo Tunnel Museum.

Savor local delights like cevapi, a grilled dish of minced meat, and burek, a meat-filled flaky pastry.

Make sure to spend a day in the historic city of Mostar, known for its iconic Stari Most (Old Bridge), quaint cobbled streets, and lively marketplaces.

DAY 17-21: Kotor and Durmitor National Park, Montenegro

End your European vacation in the town of Montenegro, Kotor. Walk the cobblestone streets of the Old Town, lined with medieval stone buildings, and visit the remarkable Kotor Cathedral.

The strenuous but rewarding hike up to the ancient San Giovanni Fortress rewards you with panoramic views over the Bay of Kotor.

Extend your Montenegro experience with a visit to Durmitor National Park. Explore its dramatic landscape featuring towering peaks, deep canyons, dense pine forests, and the enchanting Black Lake.

Best Time to Visit These Hidden Gems

 Experience these destinations in all their glory during the mild seasons of spring (April to June) or early autumn (September to October). During these times the weather is pleasantly warm and the crowds are smaller.

6. Time for Sunshine: Greece, Spain, Portugal, and France

Want to soak up the sunshine on your European journey? This route is the ultimate combo for beach lovers.

The Europe trip itinerary moves you through Greece, Spain, Portugal, and France – countries celebrated for their stunning coastlines and unique food and drink.

Your 3-week Europe trip is set to offer an eclectic blend of sunbathing, swimming, and adventure.

Beach Lovers Europe Itinerary

• Day 1-5: Athens, Greece
• Day 6-10: Nice, France
• Day 11-15: Barcelona, Spain
• Day 16-21: Lisbon, Portugal

DAY 1-5: Athens, Greece

Your beach tour kicks off in Athens , Greece. From the historic Parthenon to the mesmerizing beaches of the Athenian Riviera, there’s a wealth of experiences waiting.

Soak up the sun at Astir Beach Club, go shopping in the Plaka district, or learn about Ancient Greece at the National Archaeology Museum .

DAY 6-10: Nice, France

Catch a flight to the glamorous city of Nice, France. The city’s stunning beaches on the French Riviera , such as Blue Beach or Opera Plage, are an ideal spot to unwind.

DAY 11-15: Barcelona, Spain

Next, head to Barcelona, a city renowned for its urban beaches and Gothic architecture. Head to Barceloneta Beach in the city center, explore La Boquería market, and marvel at Gaudi’s famous works.

DAY 16-21: Lisbon, Portugal

End your trip in the fabulous city of Lisbon . There are beautiful beaches in the surrounding region, perfect for day trips.

Head to the Belém district where you can learn about famous Portuguese explorers, wander the courtyard of a 16th-century monastery, and sample the famous custard tarts at Pastéis de Belém . Climb to St. George’s Castle for stunning city views.

Visit Cascais, Costa da Caparica, or Sintra for some time at the beach.

Best Time to Visit Mediterranean Beaches

The summer months, from June to August, are ideal for this itinerary, ensuring sunny weather for the ultimate beach relaxation. However, for smaller crowds, opt for late spring (May) or early fall (September).

7. The Baltics: Lithuania, Latvia, Estonia

Are you an adventurous traveler that loves exploring lesser-known destinations? The Baltic route , traversing through Lithuania, Latvia, and Estonia, could be your ideal itinerary.

Each of these Northern European countries boasts a unique character, abundant with medieval charm, unspoiled natural landscapes, and a distinct cultural vibrancy.

Embarking on this 3-week journey offers you a chance to uncover Europe’s hidden gems.

Best of the Baltics

• Day 1-5: Vilnius, Lithuania
• Day 6-10: Riga, Latvia
• Day 11-15: Tartu, Estonia
• Day 16-21: Tallinn, Estonia

DAY 1-5: Vilnius, Lithuania

Begin your journey in the captivating city of Vilnius, Lithuania’s capital. The city’s Old Town, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is filled with Baroque architecture set against the backdrop of cobblestone streets.

While here, explore the grandeur of Vilnius Cathedral, climb the Gediminas’ Tower for a sweeping view of the city, and pay a visit to the Bohemian neighborhood of Užupis.

Round off your Lithuanian adventure by tasting traditional dishes like cepelinai (potato dumplings) and kibinai (pastries filled with mutton and onion).

DAY 6-10: Riga, Latvia

Set course for Riga, Latvia’s capital, next. Riga’s skyline is dotted with spires reflecting its rich Art Nouveau heritage.

Wander through the picturesque Old Town, stand in awe of the Riga Cathedral’s beauty, and explore the bustling Central Market. Be sure to sample local specialties such as rye bread and smoked fish.

For a refreshing break, head to the pristine beaches of Jūrmala, just a short trip from the city center.

DAY 11-15: Tartu, Estonia

The next stop is Tartu, Estonia’s second-largest city, renowned as the country’s cultural and intellectual hub.

Visit the University of Tartu, the oldest university in Estonia, and stroll around Toome Hill Park, the city’s green heart.

Tartu’s Old Town is a blend of historical buildings and a vibrant street culture. Treat yourself to the local cuisine, particularly the Sült (jellied meat) and Kama (a traditional dessert).

DAY 16-21: Tallinn, Estonia

The final leg of your journey brings you to Tallinn, one of the best-preserved medieval cities in Europe.

Stroll the Old Town and admire the old buildings and stone towers, and be sure to visit the grand Alexander Nevsky Cathedral.

Explore the seafaring history at the Maritime Museum in the Seaplane Harbour, and relax in one of the city’s many parks.

Best Time to Visit The Baltic Capitals

To enjoy the Baltics in all their glory, consider visiting between May and September. The weather is typically mild and the landscapes are in full bloom. Summer days extend into long, light-filled evenings, perfect for exploring.

8. Christmas Market Tour: Germany, France, Switzerland, and Austria

Nothing encapsulates the magic of the holiday season quite like the traditional Christmas markets of Europe . 

This specially curated tour takes you through the heart of four countries that really celebrate the holiday season – Germany, France, Switzerland, and Austria. 

Each of these destinations boasts its own unique festive traditions, tantalizing local delicacies, and colorful markets, transforming your 3-week journey into a dreamy holiday extravaganza.

Christmas Market Highlights

• Day 1-5: Frankfurt, Germany
• Day 6-10: Strasbourg, France
• Day 11-15: Zurich, Switzerland
• Day 16-21: Innsbruck, Austria

DAY 1-5: Frankfurt, Germany

Begin your holiday journey in Frankfurt, home to one of Germany’s largest and oldest Christmas markets.

Held in the historic Römerberg Square, this market comes alive with over 200 beautifully decorated stalls offering a variety of gifts, from intricate Christmas decorations to handmade crafts.

Treat yourself to traditional German holiday specialties, such as lebkuchen (gingerbread), stollen (fruit bread), and a warm glass of apple wine.

Don’t miss a chance to enjoy the view of the market from above by climbing up the tower of St. Nicholas Church.

DAY 6-10: Strasbourg, France

Board a train to Strasbourg, lovingly known as the “Capital of Christmas.” Its Christmas market, dating back to 1570, now extends beyond the area surrounding Strasbourg Cathedral into the rest of the city.

As you wander through the 300 stalls, sample traditional Alsatian Christmas delicacies, including bretzels (pretzels), spiced biscuits, and vin chaud (mulled wine).

Take a stroll through La Petite France, the city’s historic district, adorned with decorations and lights. It’s a romantic place to explore any time of day or night.

DAY 11-15: Zurich, Switzerland

Zurich ‘s Christmas markets transform the city during the holiday season. Not-to-miss markets include the Christkindlimarkt at the main train station and the Wienachtsdorf near the water.

Another favorite is the singing Christmas tree and market that offers various performers throughout the season sharing their favorite Christmas carols.

Don’t miss a stroll along the Bahnhofstrasse, one of the world’s most exclusive shopping avenues. Climb Lindenhof Hill or the steps of Grossmünster Cathedral for beautiful city views. Be sure to sample Swiss fondue and chocolate during your visit.

DAY 16-21: Innsbruck, Austria

In the heart of the Austrian Alps lies Innsbruck, a true winter wonderland. With twinkling lights, snow-covered roofs, and majestic mountains, it’s an idyllic setting for the city’s Christmas markets.

Families should explore historic landmarks like the Golden Roof and St. Anne’s Column. For those wanting adventure, the nearby Nordkette mountain range offers winter activities like skiing, snowboarding, and tobogganing. The breathtaking panoramic views from the cable car are sure to take everyone’s breath away.

Be sure to indulge in traditional Austrian delights like freshly baked strudel, warm chestnuts, and gingerbread cookies.

Innsbruck’s Christmas markets create a magical backdrop for families exploring Europe during the holiday season.

When is the Best Time to Visit the Christmas Markets 

The best time to visit Europe’s Christmas markets is from the end of November through December. During this time the markets are in full operation, and the European cities are filled with holiday spirit.

9. Highlights of the British Isles: England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland

Culturally and geographically diverse, a three-week itinerary through these cities and their surroundings is an unforgettable experience. This trip appeals to history buffs, outdoor enthusiasts, and anyone who loves the blending of the past and present that the British Isles have to offer. UK family holidays are made for all types of travelers.

These nations have a common history but each has a unique story to tell.

This 3-week exploration through England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland promises to delight every member of the family.

Best of the British Isles

• Day 6-10: Cardiff, Wales
• Day 11-15: Dublin, Ireland
• Day 16-21: Edinburgh, Scotland

We think London is the perfect blend of history, culture, and entertainment. It won’t be a struggle to spend 5 days in this gorgeous city.

Visit iconic landmarks like the Tower of London and Buckingham Palace, explore the British Museum, and find time to relax in Hyde Park or Regents Park.

The West End delights with kid-friendly shows like Matilda and The Lion King .

Day trips to the Harry Potter Studio Tour or Windsor Castle shouldn’t be missed. It’s easy to navigate London transportation or explore on foot.

DAY 6-10: Cardiff, Wales

Day 6 you’ll head to Cardiff, a vibrant city in Wales, just under 3 hours by train.

Begin with Cardiff Castle, where kids can be enchanted by the fairy-tale towers and explore all of its nooks and crannies. Bute Park offers tranquil walks and St. Fagans National Museum of History will teach everyone about Welsh heritage.

If you want to explore beyond Cardiff, we recommend day trips to Castle Coch and Caerphilly Castle.

DAY 11-15: Dublin, Ireland

There are a few options for traveling from Cardiff to Dublin. One is to travel to the northern part of Wales where you can catch a ferry from Holyhead to Dublin. It takes about 2.5 hours. If you don’t want to make the drive, there are non-stop flights between Cardiff and Dublin on Ryanair.

Dublin offers history, culture, and a lot of green space. Don’t miss the EPIC Irish Emigration Museum and the national museums which are all free.

Take a stroll through Phoenix Park or St. Stephen’s Green. Learn about Ireland’s political history at Kilmainham Gaol. Kids and adults alike will also enjoy a tour of Guinness Storehouse where you can grab a bite to eat, sample draft beer, and take in city views from the Gravity Bar.

DAY 16-21: Edinburgh, Scotland

Finish this itinerary in Edinburgh , an easy one-hour flight from Dublin. The city has a rich history, stunning architecture, and amazing summer festivals. Be sure to explore Edinburgh Castle and Holyrood Palace to learn about British royalty and their Scottish connections.

Shop along the Royal Mile, hike up Arthur’s Seat for panoramic views or take a city ghost tour . No matter what you choose, Edinburgh is sure to please all ages.

What is the Best Time to Visit the British Isles?

To fully enjoy this itinerary, we recommend visiting from April to June or September to October. During these times the weather may be cold and rainy, or warm and sunny. It’s very unpredictable, but you will enjoy fewer crowds, which is always a bonus.

10. Eastern Europe Route: Germany, Poland, Hungary, and Romania

Embark on an unexplored journey to Eastern Europe, where history comes alive in the stunning architecture, ancient cities, and rich cultural traditions of Germany, Poland, Hungary, and Romania. 

This 3-week journey offers an authentic, immersive experience that breaks away from the typical tourist paths.

Eastern Europe Explorer

• Day 1-5: Berlin, Germany
• Day 6-10: Warsaw, Poland
• Day 11-15: Budapest, Hungary
• Day 16-21: Bucharest, Romania

DAY 1-5: Berlin, Germany

First up on this itinerary is Berlin, a city that has witnessed pivotal moments in modern history. Reflect on the Cold War era as you explore remnants of the Berlin Wall. Visit the Brandenburg Gate, an iconic symbol of European unity and peace.

Explore Museum Island, a UNESCO World Heritage site housing five of Berlin’s most important museums. The Pergamon has a vast collection of antiquities, and the Neues Museum has the famous bust of Nefertiti.

Round off your stay in Berlin with a visit to the historic Alexanderplatz and the Berlin Cathedral.

DAY 6-10: Warsaw, Poland

Next up is Warsaw, the resilient capital of Poland. Walk along the Royal Route, witnessing centuries-old palaces, churches, and statues. Tour the meticulously restored Royal Castle, home to numerous works of art. 

Visit Wilanów Palace, a pearl of Polish Baroque architecture surrounded by magnificent gardens. 

Learn about the city’s wartime past at the Warsaw Uprising Museum and the POLIN Museum of the History of Polish Jews . 

Indulge in traditional Polish dishes, from comforting pierogi dumplings to the hearty hunter’s stew, bigos.

DAY 11-15: Budapest, Hungary

From Warsaw head to Budapest, Hungary’s illustrious capital, known for its thermal baths and art nouveau architecture. 

Visit Buda Castle, situated on Castle Hill, with fabulous views of the Danube and the Pest side of the city. 

Explore Gellért and Széchenyi Thermal Baths for a relaxing, quintessential Budapest experience. 

DAY 16-21: Bucharest, Romania

Finish your Eastern European odyssey in Bucharest, Romania. Visit the colossal Palace of the Parliament, the world’s heaviest building created by the notorious former dictator Nicolae Ceaușescu. Families will be pleasantly surprised by all of the fun things to do in Bucharest with kids .

Explore the historic Lipscani district, where cobblestone streets are lined with bustling cafes, bohemian boutiques, and vibrant nightlife. 

Spend time in Herastrau Park, or take a trip to the Village Museum showcasing traditional Romanian village life. 

If you have time, take a day trip to Transylvania to see a different side of Romania.

What is the Best Time to Visit Eastern Europe?

We recommend exploring this Eastern European route during the shoulder seasons, specifically between April and June or September and October. These periods promise pleasant weather and fewer crowds, making it the perfect opportunity to explore these unique destinations.

How to Plan a 3 Week Europe Itinerary

1. decide where you want to go.

Define what you want to get out of the trip. Is your group interested in history, art, food, adventure, relaxation, or a mix of these? Your interests will guide your choice of destinations

2. Choose your destinations wisely

Research various countries and cities to find ones that match your interests. Aim for a balance between popular spots and lesser-known destinations for a well-rounded experience.

3. How many countries should I visit in Europe in 3 weeks?

This is a personal choice. How often do you want to move accommodation? For three weeks in Europe, we recommend 3 to 4 different locations. Note that travel time between locations can significantly reduce the actual time you have for exploration.

If it is your first time visiting Europe be sure to leave enough time to make connections. Opt for destinations that are closer together or well-connected by efficient transport networks.

4. How Much to Pack for 3 Weeks in Europe

For such a long trip we recommend liming luggage to the essentials . Choose items that mix and match and pack layers.

The weather can vary greatly across Europe, so be sure to check the weather during your trip and pack appropriately.

If it’s an option, book accommodation with a washer and/or dryer so you can pack fewer clothes. Remember, you’ll probably pick up a few souvenirs along the way.

5. Don’t over plan your trip

While it’s tempting to try and see everything, cramming too many activities or cities into your itinerary can lead to burnout. Allow for downtime and spontaneous exploration, especially when traveling with younger kids. Flexibility is key.

6. Research Visa Requirements

Some countries may require visas for entry, so ensure that you’re aware of these requirements and prepare accordingly.

*Note: Starting in 2024, Americans will need authorization through ETIAS to visit 30 European countries. For more information, we recommend this website .

7. How Far in Advance to Book a Trip to Europe

This really depends on your schedule and availability. It also depends on the time of year you plan to travel.

We recommend booking flights and accommodations at least 6 months in advance to get your first choices. Be sure to book your intercity train or plane tickets at the same time.

If there are any must-see attractions or experiences on your list, be sure to book those in advance to prevent disappointment.

8. Purchase Travel Insurance

I’ve had to file two claims in the last two years and I wouldn’t recommend traveling without insurance right now. Travel insurance can provide coverage for unexpected situations such as medical emergencies, trip cancellations, or lost luggage.

9. How to Stay Connected in Europe

Consider your options for staying connected, such as getting a local SIM card or portable WiFi. Each carrier offers different coverage. T-Mobile offers an international calling plan, whereas Verizon and AT&T offer a daily rate. Another option is to set phones to airplane mode and use Wi-Fi when available.

Recently we discovered eSIM cards which are very easy to use. Just download the app to your phone and connect through it. We used Airalo and felt it was a great option.

10. How much should I budget for 3 weeks in Europe ?

Unfortunately, it’s not a set number. Nordic countries are typically more expensive than the rest of Europe. Southern countries like Greece, Portugal, and Spain are relatively inexpensive as are the former Yugoslavian countries, Bulgaria, and Romania.

Depending on your travel style and how many people are traveling with you, I think it’s safe to plan on $1000 minimum per week.

Research and plan your budget carefully. You’ll need to be sure to account for transportation, accommodation, food, attractions, and tours at a minimum. We recommend you always carry emergency cash just in case.

Wrap-Up: 3 Week Europe Itinerary

Planning your three-week European adventure can be as exciting as the journey itself.

Whether you’re drawn to the allure of famous landmarks or the charm of hidden gems, there’s an itinerary to fit your interests. Relax in small towns or soak up big-city energy. Europe is a great place to learn about a variety of cultures, sample some amazing cuisine, and check some highlights off your travel bucket list.

Remember to plan thoroughly yet stay flexible, savor each moment, and embrace the unexpected. The memories you’ll create are sure to be priceless. 

This continent’s beauty is unmatched, its heritage profound, and its allure is irresistible. 

About the author: This article was co-written by Kirsten of Kids Are A Trip and Fiona, an Australian Travel Blogger at  Travelling Thirtie s . She has spent the last 13 years traveling Europe extensively and discovered the best ways to spend 21 days in Europe. Kirsten has traveled throughout Europe annually for the last 30 years.

The post 3 Week Europe Itinerary: 10 Perfect Ideas appeared first on Kids Are A Trip™ .